WO2024037460A1 - Screen display control method, and medium and electronic device - Google Patents

Screen display control method, and medium and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024037460A1
WO2024037460A1 PCT/CN2023/112671 CN2023112671W WO2024037460A1 WO 2024037460 A1 WO2024037460 A1 WO 2024037460A1 CN 2023112671 W CN2023112671 W CN 2023112671W WO 2024037460 A1 WO2024037460 A1 WO 2024037460A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
electronic device
ultrasonic signal
range
screen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/112671
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
罗友
高月莉
赵志伟
黎椿键
金伟
张恒
胡成博
陶婧雅
李珠莹
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024037460A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024037460A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/26Power supply means, e.g. regulation thereof
    • G06F1/32Means for saving power
    • G06F1/3203Power management, i.e. event-based initiation of a power-saving mode
    • G06F1/3206Monitoring of events, devices or parameters that trigger a change in power modality
    • G06F1/3215Monitoring of peripheral devices
    • G06F1/3218Monitoring of peripheral devices of display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08GTRAFFIC CONTROL SYSTEMS
    • G08G1/00Traffic control systems for road vehicles
    • G08G1/01Detecting movement of traffic to be counted or controlled
    • G08G1/04Detecting movement of traffic to be counted or controlled using optical or ultrasonic detectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G3/00Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with visual indicators other than cathode-ray tubes

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular to a screen display control method, medium and electronic equipment.
  • TVs television
  • smart screens electronic devices with display functions
  • TV is one of the common electronic devices in daily life at home.
  • decoration and information prompts For example, it can display beautiful wallpapers or animations during standby, integrating the TV and interior decoration to enhance the visual effect of the home; or it can be used to display prompt messages such as clock, weather or text messages.
  • keeping the TV screen on has the disadvantages of wasting power and reducing screen life.
  • the commonly used solutions now are for the user to manually set the display time period, or manually click a physical button or wake up with voice and speak instructions to turn on/off the standby display screen. The user experience is not very friendly.
  • the purpose of the embodiments of the present application is to provide a screen display control method, a medium and an electronic device, so that the electronic device can more accurately determine whether the user exists, and can correspond to different screen display modes according to the user's presence in front of the electronic device, improving user It can also better avoid the waste of power consumption caused by the screen being always on when there is no user, thereby extending the service life of electronic devices.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a screen display control method, applied to electronic devices, including:
  • the first condition includes: among the multiple echo signals, there are multiple motion echo signals whose phase offsets with respect to the transmitted ultrasonic signal change with time.
  • the screen display control method determines whether there is a user in front of the electronic device based on the phase offset of the echo signal, that is, in the echo signal, if there is a user relative to the transmitted ultrasonic wave Multiple motion echo signals whose phase offsets change over time determine that there is a user moving relative to the electronic device, thereby controlling the screen of the electronic device in two situations: a user who is moving and a user who is not moving.
  • the display mode allows the screen of the electronic device to respond differently according to the presence of the user moving relative to the electronic device.
  • the displacement caused by human body movement is often larger than the wavelength (such as 1.7 cm), so the displacement caused by the small movements of the human body is Changes in the echo path of the echo signal can cause changes in the phase offset of the echo signal, so that the movement of the human body can be accurately depicted by extracting the phase offset of the echo signal, thereby improving the accuracy of detecting the presence of the user. higher.
  • the above motion includes limb motion in which the displacement of the user does not change.
  • the tiny movements of the user's limbs can be detected.
  • the detection accuracy is higher.
  • the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • phase data is easier to extract from frequency domain data of continuous ultrasonic signals, which is beneficial to determining the presence of a user moving relative to the electronic device.
  • transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
  • transmitting multiple ultrasonic signals with different transmitting frequencies at the same time can avoid frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals, that is, avoiding the attenuation of multipath signal superposition of ultrasonic signals with certain transmitting frequencies at certain spatial locations, resulting in the received echo signal
  • the energy after attenuation is too low to be used for phase offset estimation.
  • the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal
  • the difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal;
  • the difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
  • the same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
  • the frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals is related to the emission source and location of the ultrasonic signal. Therefore, it is easier to ensure that multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple different transmit frequencies using the same ultrasonic sounder. There must be an ultrasonic signal that does not undergo frequency-selective fading, which is beneficial to measurement of the presence of users moving relative to the electronic device. It can be understood that in other embodiments of the present application, different ultrasonic generators can also be used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals.
  • the first condition also includes:
  • the equivalent speed of the user's movement relative to the electronic device belongs to the first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
  • the effective speed represents the user's final movement speed, and only when the user's final movement speed is within the normal human speed range (i.e., the first speed range), the user is considered to be moving relative to the electronic device.
  • the equivalent speed is obtained in the following way:
  • phase offsets of the multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, where the phase offset is related to the echo path of the motion echo signal;
  • the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
  • the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
  • the normal movement speed of the human body is generally between 0m/s-5m/s. Therefore, in order to confirm that it is a human being moving relative to the electronic device, the first speed range is set to 0m/s-5m/s.
  • the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
  • Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • the first condition also includes:
  • Humans are present in images collected by electronic devices of objects that reflect ultrasonic signals.
  • the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
  • the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time includes at least one of the following:
  • the pause screen of the program watched by the user
  • the application interface that the user browses The application interface that the user browses.
  • the second screen display method includes:
  • maintaining the black screen state or maintaining the screen display mode of displaying the standby screen can keep the power consumption of the screen in a lower state.
  • executing a second screen display mode includes:
  • At least one of the following screen displays is performed Way:
  • the program being played on the screen of the electronic device may be an audio program, a video program, a game, etc.
  • the first screen display method also includes:
  • Second screen display methods also include:
  • the screen of the electronic device is gradually dimmed.
  • controlling the speed at which the screen of the electronic device lights up or dims according to the speed at which the user approaches or moves away from the electronic device can improve the user experience.
  • the equivalent frequencies corresponding to the multiple echo signals acquired successively increase sequentially, and it is determined that the user is gradually approaching the electronic device;
  • the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
  • the screen of the electronic device corresponds to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device being in the first direction range, convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state and display the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time, or change the electronic device to the first direction range.
  • the device's screen changes from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state, and plays the program that the user has paused;
  • the screen of the electronic device is converted from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen.
  • the user's intention to view the electronic device can be determined, and then the picture the user wants to watch is displayed when the user wants to watch the electronic device, and the standby picture is displayed when the user is just passing by the area near the electronic device. .
  • phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following way:
  • the difference between the second phase and the first phase is taken as the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is within the first energy difference range.
  • the volume is set as a predetermined emission volume of the electronic device for emitting ultrasonic signals.
  • the ultrasonic signal is transmitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
  • the speaker that emits the ultrasonic signal and the microphone that receives the echo signal are all built-in with the electronic device, avoiding additional costs.
  • the electronic device includes a smart TV.
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second transmission volume corresponding to the first position range next time
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at a third transmission volume corresponding to the second position range next time.
  • the first position range is “(d1, d2)” below
  • the second emission volume is any emission volume value in the volume range “(Vd1, Vd2)” below” or Vd2' below
  • the second position range is “(0, d1)” below
  • the third emission volume is any emission volume value in the volume range “(0, Vd1)” below or Vd1' below.
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted with a fixed transmission volume
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user may be too high, which may cause harm to the user's body or cause harm to the user.
  • the energy of the received ultrasonic signal is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user cannot meet the subsequent user presence detection requirements. Therefore, adjusting the next transmission volume according to the change in the relative position between the user and the electronic device can ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's movement, while avoiding the user's body from being subjected to strong force. Hazards of energy ultrasonic signals.
  • the first location range includes a first distance range
  • the second location range includes a second distance range
  • the first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the first relative position being in the first position range,
  • the second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the second position range;
  • the minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  • multiple distance ranges are set for the distance between the user and the electronic device, so that when the distance between the user and the electronic device is large, the ultrasonic emission volume is increased, and when the distance is closer, the ultrasonic emission volume is decreased. This ensures that when the distance between the user and the electronic device changes, the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements and does not cause physical harm to the user in the ultrasonic environment.
  • the first distance range is "(d1, d2)" below, and the second distance range is "(0, d1)” below.
  • d1 and d2 increase in sequence.
  • the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of echo signals, and a first motion component energy range and a second motion component energy range respectively corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range are set,
  • the greater the energy of the motion component the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device
  • the maximum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range
  • the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the first
  • the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the second distance range
  • the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range
  • the motion component energy range can be used to represent each distance range, which is more convenient according to actual conditions. Adjust the transmit volume according to the situation. There is no need to pre-measure the transmit volume range corresponding to each distance range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmit volume, you only need to determine the transmit volume range. Whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the emission volume is adjusted is within the corresponding volume energy range can determine whether the adjusted emission volume is within the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range.
  • the first distance range is "(d1, d2)" below
  • the corresponding first motion component energy range is the distance energy range “(Esd3, Esd2)” below
  • the second distance range is "(Esd3, Esd2)” below.
  • the corresponding energy range of the second motion component is the distance energy range "(Esd2, Esd1)” below, where d1 and d2 increase in sequence, Esd2 and Esd3 decrease in sequence
  • the minimum value d1 in the corresponding "(d1, d2)" corresponds to the maximum value Esd2 in the first motion component energy "(Esd3, Esd2)”
  • the maximum value d2 in the first distance range "(d1, d2)" corresponds to The minimum value Esd3 of the first motion component energy
  • the minimum value 0 in "(0, d1)” corresponding to the second distance range corresponds to the maximum value Esd1 of the second motion component energy "(Esd2, Esd1)"
  • the second distance The maximum value d
  • the distance range within which the first distance is located is determined in the following manner:
  • the motion component energy of multiple echo signals is calculated in the following manner:
  • the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energies of the multiple motion echo signals.
  • the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals can be obtained conveniently and reasonably.
  • the first position range includes a third direction range
  • the second position range includes a fourth direction range
  • the first relative position being in the first position range includes: the user corresponding to the first relative position is located in the third direction range relative to the first direction of the electronic device,
  • the second relative position being in the second position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position is located in the fourth direction range relative to the second direction of the electronic device; and
  • the minimum value of the third direction range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth direction range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  • the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity.
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating directly in front of the electronic device is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating to the side of the electronic device is Weak, so that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the reflecting object is weak and cannot be used to detect the user's presence. Therefore, when the electronic device uses ultrasonic signals to detect the user's presence, the user's direction relative to the electronic device can be measured.
  • the emission volume is adjusted according to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device, so that different directions of the user in front of the electronic device correspond to different emission volumes according to the actual situation, thereby facilitating detection of the user's presence.
  • the third direction range is the direction range "(0, r1)" below
  • the second emission volume is the emission volume Vr1 below
  • the fourth direction range is the direction range "(r1, r2)” below
  • the third The emission volume is the emission volume Vr2 below, and Vr2 is greater than Vr1.
  • the ultrasonic signal is transmitted at the second transmission volume or the third transmission volume next time.
  • the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal is reduced and the detection frame rate is reduced.
  • the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal.
  • the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
  • the fourth transmission volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal
  • the ultrasonic signal is transmitted using a fifth transmission volume, where the fifth transmission volume is greater than the fourth transmission volume.
  • the transmission volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal can be adjusted in real time due to different user conditions, further preventing the user from suffering from strong energy ultrasonic signals. harm.
  • the transmission volume of the ultrasonic signal can be adjusted in real time based on the user's age, whether there are pets around the user, etc., so as to ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's motion, while avoiding the risk of the user, pet body Hazardous by strong energy ultrasonic signals.
  • the target objects include children and pets.
  • embodiments of the present application provide an object motion detection method, which is applied to electronic devices, including:
  • the first condition includes: among the multiple echo signals, there are multiple motion echo signals whose phase offsets with respect to the transmitted ultrasonic signal change with time.
  • the object motion detection method determines whether there is a moving object in front of the electronic device based on the phase offset of the echo signal, that is, in the echo signal, if there is a moving object relative to the emission If the phase offset of the ultrasonic signal changes with time for multiple motion echo signals, it is determined that there is a user moving relative to the electronic device; conversely, it is determined that there is no user moving relative to the electronic device. Since the wavelength of the ultrasonic frequency band is short (for example, 20kHz ultrasound has a speed of 340 meters/second in the air and a wavelength of 1.7 cm), the displacement caused by the movement of the object is often greater than the wavelength (such as 1.7 cm).
  • the motion includes limb motion in which the displacement of the object does not change.
  • the tiny movements of the object's limbs can be detected based on the changes in the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • the detection accuracy is higher.
  • the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • phase data is easier to extract from the frequency domain data of the continuous ultrasonic signal, which is beneficial to determining the existence of objects moving relative to the electronic device.
  • transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
  • transmitting multiple ultrasonic signals with different transmit frequencies at the same time can avoid frequency-selective fading of ultrasonic signals, that is, avoid attenuation of multipath signal superposition of ultrasonic signals with certain transmit frequencies at certain spatial locations, resulting in poor reception.
  • the attenuated energy of the received echo signal is too low to be used for phase offset estimation.
  • the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal
  • the difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal;
  • the difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
  • the same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
  • the frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals is related to the emission source and location of the ultrasonic signal. Therefore, it is easier to ensure that multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple different transmit frequencies using the same ultrasonic sounder. There must be an ultrasonic signal that does not undergo frequency-selective fading, which is beneficial to the measurement of the presence of objects moving relative to electronic devices. It can be understood that in other embodiments of the present application, different ultrasonic generators can also be used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals.
  • the first condition also includes:
  • the equivalent speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device belongs to the first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
  • the effective speed represents the final moving speed of the object, and the final moving speed of the object is within the normal speed range of the object relative to the electronic device (i.e., the first speed range). It is considered that the object moving relative to the electronic device exists.
  • phase offsets of the multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, where the phase offset is related to the echo path of the motion echo signal;
  • the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
  • the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
  • the normal movement speed of the human body is generally between 0m/s-5m/s. Therefore, in order to consider the situation where the object moving relative to the electronic device is a human being, the first speed range is set to 0m/s-5m/s. .
  • the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
  • Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following way:
  • the difference between the second phase and the first phase is taken as the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected within the first energy difference range.
  • the volume is set as a predetermined emission volume of the electronic device for emitting ultrasonic signals.
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second emission volume corresponding to the first distance range next time
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the third emission volume corresponding to the second distance range next time;
  • the minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  • the second condition includes:
  • the plurality of first echo signals there are a plurality of first motion echo signals whose phase offsets with respect to the first ultrasonic signal change with time.
  • the first motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals represents the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and a first motion component energy range and a first motion component energy range respectively corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range are set.
  • the energy range of the second motion component is set.
  • the maximum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range
  • the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to The maximum value of the first distance range
  • the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the second distance range
  • the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range
  • the motion component energy range can be used to represent each distance range, which is more convenient according to actual conditions.
  • the distance range within which the first distance is located is determined in the following manner:
  • the motion component energies of the plurality of first motion echo signals are calculated in the following manner:
  • the amplitudes of the plurality of first motion echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals.
  • the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals can be obtained conveniently and reasonably.
  • the duty of the transmitted ultrasonic signal is reduced. ratio, and reduce the detection frame rate.
  • the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal.
  • the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
  • the speaker that emits the ultrasonic signal and the microphone that receives the echo signal are all built-in with the electronic device, avoiding additional costs.
  • a sports application is installed on the electronic device, and the above method further includes:
  • the preset operation of the sports application is performed.
  • embodiments of the present application provide an object motion detection method, which further includes:
  • the first condition includes: among the multiple echo signals, there is an object that moves relative to the emitted ultrasonic signal.
  • Multiple motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time;
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the sixth transmission volume corresponding to the third position range next time
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the seventh transmit volume corresponding to the fourth position range next time.
  • the object motion detection method provided by the embodiments of the application is not only a solution for detecting the presence of a user in front of an electronic device based on the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal, but also includes other solutions for detecting the user in front of the electronic device based on ultrasonic waves.
  • the solution mentioned in the prior art is to use ultrasonic waves to detect the distance between the reflective object and the electronic device, and determine whether there is a user in front of the electronic device based on the distance between the reflective object and the electronic device; or, through The amplitude integration of the Doppler shifted component of the ultrasound determines the presence or absence of a user's program in front of the electronic device.
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted with a fixed emission volume
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user may be too high, which may cause harm to the user's body.
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user cannot meet the subsequent user presence detection requirements. Therefore, adjusting the next transmission volume according to the change in the relative position between the user and the electronic device can ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's movement, while avoiding the user's body from being subjected to strong force. Hazards of energy ultrasonic signals.
  • the third location range includes a third distance range
  • the fourth location range includes a fourth distance range
  • the second relative position being in the third position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the third position range,
  • the second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the fourth position range;
  • the minimum value of the third distance range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth distance range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
  • multiple distance ranges are set for the distance between the user and the electronic device, so that when the distance between the user and the electronic device is large, the ultrasonic emission volume is increased, and when the distance is closer, the ultrasonic emission volume is decreased. This ensures that when the distance between the user and the electronic device changes, the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements and does not cause physical harm to the user in the ultrasonic environment.
  • the second distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of motion echo signals, and a third motion component energy range and a fourth motion component energy range respectively corresponding to the third distance range and the fourth distance range are set.
  • the motion component energy range can be used to represent each distance range, which is more convenient according to actual conditions.
  • the distance range within which the second distance is located is determined in the following manner:
  • the motion component energies of multiple echo signals are calculated in the following manner:
  • the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energies of the multiple motion echo signals.
  • the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals can be obtained conveniently and reasonably.
  • the third position range includes a fifth direction range
  • the fourth position range includes a sixth direction range
  • the second relative position being in the third position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position is located in the fifth direction range relative to the third direction of the electronic device,
  • the second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position is located in the sixth direction range relative to the fourth direction of the electronic device; and
  • the minimum value of the fifth direction range is greater than the maximum value of the sixth direction range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
  • the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity.
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating directly in front of the electronic device is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating to the side of the electronic device is Weak, so that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the reflecting object is weak and cannot be used to detect the user's presence. Therefore, when the electronic device uses ultrasonic signals to detect the user's presence, the user's direction relative to the electronic device can be measured.
  • the emission volume is adjusted according to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device, so that different directions of the user in front of the electronic device correspond to different emission volumes according to the actual situation, thereby facilitating detection of the user's presence.
  • the ultrasonic wave is transmitted at the sixth or seventh transmission volume next time.
  • the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal is reduced and the detection frame rate is reduced.
  • the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal.
  • the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
  • an electronic device including:
  • processors one or more processors
  • One or more memories store one or more programs.
  • the electronic device When the one or more programs are executed by one or more processors, the electronic device performs the above-mentioned first aspect and various aspects of the first aspect.
  • Implement any one of the screen display control methods implement any one of the object motion detection methods of the above second aspect and various implementations of the second aspect, or implement any of the above third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect.
  • An object motion detection method implements any one of the object motion detection methods of the above second aspect and various implementations of the second aspect, or implement any of the above third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium. Instructions are stored on the storage medium. When the instructions are executed on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspect and various implementations of the first aspect.
  • embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes instructions that, when executed, cause the computer to perform any screen display control in the above-mentioned first aspect and various implementations of the first aspect.
  • method execute any one of the object motion detection methods in the above second aspect and various implementations of the second aspect, or execute any one of the object motion detection methods in the above third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect.
  • Figure 1A shows a scene diagram of turning on the standby display screen according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 1B shows a scene diagram for closing the standby display screen according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 2A shows a time domain waveform diagram of a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 2B shows a schematic diagram of the change of the transmission frequency f of a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal over time according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 2C shows a schematic diagram of the change of the transmission frequency f of a frequency-modulated continuous ultrasonic signal over time according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 2D shows a schematic diagram of a rectangular pulse ultrasonic signal according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a screen display control method according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 5A shows a schematic diagram of an interface 501 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 5B shows a schematic diagram of a setting interface 502 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 5C shows a schematic diagram of a standby display interface 503 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 5D shows a schematic diagram of a standby display type interface 504 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 6A shows a graph of the variation of the transmission frequency f over time of a multi-carrier sinusoidal ultrasonic signal according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 6B shows a schematic diagram of the change of the transmission frequency f of a multi-carrier frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal over time according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 6C shows a schematic diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Figure 7 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for calibrating the predetermined emission volume of the smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic flowchart of adjusting the emission volume by presetting the volume range corresponding to each distance range for the smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a smart TV adaptively adjusting the transmission volume according to the distance energy in the echo signal corresponding to the transmission volume according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 10 shows a schematic flowchart of adaptively adjusting the transmission volume according to the user's direction relative to the smart TV according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 11 shows a schematic flowchart of adaptively adjusting the emission volume when the user moves relative to the smart TV by using the directional energy range to represent the emission volume corresponding to the angular range, according to some embodiments of the present application;
  • Figure 12 shows a schematic flowchart of adjusting the emission volume according to identifying users as different target objects according to some embodiments of the present application
  • Figure 13 shows a schematic software structure diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • Illustrative embodiments of the present application include, but are not limited to, a screen display control method, media, and electronic devices.
  • the smart TV 10 can detect that the user 20 is in front of the smart TV 10 There is a user 20, and the standby display screen of the smart TV 10 is turned on. In the scene shown in FIG. 1B , when the user is at point B, the smart TV 10 displays the standby screen.
  • the smart TV 10 can detect the user 20 If the user 20 is moving away from the smart TV 10 or there is no presence in front of the smart TV 10, the standby display screen will be turned off.
  • the smart TV 10 can determine whether the user 20 exists through the detection results of its own camera 180 or a dedicated sensor, and then control whether the smart TV 10 displays the standby screen.
  • specialized sensors can be ultrasonic transducers, infrared sensors, millimeter wave sensors, etc.
  • the method of detecting the presence of a user through the camera 180 not only requires high detection conditions, but also has a high false detection rate; and using a dedicated sensor to detect the presence of a user not only adds extra cost, but also affects the appearance.
  • whether there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 may be determined based on ultrasonic ranging technology.
  • the smart TV 10 transmits and receives ultrasonic signals, and calculates the reflection based on the product of the time interval between the transmitted ultrasonic signal (hereinafter referred to as the transmission signal) and the received corresponding ultrasonic signal (hereinafter referred to as the echo signal) and the ultrasonic wave speed.
  • the distance between the ultrasonic reflecting object and the smart TV may be determined based on ultrasonic ranging technology.
  • the smart TV 10 transmits and receives ultrasonic signals, and calculates the reflection based on the product of the time interval between the transmitted ultrasonic signal (hereinafter referred to as the transmission signal) and the received corresponding ultrasonic signal (hereinafter referred to as the echo signal) and the ultrasonic wave speed.
  • the distance between the ultrasonic reflecting object and the smart TV may be determined based on ultrasonic ranging technology.
  • the smart TV is determined based on the two detection results. Whether there are users before TV 10.
  • this technical solution has a large ranging error when the user is far away from the smart TV 10.
  • the measured distance hereinafter referred to as the stationary echo signal
  • the stationary echo signal may cause a distance difference greater than the threshold due to ranging errors, and may be misjudged as the presence of an object. Therefore, this technical solution has poor accuracy in determining whether the user exists.
  • the amplitude integration of the Doppler frequency shift component can also be used to detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV. It can be understood that when the reflecting object of the ultrasonic wave moves relative to the smart TV that emits the ultrasonic wave, according to the Doppler effect, the reflecting object The frequency of the received ultrasonic signal changes with the movement speed of the reflecting object and the angle between the movement direction of the reflecting object and the propagation direction of the ultrasonic signal received by the reflecting object.
  • the solution of using the amplitude integral of the Doppler frequency shift component to detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV can be:
  • the time domain data of the ultrasonic signal received by the reflecting object is converted into frequency domain data through Fourier transform.
  • Figure 2A shows the time domain waveform diagram of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal
  • Figure 2B shows the frequency domain after Fourier transformation.
  • Waveform diagram then integrate the instantaneous amplitude values of the frequency domain data of multiple ultrasonic signals received by the reflecting object to find the peak value of the frequency after the Doppler frequency shift, thereby determining the frequency after the frequency shift occurs, and then Using the calculated frequency magnitude after frequency shift, the moving speed of the reflecting object can be calculated based on the Doppler frequency shift formula.
  • the Doppler shift formula is:
  • f is the emission frequency of the ultrasonic signal
  • f d is the frequency after frequency shift
  • is the angle between the user's movement direction and the propagation direction of the ultrasonic signal received by the user
  • v 0 is the propagation speed of the ultrasonic signal in space
  • v is the speed of the launching object.
  • f and v 0 are known, f d can be calculated by the above amplitude integration method, and ⁇ can be measured or estimated, so the speed of the reflecting object can be calculated. Then, if the calculated movement speed of the reflecting object is within the normal movement speed range of the human body (such as 0m/s-5m/s), it is considered that there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 .
  • the instantaneous amplitude value of the frequency domain data in the echo signal is weak, and it takes a long time (at least 500 milliseconds) to integrate to find the peak value of the frequency after frequency shift. Obtain more accurate measurement results. Therefore, this method cannot capture relatively brief movements of the user 20 (such as raising the head), and is prone to missed detections.
  • embodiments of the present application propose a technical solution for determining whether there is a user in front of the electronic device based on the phase offset of the ultrasonic signal.
  • an electronic device such as a smart TV transmits an ultrasonic signal (i.e., a transmission signal)
  • it receives the echo signal returned after the reflection object reflects the transmission signal, and determines the phase deviation of the echo signal received at different times relative to the transmission signal.
  • the displacement it can be determined whether any of the reflective objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal moves, and then the display mode of the electronic device is determined based on whether there is a moving reflective object.
  • the moving reflective object For example, if a reflective object moves, it can be further determined whether the moving reflective object is the user, for example, by combining the images captured by the camera to determine whether it is the user, or by determining whether the speed of the moving reflective object is within the normal range of human movement. Determine whether the moving reflective object is the user. Further, the display mode of the electronic device can be determined based on the determination result of whether the moving reflective object is the user, such as controlling the smart TV to display or turn off the standby screen, controlling the smart TV to switch from a black screen to a bright screen, etc.
  • the displacement caused by human body movement is often larger than the wavelength (such as 1.7 cm), so the displacement caused by the small movements of the human body is Changes in the echo path of the echo signal can cause changes in the phase offset of the echo signal, so that the movement of the human body can be accurately depicted by extracting the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • f is the transmission frequency of sine wave W(t)
  • a p is the amplitude of sine wave W(t)
  • t is the time variable
  • ⁇ 0 is the initial phase
  • a P ′ is the echo signal W′(t) Amplitude
  • c is the speed of sound
  • s(t) is the echo path, that is, the propagation path of the echo signal.
  • phase offset of the echo signal W'(t) relative to the transmitted signal W(t) can be expressed as formula (4):
  • phase offset ⁇ (t) is determined by the echo path s(t).
  • s(t) changes, causing ⁇ (t) to change.
  • the phase offset ⁇ (t) of the echo signal changes, it indicates the presence of a moving reflecting object.
  • the speed v(t) of the moving object can be determined based on the above formula (4):
  • the ranging error is large and it is impossible to determine whether the reflecting object is a stationary object.
  • the amplitude of the human body's small movements is generally greater than the wavelength of the ultrasonic signal (1.7 cm as mentioned above). The changes in the echo path of the echo signal caused by the human body's small movements can lead to changes in the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • the definition of limiting the presence of a user is: if there is at least one movement of the user within a certain period of time, the user is considered to exist. Because under normal circumstances, people will inevitably move within a certain period of time, the aforementioned movements can be relative movements due to changes in the person's position, or slight movements of limbs when the person's position remains unchanged, such as movement. Arms etc.
  • the user will not remain motionless, and will make at least one slight movement of the limbs, head, or trunk. Therefore, if the phase offset of the echo signals received by the electronic device at different times within 10 minutes occurs, changes, it can be considered that there is a user in front of the electronic device.
  • the time domain data of the echo signal generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the reflecting object can be received by a radio equipment (such as the microphone of a smart TV).
  • the time domain data of the received echo signal can be obtained in the frequency domain after Fourier transformation.
  • Data compared with pulsed ultrasonic signals, it is easier to extract the phase component from the frequency domain data of continuous ultrasonic signals. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, continuous ultrasonic signals are used to detect whether there is a user in front of the electronic device.
  • the continuous ultrasonic wave described in this application is relative to the pulsed ultrasonic signal (as shown in Figure 2D), and refers to an ultrasonic signal with a continuous waveform within the transmission time period, or in one transmission cycle
  • Ultrasonic signals are continuous, such as sine waves, frequency modulated continuous waves (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave, FMCW), etc.
  • Figure 2B shows a graph of the variation of the transmission frequency f of a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal with time. As shown in the figure, the transmission frequency f of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal within the transmission time remains unchanged over time, and the bandwidth is 0.
  • Figure 2C shows the variation of the transmission frequency f of a frequency-modulated continuous ultrasonic signal with time.
  • the frequency of the transmission frequency f of the frequency-modulated continuous (FMCW) ultrasonic signal within a transmission period T changes with time.
  • Figure 2D shows a rectangular pulse ultrasonic signal, in which the pulse width is The pulse amplitude is A and the transmission period is T.
  • the waveform of the continuous ultrasonic signal mentioned in this application is not limited to the waveforms shown in Figures 2A and 2B-2C, as long as it is a continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • the transmission frequency of the FMCW ultrasonic signal can also be a signal whose frequency within a sweep period T decreases proportionally with time.
  • the changes in the transmission frequency in different frequency sweep periods T can also be different.
  • the transmission frequency in the first frequency sweep period T changes to a signal that decreases proportionally with time
  • the transmission frequency in the second frequency sweep period T changes to a signal that decreases proportionally with time.
  • the change is a signal that increases proportionally with time.
  • the electronic device calculates the phase offset of the echo signal received at different times relative to the transmitted signal by transmitting a continuous ultrasonic signal and extracting the phase component in the received echo signal. Based on the calculated phase offset, it is determined whether there is an echo signal reflected by the moving reflective object (hereinafter referred to as the motion echo signal). In the case where there is a motion echo signal reflected by the moving reflective object, it is determined There is a reflective object that moves relative to the electronic device, and then when the moving reflective object is determined to be the user, the screen display mode of the electronic device is controlled, such as controlling the smart TV to start or close the standby display screen. As mentioned above, the phase offset of the moving echo signal reflected by the moving reflecting object changes with time.
  • Eliminate the stationary echo signal reflected by the stationary reflecting object from the calculated phase offset calculate the speed of the reflecting object of the echo signal based on the phase offset of the moving echo signal, and determine the movement in front of the electronic device based on the speed value Whether the reflective object is a user. If it is determined that the movement speed of the reflective object is within the normal range of human movement speed, it is determined that the moving reflective object is a human being, thereby controlling the electronic device to perform a certain screen display method, such as controlling the startup or shutdown of a smart TV. Standby display screen, start or pause the program watched by the user, etc.
  • the smart TV 10 continues to transmit ultrasonic signals when detecting user presence, and at the same time continues to receive echo signals, and performs Fourier transform on the time domain data of the echo signals received every 100 ms to obtain the corresponding frequency. domain data, extract the phase component from the frequency domain data, and then calculate the phase offset of each echo signal relative to the transmitted signal within 100ms. Assume that 500 echo signals are received in the time period from t to t+100ms.
  • phase offsets of 100 of the echo signals are all ⁇ (t 1 ), and the phase offsets of the 150 echo signals are all ⁇ (t 2 ), then the echo signals corresponding to these two phase offsets are the echo signals reflected by the stationary object, and the phase offsets of the remaining 150 echo signals change with time, then it can These echo signals are considered to be echo signals reflected by moving reflective objects.
  • the velocity of the moving reflecting object can be calculated based on the phase offsets of the remaining 150 echo signals.
  • the bright screen state of the smart TV is different from the display of the standby screen, which refers to the smart TV displaying the startup screen, programs watched by the user, application interfaces opened by the user, etc.
  • the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal is determined by the echo path of the echo signal, and the echo path of the stationary reflecting object that reflects the ultrasonic signal does not change, so the stationary echo
  • the phase offset of the wave signal does not change with time
  • the phase offset of the stationary echo signal whose phase offset does not change with time can be eliminated from the calculated echo signal.
  • the stationary echo signal reflected by the same stationary reflective object The phase offset of is a value that does not change with time, and the phase offset of the stationary echo signals reflected by different stationary reflecting objects is different.
  • different stationary reflecting objects can be determined based on the phase offset.
  • the reflecting object of 100 echo signals with a phase offset of ⁇ (t 1 ) can be considered to be reflected by the same stationary reflecting object, and the 150 echo signals of a phase offset of ⁇ (t 2 ) can be considered as reflections from the same stationary reflecting object.
  • a reflecting object of a wave signal can be thought of as being reflected by another stationary reflecting object.
  • moving reflecting objects can also be determined based on the phase offset.
  • the speaker 171 of the smart TV 10 can play continuous ultrasonic signals with a carrier frequency above 16 kHz (such as sinusoidal ultrasonic signals and FMCW ultrasonic signals, etc.).
  • the continuous ultrasonic signal encounters various reflecting objects in the room to form an echo signal, so that the echo signal received by the microphone 172 of the smart TV 10 includes the phase offset introduced by various reflecting objects relative to the transmitted signal.
  • Obtain the time domain data of the echo signals received at different times perform Fourier transform on the received time domain data to obtain the frequency domain data, and extract the phase components of the echo signals received at different times from the frequency domain data.
  • phase offset of the echo signals received at different times relative to the reflected signal determines the phase offset of the echo signals received at different times relative to the reflected signal, and eliminate the time-invariant components brought by the stationary reflector from these phase offsets (i.e., the stationary reflector reflected by the stationary reflective object).
  • the phase offset of the echo signal calculates the speed of the user 20 who reflects the echo signal, and when the speed is not zero or is the normal human movement speed, determine that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10; or extract
  • the phase components in the frequency domain data of the echo signals received at different times are calculated, and the phase offsets of the echo signals received at different times relative to the transmitted signals are calculated.
  • phase offsets there are occurrences that occur over time.
  • phase offsets In the case of changing phase offsets, it is directly determined that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10, and in the case where the phase offsets of the echo signals returned by each reflecting object do not change over time, it is determined that the smart TV User 20 did not exist before 10.
  • the specific application process will be described in detail below.
  • the continuous ultrasonic signal can be emitted by the sound-emitting device of the electronic device itself (such as the speaker of a smart TV), or can be emitted by a speaker external to the electronic device. Similarly, it can also be emitted by the sound-receiving device of the electronic device (such as a smart TV).
  • the built-in microphone of the TV) or an external sound collection device receives the echo signal.
  • the speaker that emits ultrasonic signals and the speaker that emits audible sounds may be the same speaker. That is, the speaker of the electronic device that emits audible audio to the user may also emit ultrasonic waves for detection.
  • the microphone that receives the ultrasonic signal and the microphone that receives the audible sound may be the same microphone, that is, the microphone of the electronic device that receives the audible sound emitted by the user can also receive the reflected ultrasonic wave.
  • the speaker that emits the ultrasonic signal and the speaker that emits the audible sound may be different speakers.
  • the microphone that receives ultrasonic signals and the microphone that receives audible sound may be different microphones.
  • the technical solution of determining whether there is a moving reflective object in front of the smart TV based on changes in the phase offset of the continuous ultrasonic signal can be applied to other applications in addition to controlling the display of the standby screen.
  • the smart TV determines that the user is close to the smart TV, it controls the screen to gradually light up and displays the set content; when it determines that the user is far away from the smart TV, it controls the screen of the smart TV to gradually dim; for another example, the screen will be controlled based on the phase offset.
  • the change in the movement amount determines the movement speed of the user existing in front of the smart TV, which is used for sports application software (Application, APP) of the smart TV, etc. This will be described in detail below.
  • the sound-emitting device and sound-receiving device of the electronic device itself are used to emit and receive continuous ultrasonic waves to detect the user's presence, there will be no privacy risks involved in using the camera in the previous embodiment, and the detection conditions will not be high. , wide detection range and low cost.
  • the speed is calculated through the change of the phase offset in the echo signal, unlike the previous embodiment which is based on the echo signal.
  • the integrated value of the amplitude value of the frequency shift signal determines whether the user exists. There is no need to integrate for a long time in time. It can detect short-term human body movements, thereby more accurately determining whether the user exists and improving the user experience. It can better avoid the waste of power consumption caused by the screen being always on when there is no user in the electronic device, and extend the service life of the electronic device.
  • FIG 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the smart TV 10 includes a processor 110, a communication module 120, a screen 130, an interface module 140, a memory 150, a power module 160, an audio module 170, a camera 180, and a sensor module 190.
  • the audio module 170 includes a speaker. 171. Microphone 172.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, it may include a central processing unit (CPU), an image processor (GPU), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microprocessor. Processing modules or processing circuits such as processor MCU (Micro-programmed Control Unit), AI (Artificial Intelligence, artificial intelligence) processor or programmable logic device FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array). Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors. In some embodiments, the processor 110 can detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 and control the opening or closing of the standby display screen of the smart TV 10 according to the detection results by executing programs related to the screen display control method of the present application.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • GPU image processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • microprocessor a microprocessor.
  • Processing modules or processing circuits such as processor MCU (Micro-programmed Control Unit), AI (Artificial Intelligence, artificial intelligence) processor or programmable logic device
  • the communication module 120 may include various wired or wireless communication modules, such as a Bluetooth module (BlueTooth, BT), a wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN) module, etc., for providing wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, Wi-Fi) , Bluetooth (BT), Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), Frequency Modulation (FM), Near Field Communication (NFC), Infrared technology (Infrared, IR), Wired or wireless communication solutions such as Wide Area Network (WAN).
  • Bluetooth Bluetooth
  • GNSS Global Navigation Satellite System
  • FM Frequency Modulation
  • NFC Near Field Communication
  • IR Infrared technology
  • Wired wireless communication solutions such as Wide Area Network (WAN).
  • WAN Wide Area Network
  • Screen 130 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (Active-matrix Organic Light).
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • Active-matrix organic light-emitting diode Active-matrix Organic Light.
  • -emitting Diode AMOLED
  • Flexible Light-emitting Diode FLED
  • Mini LED Micro LED
  • Micro OLED Quantum Dot Light-emitting Diodes
  • QLED Quantum Dot Light-emitting Diodes
  • the screen 130 can be used to display the user interface of the smart TV 10 to facilitate the user's interaction with the smart TV 10, such as setting the standby display screen in the application.
  • the interface module 140 may include various forms of input or output interfaces.
  • the smart TV 10 may transmit video and/or audio data to other electronic devices through the output interfaces, and receive video and/or audio data from other electronic devices through the input interfaces.
  • the input and output interfaces may include: S/PDIF interface, HDMI interface, LAN (Local Area Networks, LAN) interface, Universal Serial Bus (Universal Serial Bus, USB) interface, AV interface, etc.
  • the memory 150 can be used to store data, software programs and modules, and can be a volatile memory (Volatile Memory), such as a random access memory (Random-Access Memory, RAM); or a non-volatile memory (Non-Volatile Memory), For example, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), flash memory (Flash Memory), hard disk (Hard Disk Drive, HDD) or solid-state drive (Solid-State Drive, SSD); or a combination of the above types of memory, or It can also be a removable storage medium, such as a Secure Digital (SD) memory card.
  • the memory may be used to store relevant instructions for executing the screen display control method of the present application.
  • the power module 160 may include a power button, an IR receiver, etc., for turning on or off the power of the smart TV 10 according to user operations.
  • the audio module 170 can convert digital audio signals into analog audio signal output, or convert analog audio input into digital audio signals, and can also transmit digital audio signals and/or analog audio signals to other electronic devices through the interface module 140 .
  • audio module 170 may include speaker 171 and microphone 172 .
  • the speaker 171 can be used to emit continuous ultrasonic signals, such as sine waves and/or frequency modulated continuous waves.
  • the built-in speaker 171 of the smart TV 10 may be one or more speakers, and may be one or more of various speaker types such as dynamic coil type and piezoelectric type.
  • the speaker 171 can also support playback of ultrasonic frequency bands above 16 kHz, which can meet the frequency response characteristics required for ultrasonic detection.
  • the speaker 171 is a tweeter or a full-range speaker, the playback of audible sound in a higher frequency band can also be achieved.
  • speakers 171 are multiple speakers, since the higher the ultrasonic frequency is, the stronger the directivity is, so the speaker 171 on the smart TV 10 can be selected to emit the ultrasonic signal with the sound direction toward the front.
  • speakers 171 in other sound emitting directions may also be used, for example, speakers 171 located on the left and right sides of the smart TV 10 .
  • multiple speakers can emit ultrasonic signals at the same time. For example, when the smart TV 10 is turned on, the ultrasonic signals are continuously emitted.
  • each of the multiple speakers will continuously emit ultrasonic signals from 7 to 10 o'clock.
  • multiple speakers can also emit ultrasonic signals in different time periods. For example, when the smart TV 10 is turned on, it continuously emits ultrasonic signals to detect the user's presence. For example, if the startup time is still from 7 to 10 pm, multiple speakers can take turns to transmit ultrasonic signals at different times.
  • the speaker 171-1 is at 7 p.m. to 8 o'clock, speaker 171-2 from 8 to 9 o'clock, and speaker 171-3 to emit ultrasonic signals in time intervals from 9 to 10 o'clock.
  • the rotation time of multiple speakers taking turns to emit ultrasonic signals at different time periods can be any time interval actually required, and there is no limit here. For example, each speaker can emit a few seconds, a few minutes, etc.
  • the smart TV 10 can use the echo signals of all propagation paths for detection, thus further ensuring that the ultrasonic signals in different directions in the room are Reflective objects can be detected.
  • the microphone 172 may be used to collect and receive continuous ultrasonic signals (ie, echo signals), such as the aforementioned sine waves and/or frequency modulated continuous waves, etc.
  • the built-in microphone 172 of the smart TV 10 is one or more microphones, which can be one or more of various types such as electrets or vector microphones. It supports the reception of ultrasonic signal frequency bands above 16 kHz and has the ability to use ultrasonic signal detection. Whether the user has the required frequency response characteristics and can also receive sounds in the audible frequency range. In the case where there are multiple microphones, the position of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 can be determined based on the echo signals collected by the multiple microphones.
  • the phase delay information between the microphones can be determined, and the phase delay information can be used to determine the position of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 .
  • the echo signals collected by each microphone are beamformed to obtain the energy value in the preset fixed beam direction.
  • the target beam direction is determined based on the energy value corresponding to each fixed beam direction, and the target beam direction is used as the direction of the user.
  • the display method of the smart TV can be further controlled based on the relative position of the user and the smart TV. Specific embodiments of determining the display method based on the user's position will be described below.
  • the method of determining the user's position relative to the smart TV 10 can be any existing technology without limitation. In order to better receive the echo signal, you can avoid selecting the microphone 172 located on the back of the smart TV 10 when receiving the echo signal, and select the microphone 172 located on the front of the smart TV 10 .
  • Camera 180 is used to obtain still images or videos.
  • the optical image generated by the scene through the lens is projected onto the surface of the image sensor, and then converted into an electrical signal. After analog-to-digital conversion (A/D) conversion, it is converted into a digital image signal and then sent to the digital signal processing chip. Processing.
  • the camera 180 may be used for detection of moving objects.
  • the sensor module 190 may include a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a temperature sensor, a voice sensor, etc.
  • the structure of the smart TV 10 shown in Figure 3 is only an example.
  • the smart TV 10 may also include more or fewer modules, and some modules may also be combined or split. This application The examples are not limiting.
  • Figure 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a screen display control method according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • This method can be based on the technical solution mentioned above, by determining the change in the phase offset between the echo signal and the transmitted signal received by the smart TV 10 at different times, to determine whether there is a user 20 in front of the smart TV 10, and then control the smart TV 10. Whether the TV 10 displays the standby screen.
  • the execution subject of this method may be the processor 110 of the smart TV 10 .
  • the method includes:
  • the smart TV 10 can be controlled to continuously transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal in a standby state, or can transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal at a certain time interval for a period of time, for example, every 1 minute and continue to transmit for 30 minutes.
  • the ultrasonic signal is to transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal for 30 minutes, stop for 1 minute, and then transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal for 30 minutes.
  • the time interval can be determined according to specific circumstances and is not limited here.
  • the transmission frequency can be in the range of 16KHZ-45KHZ, and the type of continuous ultrasonic signal can be the sine wave and/or frequency modulated continuous wave mentioned above.
  • the user needs to enable the smart display function in the smart TV 10 in advance to implement the screen display control method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the user 20 can enable the smart display function in advance through voice, remote control of the smart TV 10 , etc.
  • FIGS. 5A-5C show a schematic diagram of the process in which the user 20 turns on the smart display function.
  • the user 20 can first select the setting application 51 in the interface 501 shown in Figure 5A, enter the setting interface 502 shown in Figure 5B, and select the "standby display” control 52 in the setting interface 502, and enter the setting interface 502 shown in Figure 5B.
  • the standby display interface 503 shown in 5C turn on the "standby display” switch control 53 and select the display mode as smart display.
  • the smart display control function of the smart TV 10 has been turned on, and the smart TV 10 can automatically detect whether the user 20 exists, and confirm whether to display the standby screen based on the detection result.
  • the user 20 can also click the "standby display type" control 55 to select the corresponding standby display type.
  • FIG. 5D shows the standby display type interface 504. The user 20 can select types including dial clock, digital clock, artistic style, etc.
  • S402 Determine whether there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 based on the received echo signal.
  • the phase offset between the echo signal and the corresponding transmission signal can be calculated by extracting the phase component from the frequency domain data of the echo signal received within a certain period of time. shift, and then determine whether there is a moving object in front of the smart TV 10 based on the phase shift of the echo signals at different times.
  • the echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ) corresponding to the transmitted continuous ultrasonic wave W (t 0 ) received at t 1 and t 2 are respectively expressed by the following formulas ( 7) and formula (8) represent:
  • phase components ⁇ ′(t 1 ) and ⁇ ′(t 2 ) can be extracted from the frequency domain data of the received echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ), and then the extracted
  • the difference between the phase components ⁇ '(t 1 ), ⁇ '(t 2 ) and the phase component ⁇ (t 0 ) of the continuous ultrasonic wave W(t 0 ) is used to obtain the echo signals W'(t 1 ) and W'(t 2 )
  • ⁇ (t 1 ), ⁇ (t 2 ), ⁇ (t 3 ), ⁇ (t 4 ), ⁇ (t 5 ), ... are different or partially different below, it can be determined that there is user 20 before smart TV 10.
  • the speed of the reflective object moving in front of the smart TV 10 can also be calculated based on the phase offset, and whether the reflective object is the user is determined based on the speed of the reflective object.
  • the speed of the reflecting object that reflects the echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ) can be obtained according to the following formula (9):
  • the moving object since the moving object may be a pet or a sweeping robot or other furniture equipment, when the calculated speed is not 0 and the presence of a moving reflective object is determined, it is also necessary to confirm whether the moving reflective object is a human being. , only when the moving object is determined to be a human being, the user is confirmed to be in front of the smart TV. For example, a camera can be used to determine whether a moving object is a user.
  • the smart TV 10 when the smart TV 10 calculates the speed based on the phase offset in the echo signal and can determine that there is a moving object, it also needs to determine whether the calculated speed is within the user's normal movement speed range.
  • the speed when the speed is within the user's normal range of motion, the presence of a moving object is considered to be the presence of the user; when the speed exceeds the user's normal range of motion, it is considered interference.
  • the normal movement speed range of a general user is 0m/s-5m/s.
  • the movement speed calculated based on the phase offset exceeds the normal movement speed range, it is considered to be interference. For example, it may be interference caused by a pet passing by quickly. wait.
  • the smart TV 10 obtains the speed of the moving object according to the speed calculation formula shown in formula (6) as 3m/ s, the speed is within the user's normal movement speed range of 0m/s-5m/s, then the presence of a moving object is considered to be the presence of the user.
  • the echo signals within a certain period of time can be continuously analyzed to determine whether there is movement.
  • Reflective objects For example, the smart TV 10 continues to emit ultrasonic signals when detecting user presence, and at the same time continues to receive echo signals, and performs Fourier transform on the time domain data of the echo signals received every 100 ms to obtain the corresponding frequency domain data. The phase component is extracted from the frequency domain data, and then the phase offset of each echo signal relative to the transmitted signal within 100ms is calculated. Assume that 500 echo signals are received in the time period from t to t+100ms.
  • the phase offsets of 100 of the echo signals are all ⁇ (t 1 ), and the phase offsets of the 150 echo signals are all ⁇ (t 2 ), if the phase offset of the 150 echo signals changes with time, it can be considered that there is a moving reflective object in front of the TV 10, and then it can be determined whether the reflective object is a user.
  • the fixed time period for analyzing the echo signal can be determined according to the actual situation. For example, it can be any time between 10 ms and 100 ms, or any time between 10 ms and 1 s, without limitation.
  • the echo signals W'(t 1) and W'(t 2 ) corresponding to the transmitted continuous ultrasonic wave W(t 0 ) received after t 1 and t 2 have passed are respectively:
  • W′(t 1 ) A P ′cos(2 ⁇ f min (t 0 -t 1 )+ ⁇ B(t 0 -t 1 ) 2 /T) (11)
  • W′(t 2 ) B P ′cos(2 ⁇ f min (t 0 -t 2 )+ ⁇ B(t 0 -t 2 ) 2 /T) (12)
  • a P ′ and B P ′ are the echo amplitudes at two moments respectively, f min represents the starting frequency, B represents the bandwidth, and T represents the frequency sweep period.
  • the echo signal and the transmitted signal are down-mixed and band-pass filtered, and the phase representation of the two moments can be obtained as follows:
  • the speed of the object that reflects the echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ) can be obtained according to the following formula:
  • the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 can be controlled to display the standby display screen according to the set standby display type and display mode.
  • the standby display type is the dial clock corresponding to the "standby display type” control 55 in Figure 5C
  • the standby display mode is the smart display corresponding to the "display mode” control 54 in Figure 5C.
  • the smart TV 10 can be controlled to directly turn on the screen, or display the power-on state while turning on the screen. screen, or while the screen is on, the screen that the user 20 watched before he left (i.e. last entered the standby screen or black screen) is displayed, such as the program that the user 20 paused when he left last time, or while the screen is on, the screen is played while the user 20 last left.
  • the program is paused.
  • the programs may be various multimedia data played by smart TVs, such as various types of audio, various types of videos, games, and so on.
  • the relative direction of the user 20 with respect to the smart TV 10 can also be determined, for example, through the above-mentioned method based on multiple microphones.
  • the direction of the user 20 is determined by beamforming.
  • the screen display mode is determined according to the relative direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 . For example, when the smart TV 10 previously displayed a standby screen or was in a black screen state, and detects that the user 20 is located directly in front of the TV 10, it directly controls the smart TV 10 to turn on the screen, display the startup screen, or play the program that was paused when the user 20 left last time.
  • the position 20 directly in front of the TV 10 may be the determined first direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10, and the included angle with the vertical direction of the screen of the smart TV 10 is within the first included angle range, for example, the first included angle Range is 0° to 75°.
  • the angle between the determined first direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 and the vertical direction of the screen of the smart TV 10 is within the second angle range, such as the second angle range.
  • Angle range is 75° to 90°.
  • the movement direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 can also be determined, that is, whether the user 20 is approaching or moving away from the smart TV 10 .
  • the control screen 130 gradually lights up and displays the set content, for example, displays the standby screen, displays the startup screen, and displays the last time the user 20 left The picture previously viewed (such as the pause picture of the program watched by the user 20).
  • the control screen 130 gradually dims, and finally enters a black screen state.
  • the speed at which the screen 130 gradually lights up or fades out can also be controlled according to the speed at which the user approaches or moves away from the smart TV 10 .
  • the screen 130 is controlled to gradually light up or dim. 130 lights up at a larger speed, and when the user approaches the smart TV 10 at a smaller speed, the control screen 130 lights up at a smaller speed.
  • the moving speed of the user 20 can be calculated based on the phase offset of the echo signal, and then the speed at which the screen 130 turns on or off can be controlled.
  • the volume of the program played by the smart TV 10 can also be controlled. For example, when the user 20 is determined to be close to the smart TV 10, the volume of the program played by the smart TV 10 can be controlled. The playback volume of the TV 10 is increased, and when it is determined that the user 20 is far away from the smart TV 10, the playback volume of the smart TV 10 is increased.
  • the frequency of the echo signals received at different times will change. For example, if the frequency of the echo signal continues to increase, it indicates that the user 20 is close to the smart TV 10, and if the frequency of the echo signal continues to decrease, it indicates that the user 20 is far away from the smart TV 10. Therefore, in some embodiments, the echo signal can be determined by Whether the equivalent frequency of the signal continues to increase or decrease is used to determine whether the user 20 is close to the smart TV 10 or far away from the smart TV 10 .
  • the frequency f'(t) of the echo signal W′(t) can be equivalent to:
  • f is the transmission frequency of W(t)
  • s(t) is the echo path
  • c is the speed of sound.
  • the frequency f’(t) of the echo signal is determined by the echo path s(t).
  • the echo path s(t) in the echo signal received by the smart TV decreases, so the equivalent frequency of the echo signal increases.
  • the echo signal received by the smart TV The echo path s(t) in the wave signal increases, so the equivalent frequency of the echo signal decreases.
  • the distance between the user 20 and the smart TV 10 can be measured based on the time and sound wave speed of the transmitted and received ultrasonic signals.
  • multiple display modes can also be set.
  • the screen will remain in a black state or the standby screen.
  • the smart TV 10 determines whether there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10 and the smart TV 10 is currently in the standby screen. If it is determined that there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10 and the smart TV 10 is currently in the standby screen, then based on the historical echo signal or the result of determining whether the user 20 exists based on the historical echo signal, determine Whether the user 20 continues to be absent within a certain period of time (such as more than 30 minutes). If it is determined that the user 20 continues to exist within a certain period of time, the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 is controlled to enter a black screen state.
  • a certain period of time such as more than 30 minutes
  • the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 is controlled to pause the program playback, or display a standby screen or enter a black screen state.
  • the smart TV 10 pauses the program first, and then determine within a certain period of time (such as 10 minutes). If the user 20 still does not exist, the control screen 130 enters the standby screen, and then if it is determined that the user 20 still does not exist within a certain period of time (such as 10 minutes), the control screen 130 enters a black screen state.
  • the ultrasonic signal will have a multipath effect on the transmission and reception paths, that is, the ultrasonic signal will be reflected multiple times during its propagation in the room.
  • the ultrasonic signal will produce frequency-selective fading, that is, a certain Ultrasonic signals with certain transmission frequencies will be attenuated by the superposition of multipath signals at certain spatial locations, resulting in the attenuated energy of the received echo signal being too low to be used for phase offset estimation.
  • ultrasonic signals are used to measure user presence, that is, ultrasonic signals of multiple frequencies are sent at the same time to ensure that ultrasonic signals with certain frequencies will not undergo frequency selective fading at the same time as other frequencies, and can be used for user presence detection. The following will still take the continuous ultrasonic signal as an example for explanation.
  • the frequency difference between adjacent continuous ultrasonic waves in two frequency domains is greater than these two continuous ultrasonic waves. bandwidth. That is, there is no overlap in the frequency domain between ultrasonic waves in multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic waves.
  • the smart TV 10 can transmit sinusoidal ultrasonic signals with frequencies of 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, ... for user presence detection. Since the bandwidth of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal is close to zero, it transmits sinusoidal signals with a difference of 1kHz. Ultrasonic signals can ensure that there is no interference between each carrier frequency and that frequency selective fading does not occur at the same detection position at the same time, and can be used for user presence detection.
  • the smart TV 10 can transmit frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signals with frequencies of 20kHz-21kHz, 22kHz-23kHz, 24kHz-25kHz, ... for user presence detection.
  • the frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal in the figure is The bandwidth is 1kHZ, and the difference in transmission frequency between FM continuous ultrasonic signals is 2kHz.
  • the difference between the initial transmission frequency of a continuous ultrasonic signal with a transmission frequency of 20kHz-21kHz and a continuous ultrasonic signal with a transmission frequency of 22kHz-23kHz is 20kHz and 22kHz.
  • the difference between the maximum transmission frequency of 21kHz and 23kHz is 2kHz, both are larger than the bandwidth of the frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal 1kHZ, so that there is no overlap in the frequency domain of each frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal in the multi-carrier frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal, ensuring that each carrier There will be no interference between frequencies, and frequency selective fading will not occur at the same detection location at the same time, so it can be used for user presence detection.
  • the frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals is related to the emission source of the ultrasonic signal and the location of the emitter.
  • continuous ultrasonic signals of the same transmission frequency are emitted by emission sources located at different locations. There may be an emission source at a certain location.
  • the transmitted continuous ultrasonic signal has frequency-selective fading at the reflector, while the continuous ultrasonic signal emitted by the transmitting source at another location does not have frequency-selective fading at the reflector.
  • the speaker 171A located at P1 on the left side of the smart TV 10 will not emit a 20kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal. Frequency selective fading will not occur, but a 21kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal will. Frequency selective fading occurs, and the speaker 171B located at P2 on the right side of the smart TV 10 emit a 20kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal will undergo frequency selective fading.
  • the frequencies of the sinusoidal ultrasonic waves emitted by the multi-carrier frequency sinusoidal ultrasonic waves are set to 20 kHz and 21 kHz respectively, and the sinusoidal ultrasonic waves of both frequencies are emitted by the speaker 171A, then the echo of the sine ultrasonic wave of 20 kHz without frequency selective fading can be used.
  • wave signal for user presence detection If the speaker 171A is configured to transmit a 21 kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, and the speaker 171B is configured to transmit a 21 kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, the received echo signal cannot be used because both the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals emitted by the two speakers undergo frequency selective fading. Perform user presence detection. Therefore, in some embodiments, when using multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals for user presence measurement, you may choose to use a transmitting source at the same location to transmit multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals.
  • the multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signal can be set to include multiple frequency bands.
  • Continuous ultrasonic signals, and each transmitting source at different locations can transmit continuous ultrasonic signals in multiple frequency bands, thereby ensuring that the transmitting sources at different locations have continuous ultrasonic signals in frequency bands where frequency selective fading does not occur for users. detection.
  • the smart TV 10 can be set to emit sinusoidal ultrasonic signals with frequencies of 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, and 23kHz respectively.
  • the speaker 171A emits the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals of 20kHz and 21kHz
  • the speaker 171B emits the sinusoidal ultrasonic waves of 22kHz and 23kHz. signal, in which neither the 20kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal emitted by speaker 171A nor the 22kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal emitted by speaker 171B has frequency selectivity. Fading, it can ensure that the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals emitted by the two speakers have echo signals that can be used for user presence detection.
  • the equivalent value of the reflecting object can be calculated based on the phase offset of the echo signals of multiple frequency bands received at the same time. speed, and then determine whether there is a moving object in front of the smart TV based on the equivalent speed.
  • the phase components can be extracted from the echo signals of continuous ultrasonic waves in multiple frequency bands received at the same time, and multiple phase offsets corresponding to the echo signals in each frequency band can be obtained based on the extracted phase components. Calculate the average of the velocities corresponding to multiple phase offsets that change over time, or use algorithms such as the least squares method to obtain the corresponding equivalent velocity.
  • the ultrasonic signal does not undergo frequency selective fading, then after the smart TV 10 controls the microphone 172 to receive the corresponding echo signal, it can use a band-pass filter, or mix the echo signal and then perform low-pass filtering to obtain
  • the echo signals W 1 ′ corresponding to the 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, and 23kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signals W 1 (t), W 2 (t), W 3 (t), and W 4 (t) emitted by the speakers 171A and 171B respectively. (t), W 2 ′(t), W 3 ′(t), W 4 ′(t).
  • a more accurate speed can be estimated by averaging.
  • phase components of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals W 1 ( t 0 ) , W 2 (t 0 ), W 3 (t 0 ), and W 4 (t 0 ) emitted at time t 0 are ⁇ 1 (t 0 ) and ⁇ 2 respectively.
  • the corresponding echo signals in the four frequency bands at time t 1 are W 1 ′(t 1 ), W 2 ′(t 1 ),
  • the phase components in W 3 ′(t 1 ) and W 4 ′(t 1 ) are: ⁇ 1 ′(t 1 ), ⁇ 2 ′(t 1 ), ⁇ 3 ′(t 1 ), ⁇ 4 ′(t 1 ), and then calculate the velocities v 1 ′(t 1 ), v 2 ′(t 1 ), v 3 ′(t 1 ), and v 4 ′(t 1 ) corresponding to each frequency band based on the phase components.
  • the equivalent velocity Ave ⁇ v(t 2 ) of the echo signals in the four frequency bands at time t 2 can be obtained, and then whether Ave ⁇ v(t 1 ) and Ave ⁇ v(t 2 ) are determined.
  • the equivalent velocity estimated by taking the average value is located between the velocity values corresponding to the four frequency bands, making the estimated velocity more accurate, thereby avoiding the phase difference caused by a certain frequency band being affected by the multipath effect.
  • the offset error is large, resulting in a misjudgment of the presence of the user through the phase offset.
  • the smart TV can transmit continuous ultrasonic signals of a preset type (such as a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal) and a predetermined transmission frequency to detect the presence of the user.
  • a preset type such as a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal
  • predetermined transmission frequency to detect the presence of the user.
  • echo energy the energy of the received echo signal
  • predetermined emission volume the volume of the emitted continuous ultrasonic wave needs to be preset. Since different electronic equipment hardware (such as speakers, microphones, etc.) have different working performances, the predetermined emission volumes applicable to different electronic equipment are also different.
  • a smart TV manufacturer can set a predetermined emission volume suitable for each smart TV produced, thereby ensuring that the smart TV shipped from the factory has a predetermined emission volume suitable for itself. However, if it is used for a long time after leaving the factory, the hardware performance of the smart TV will change, and the predetermined emission volume set before leaving the factory will no longer apply to the smart TV.
  • a smart TV with better working performance can be used as a reference device, a predetermined emission volume suitable for the reference device can be set, and then the predetermined emission volume of the reference device can be set.
  • the transmit volume is the predetermined transmit volume for these factory-ready smart TVs. However, since the hardware performance of some smart TVs that have been shipped is quite different from that of the benchmark device, the predetermined emission volume applicable to the benchmark device does not apply to these smart TVs that have been shipped.
  • some embodiments of the present application provide a calibration method for predetermined transmission volume.
  • the calibration method suitable for the smart TV is determined.
  • Predetermined transmit volume Predetermined transmit volume.
  • FIG. 7 shows a method for calibrating the predetermined transmission volume of the smart TV 10 shown in FIG. 3 . As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
  • the smart display function of the smart TV 10 can enter S702 and proceed in the absence of the user. Schedule the calibration of the transmit volume; otherwise, you can wait for the user to turn on the smart display function switch before calibrating.
  • the smart display function can be automatically turned on after a period of use to calibrate the predetermined emission volume.
  • the calibration of the predetermined emission volume of the smart TV 10 can be performed in the absence of the user, so as not to affect the user's normal use of the smart TV 10 .
  • the technical solution mentioned above can be used to determine whether the user exists by using the phase offset of the echo signal, or other existing technical solutions can be used to determine whether the user exists.
  • the specific method is not limited.
  • the integral of the amplitude AP ′ assuming that the echo signals received at different times in this time period have different AP ′, then E1 is:
  • the reference echo energy E0 mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can also be calculated in the same way.
  • the length of the integration time period can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can also be 10ms, 100ms, etc., and is not limited here.
  • S704 Determine whether the difference between the echo energy E1 and the reference echo energy E0 is within the first energy difference range.
  • E1 and E0 are within the first energy difference range, it means that the volume of the transmitted signal is V1, which can meet the detection of user presence. Enter S706 and the calibration is completed. Otherwise, enter S705 to adjust the size of V1. .
  • the transmission volume V1 when E1 is greater than E0, the transmission volume V1 is turned down, and when E1 is less than E0, the transmission volume V1 is turned up.
  • the number of scheduled transmission volume calibrations for smart TVs 10 is generally small. Generally, it is adjusted once after leaving the factory, or it is set to be adjusted once after a fixed period of time. The adjustment process does not require user intervention, and the user experience is relatively low. good.
  • ultrasonic signals can be used to detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV. For example, detect the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV through ultrasonic waves, and determine whether there is a user in front of the smart TV based on the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV; or, through the amplitude integration of the Doppler frequency shift component of the ultrasonic wave, or The change in the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV.
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted with a fixed emission volume, when the relative position between the user and the smart TV changes, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user may be too high, which may cause harm to the user's body. Or the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user cannot meet the subsequent user presence detection requirements.
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user will increase with the distance. large and reduced.
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user is relatively large, which may cause harm to the user's body.
  • the safety threshold such as the recommended upper limit of the intensity of ultrasonic waves with a frequency of 20 kHz 75dB
  • ultrasonic waves can cause physical harm to humans.
  • the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user received by the smart TV is small, and the energy of the received echo signal cannot meet the subsequent detection needs of the user's presence.
  • the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity, that is, the energy of the emitted ultrasonic signal is stronger in some propagation directions and weaker in some propagation directions.
  • the energy of the emitted ultrasonic signal is stronger in some propagation directions and weaker in some propagation directions.
  • the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated directly in front of the smart TV is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated to the side of the smart TV is weak, causing reflections from reflective objects.
  • the energy of the returned echo signal is weak and cannot be used for user presence detection.
  • some embodiments of the present application provide an adaptive adjustment method for ultrasonic detection volume, which can be adjusted in real time according to changes in the relative position between the user and the smart TV, the user's age, whether there are pets around the user, etc. Adjust the emission volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal to ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's movement, while preventing the body of the user and pet from being harmed by the high-energy ultrasonic signal.
  • the adaptive adjustment method of the present application is applicable to various types of ultrasonic signals, such as continuous ultrasonic signals and pulsed ultrasonic signals.
  • the adaptive adjustment method of this application is also applicable to various user presence detection technical solutions.
  • the distance between the reflective object and the smart TV is detected through ultrasonic waves, and the smart TV is determined based on the distance between the reflective object and the smart TV. Whether there is a user's technical solution in front of the TV; or, whether there is a user's technical solution in front of the smart TV through the amplitude integration of the Doppler frequency shift component of the ultrasonic wave; or based on the change in the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal Determine whether the user's technical solution exists in front of the smart TV.
  • a smart TV uses ultrasonic signals to detect user presence
  • the ultrasonic wave is reduced.
  • the transmission volume of the signal is to ensure that the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user in the ultrasonic environment is below the safety threshold, and when setting the reduced volume, it is considered that the received echo signal can meet the detection needs of the user; if When the distance d between the user and the smart TV is measured to be large, the volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal is increased to ensure that the energy of the received echo signal is sufficient for detection of the user's presence. After setting the increased transmission volume value When doing so, you need to ensure that the increased volume will not be too high, causing physical harm to users in the ultrasonic environment.
  • the specific solution will be introduced in detail below in conjunction with Figures 8 and 9.
  • the direction of the user relative to the smart TV can be measured, for example, through the beam forming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above. Determine the user's orientation relative to the smart TV. The transmit volume is then adjusted based on the user's orientation relative to the smart TV. For example, when it is measured that the user is located directly in front of the smart TV, a smaller transmitting volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal. When it is measured that the user is located to the side of the smart TV, a larger transmitting volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal to ensure that it can accurately Detects the movement of the user located on the side of the smart TV.
  • the front direction may be the determined first direction of the user relative to the smart TV, and the angle with the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the first included angle range.
  • the first included angle range is 0° to 75°. °.
  • the angle between the determined reflecting object and the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the second angle range relative to the smart TV.
  • the second angle range is 75° to 90°.
  • the smart TV uses ultrasonic signals to detect user presence
  • a photo of the user can be taken through the camera of the smart TV, and the image can be Recognition technology identifies whether the user in the photo is an adult or a child, and whether there are pets around the user. If it is determined that the user is a child or there is a pet around the user, the ultrasonic signal can be transmitted using a smaller transmission volume than if the user is an adult.
  • the following describes a technical solution for adaptively adjusting the emission volume of ultrasonic waves as the distance d between the reflecting object and the smart TV changes according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • multiple distance ranges can be set for the distance d between the user and the smart TV, and a corresponding transmission volume range is set in advance for each distance range.
  • the distance d between the user and the smart TV When located in a certain distance range, adjusting the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV within the range of the emission volume corresponding to the distance range can ensure that the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements and is suitable for those in an ultrasonic environment.
  • the user does not cause physical harm, that is, the ultrasound received by the user is below the safety threshold.
  • the transmission volume range or transmission volume corresponding to each distance range can be determined in advance through testing, that is, it is determined in advance which transmission volume or which transmission volume is used when the user is in a certain distance range. It can ensure that the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements without causing physical harm to users in the ultrasonic environment.
  • the greater the distance d the greater the transmission volume corresponding to the distance range where the distance d is located. That is, as the distance between the user and the smart TV increases, The increase in distance increases the emission volume of ultrasonic waves.
  • Table 1 shows an example of the transmission volume range corresponding to different distance ranges between the user and the smart TV.
  • d1, d2, d3, and d4 increase in sequence
  • Vd1, Vd2, Vd3, and Vd4 increase in sequence
  • the distance d between the reflecting object and the smart TV is in the distance range (d1, d2)
  • the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to be within the emission volume range (Vd1, Vd2), it can ensure that the reflecting object is not affected by the The harm of ultrasonic signals, and the ultrasonic signals reflected back by reflective objects can meet the user's needs for presence detection.
  • a corresponding transmission volume can also be set for different distance ranges.
  • Table 2 below shows an example of the transmission volume corresponding to different distance ranges between the user and the smart TV.
  • d1, d2, d3, and d4 increase in sequence
  • Vd1', Vd2', Vd3', and Vd4' increase in sequence. It can be understood that when the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to the emission volume corresponding to the distance range d, it can ensure that the reflecting object is not harmed by the ultrasonic signal, and the ultrasonic signal reflected by the reflecting object can satisfy Users have detection needs.
  • the distance d between the reflecting object and the smart TV is within the distance range (d1, d2)
  • the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to Vd2', it can ensure that the reflecting object is not harmed by the ultrasonic signal, and The ultrasonic signal reflected by the reflective object can meet the user's needs for presence detection.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a smart TV adaptively adjusting the emission volume of an ultrasonic signal transmitted by the smart TV according to the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV according to some embodiments of the present application, in which the execution subject may be The processor 110 in the smart TV 10.
  • the transmission volume is adjusted by presetting the volume range corresponding to each distance range.
  • the method includes:
  • the presence of the user can be detected through various existing technical means of detecting the user's presence through ultrasonic waves.
  • the distance d between the user and the smart TV is detected through ultrasonic waves mentioned above, and based on The distance d determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV; or, determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV through the amplitude integration of the Doppler Shift component of the ultrasonic wave; or, based on the phase shift of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal
  • the change in quantity determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV, as shown in the embodiment of Figure 4.
  • S803 control the smart TV to transmit ultrasonic signals at the currently set transmission volume Vd, and obtain the echo received after reflection by the user. wave signal.
  • the speaker 171 of the smart TV 10 can be controlled to transmit an ultrasonic signal at the currently set transmission volume Vd, and the microphone 172 of the smart TV 10 can be controlled to receive the echo signal.
  • the currently set transmission volume Vd may be the predetermined transmission volume V1 mentioned above.
  • the currently set transmission volume Vd is the volume adjusted after the previous execution of S806.
  • S804 Determine the distance d between the user and the smart TV based on the received echo signal.
  • the distance d between the user and the smart TV can be directly measured based on the time and sound wave speed of the transmitted and received ultrasonic signals.
  • the corresponding emission volume range is (Vd1, Vd2).
  • S806 Determine the next emission volume Vd to be a volume value within the volume range corresponding to the distance range d.
  • distance d belongs to the distance range (d1, d2), and the corresponding transmission volume range is (Vd1, Vd2). If the volume Vd is greater than Vd2, the next time the ultrasonic signal is transmitted, Vd is reduced by the transmission volume range (Vd1 , any value in Vd2), if Vd is less than Vd1, the volume Vd will be increased the next time the ultrasonic signal is transmitted to any value in the transmission volume range (Vd1, Vd2).
  • the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the change in the distance between the user and the smart TV, so as to achieve the desired effect within the distance between the user and the smart TV.
  • the ultrasonic emission volume is increased.
  • the ultrasonic emission volume is lowered to achieve adaptive adjustment of the emission volume. This ensures that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's motion, while preventing the body of the user and pet from being harmed by the high-energy ultrasonic signal.
  • the total echo energy E of these echo signals includes the motion component energy introduced by the user's movement and the stationary component energy introduced by the stationary object.
  • the magnitude of the motion component energy is negatively correlated with the distance d between the user and the smart TV. That is, the smaller the motion component energy, the farther the distance d between the user and the smart TV is. The greater the motion component energy, the greater the distance d between the user and the smart TV. The closer the distance d is to the smart TV.
  • the distance d between the user and the smart TV can be represented by extracting the motion component energy (hereinafter referred to as the distance energy Esd) in the echo energy E of the echo signal.
  • the distance energy Esd the motion component energy
  • it can also be A corresponding motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as distance energy range) is set for each distance range.
  • distance energy range A corresponding motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as distance energy range) is set for each distance range.
  • the dynamic component energy is not only negatively related to the distance, but also related to the reflection coefficient and reflection cross-sectional area of the reflecting object.
  • the echo energy E of the echo signal can be obtained by integrating the amplitudes in the frequency domain data of multiple echo signals received by the smart TV within a preset time period. Therefore, the echo energy E
  • the motion component energy Es that is, the distance energy Esd here, can be obtained in the following way: from the multiple echo signals received by the smart TV within a preset time period, filter out the motion echo signals introduced due to user motion, and then The amplitude in the frequency domain data of the motion echo signal is integrated to obtain the motion component energy Es. That is, the motion component energy Es is the echo energy of the motion echo signal.
  • the motion echo signals received at different times have different phase offsets relative to the transmitted signal. Therefore, by analyzing the echo By analyzing the phase offset of the signal, the motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time can be screened out, that is, the echo signals with different phase offsets received at different times and reflected by the same moving object are determined as motion echo signal.
  • the corresponding motion component energy range can be set for each distance range, that is, the distance energy range, and then the distance energy range is established with the aforementioned emission volume range.
  • the emission volume range corresponding to the distance energy range where the calculated echo signal Esd is located is regarded as the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range where distance d is located.
  • Table 3 shows the corresponding relationship between the set distance range, distance energy range and transmission volume range based on the relationship in Table 1.
  • the minimum value (such as d1) of the distance range (such as (d1, d2)) corresponds to the maximum value (such as Esd2) of the distance energy range (such as (Esd3, Esd2)), and the maximum value of the distance range (such as (d1, d2)) (such as d2) corresponds to the minimum value of the distance energy range (such as Esd3).
  • the motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as the volume energy range) represents the emission volume range corresponding to each distance range or distance energy range. In this way, there is no need to pre-measure the transmission volume range corresponding to each distance range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmission volume, it is only necessary to determine whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the transmission volume is adjusted is within the corresponding volume energy range.
  • volume energy range here and the value represented by the distance energy range mentioned above are the magnitude of the motion component energy of the echo signal
  • the volume energy range is related to the emission volume and is used to use the motion component energy.
  • the distance energy range is related to the distance d, and is used to replace the distance energy range with the motion component energy. The two are not the same and have no necessary relationship.
  • the calculation method of the distance energy and the volume energy can refer to the calculation method of the motion component energy mentioned above.
  • Table 4 shows the corresponding relationship between the set volume energy range and the transmission volume range based on Table 1 or 3.
  • Esv1, Esv2, Esv3, and Esv4 increase in sequence.
  • the distance d between the user and the smart TV can be represented by the distance energy Esd.
  • Each distance range can be represented by a corresponding distance energy range.
  • the transmission volume range can be represented by the volume. Therefore, in some embodiments, only the distance energy Esd of the user during movement relative to the smart TV can be measured, the corresponding volume energy range can be determined based on the distance energy range, and then the emission of the smart TV can be adjusted based on the volume energy range.
  • Volume Vd For example, Table 5 below shows the correspondence between the distance range, distance energy range, volume energy range, and emission volume range determined based on Table 1, Table 3, and Table 4.
  • the distance energy Esd is used to represent the distance d between the user and the smart TV.
  • the distance energy range is used to represent each distance range.
  • the volume energy range is used to represent the emission volume range.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a smart TV adaptively adjusting the transmission volume Vd according to the distance energy Esd in the echo signal corresponding to the transmission volume, according to some embodiments of the present application, in which the execution subject may be the smart TV.
  • Processor 110 in 10.
  • the method includes:
  • S901 to S903 where S901 to S903 are the same as S801 to S803, and will not be described again.
  • the distance energy Esd can be calculated using the method in S804, which will not be described again here.
  • S905 Obtain the volume energy range corresponding to the distance energy range where the distance energy Esd is located.
  • the distance energy Esd calculated based on the echo signal belongs to the volume energy range (Esd3, Esd2)
  • the corresponding volume energy range is (Esv1, Esv2).
  • S906 Determine whether the current distance energy is within the acquired volume energy range.
  • the motion component energy of the echo signal that is, the distance energy Esd
  • the distance energy Esd is positively correlated with the size of the emission volume Vd, so the relationship between the currently calculated distance energy Esd and the acquired volume energy range can be judged, for example,
  • step S910 is entered to complete the volume adaptive adjustment; when Esd does not belong to the distance energy range (Esd3, Esd2),
  • the corresponding volume energy range is (Esv1, Esv2)
  • step S907 is entered, and the transmission volume Vd is adjusted according to whether Esd is smaller than Esv1 or larger than Esv2.
  • S908 Determine whether the adjusted emission volume Vd is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and whether the duration T for transmitting ultrasonic waves with a transmission volume Vd greater than the volume threshold Vt is greater than the time threshold Tv.
  • the detected distance between the user and the smart TV may continue to be large.
  • the emission volume Vd may be increased or maintained at a high volume for a long time, thereby causing the user to remain in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time, causing harm to the user's body.
  • the volume threshold Vt is related to the distance d between the user and the smart TV. The greater the distance d between the user and the smart TV, the greater the volume threshold Vt.
  • S908 may also be executed before adjusting the transmission volume Vd, and the order is not limited.
  • the adjusted emission volume Vd is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and the duration T of ultrasonic waves emitted with a transmission volume Vd greater than the volume threshold Vt is greater than the time threshold Tv, it indicates that the user has been in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time and has entered S909, otherwise, return to S903 to control the smart TV to transmit the ultrasonic signal at the currently set transmission volume Vd, and obtain the echo signal received after reflection by the user.
  • the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal.
  • the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
  • the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the change in the distance between the user and the smart TV.
  • the ultrasonic emission volume is increased.
  • the ultrasonic emission volume is reduced to achieve adaptive adjustment of the emission volume. This ensures that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's motion, while preventing the body of the user and pet from being harmed by the high-energy ultrasonic signal.
  • the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity. Therefore, when the smart TV plays the ultrasonic signal through the speaker, the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated directly in front of the smart TV is strong enough to detect the user's presence, while the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated directly in front of the smart TV is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated in the side of the smart TV is The energy of the propagated ultrasonic signal is weak, so that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the reflecting object is weak and cannot be used for user presence detection. Therefore, in some embodiments, during the process of user presence detection by the smart TV using ultrasonic signals, the direction of the user relative to the smart TV can be measured.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for adaptively adjusting the transmission volume according to the user's direction relative to the smart TV, according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the adjustment process as shown in Figure 10 below can be performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, such as continuously or once every predetermined time interval (such as 100ms).
  • S1001 and S1002 where S1001 and S1002 are the same as S801 and S802, and will not be described again here.
  • the user's direction relative to the smart TV can be determined through the beam forming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above.
  • S1004 Obtain the volume range corresponding to the direction range to which the relative direction R between the user and the smart TV belongs.
  • multiple directional ranges can be preset for different directions between the user and the smart TV, and different applicable emission volumes or emission volume ranges can be set for each directional range. It can be understood that when the user is located in a certain direction range relative to the direction r of the smart TV, adjusting the transmission volume of the ultrasonic signal transmitted by the smart TV to the transmission volume corresponding to the direction range or within the transmission volume range can ensure that the received The echo signal can meet the detection needs and does not cause physical harm to users in the ultrasonic environment.
  • two direction ranges can be set, one represents the front of the smart TV, that is, the user's first direction r1 relative to the smart TV, and the angle between the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the range (0, r1), and the other represents The angle between the side of the smart TV, that is, the user's second direction r2 relative to the smart TV, and the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the range of (r1, r2).
  • r1 can be 75° and r2 can be 90°.
  • Table 6 below shows the correspondence between the directional range and the emission volume:
  • Vr2 is greater than Vr1, that is, the emission volume when the user is located to the side of the smart TV is greater than the emission volume when the user is directly in front of the smart TV, to ensure that the echo signal received by the smart TV can meet the needs of detecting side users, and at the same time , ensuring that the set volume does not cause physical harm to the user.
  • the transmission volume Vd of the next ultrasonic signal transmission will be adjusted to Vr2.
  • the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the direction change between the user and the smart TV, so as to achieve the desired result when the user moves.
  • a smaller emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals.
  • a larger emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals to ensure that the ultrasonic signal located on the smart TV can be accurately detected. The movement of the user on the side of the TV.
  • the motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as the directional energy range) can be used to represent the emission volume or emission volume range corresponding to each angle range. In this way, there is no need to pre-measure the transmission volume or transmission volume range corresponding to each angle range.
  • the calculation method of the angular energy can refer to the calculation method of the motion component energy mentioned above.
  • Table 7 shows the corresponding relationship between the set direction range, the direction energy range, and the emission volume based on Table 6.
  • Esr1, Esr2, Esr3, and Esr4 increase in sequence. Since the directional energy range is positively related to the emission volume, setting Esr1, Esr2, Esr3, and Esr4 to increase in sequence can ensure that when the user's angular energy is in the range (Esr1, Esr2), the emission volume is smaller than when the user's angular energy is in the range (Esr3, Esr4).
  • the emission volume corresponds to Vr1 being smaller than Vr2, and the user's emission volume on the side of the smart TV is greater than the user's emission volume directly in front of the smart TV.
  • the execution subject of FIG. 11 may be the processor 110 in the smart TV 10 .
  • the adjustment process as shown in Figure 11 below can be performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, such as continuously or once every predetermined time interval (such as 100ms).
  • the method includes:
  • S1101 and S1102 where S1101 and S1102 are the same as S801 and S802, and will not be described again here.
  • the user's direction relative to the smart TV can be determined through the beam forming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above.
  • the calculation method of the angular energy Esr can refer to the calculation method of the motion component energy in S804.
  • S1104 Determine whether the direction range of the direction r is the same as the direction range of the last measured direction r'.
  • the user Since the user may be directly in front of or to the side of the smart TV for a period of time (such as 30 minutes) during movement, it is necessary to first determine whether the direction range of direction r is the same as the previous determination. If they are the same, go to S1105 and keep the current transmit volume Vr; if they are different, go to S1106 and adjust the transmit volume.
  • the direction range of the direction r is larger than the direction range of the last measured direction r', it means that the user moves from the front to the side of the smart TV and needs to increase the transmission volume.
  • Vr if the direction decreases, it means that the user moves from the side to the front of the smart TV and needs to reduce the emission volume Vr.
  • S1107 Obtain the echo signal and calculate the directional energy Esr based on the echo signal.
  • the emission volume Vd may be increased or maintained at a high volume for a long time, causing the user to remain in a high-energy ultrasound environment for a long time, causing harm to the user's body. harm. Therefore, in order to solve this problem, in some embodiments, in the above step S1106, when the transmission volume Vr is increased, it is necessary to determine whether the increased volume Vr is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and transmit with a volume Vr greater than the volume threshold Vt. Whether the duration T of the ultrasound is greater than the time threshold Tv.
  • the ultrasonic signal duty cycle reduces the detection frame rate.
  • the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal.
  • the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
  • the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the direction change between the user and the smart TV, so as to achieve the desired result when the user moves.
  • a smaller emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals.
  • a larger emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals to ensure that the ultrasonic signal located on the smart TV can be accurately detected. The movement of the user on the side of the TV.
  • some embodiments of the present application disclose a volume adaptive adjustment method.
  • the process of user presence detection using ultrasonic signals on a smart TV when a user moving relative to the smart TV is detected, the user can be photographed by the camera of the smart TV. The user's photos are taken, and image recognition technology is used to identify whether the user in the photo is an adult or a child, and whether there are pets around the user. If it is determined that the user is a child or there is a pet around the user, the ultrasonic signal can be transmitted using a smaller transmission volume than if the user is an adult.
  • S1201 and S1102 where S1201 and S1202 are the same as S801 and S802, and will not be described again.
  • the target reflective object can be a child or a pet.
  • the default ultrasonic emission volume of smart TVs is generally set to be suitable for adults. Therefore, if children or pets are recognized in the photo, it means that the ultrasonic emission volume needs to be lowered and enter S1204. Otherwise, enter S1205 and maintain the current emission volume.
  • the emission volume suitable for children and pets must not only be smaller than the emission volume for adults, but also ensure that the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements.
  • the ultrasonic emission volume is lowered to a level corresponding to that of a child or pet, enter S1202.
  • the transmission volume can be adjusted in real time according to changes in the user type to adjust the transmission volume on the smart TV.
  • a certain time such as every 1 minute
  • the transmission volume can be adjusted in real time according to changes in the user type to adjust the transmission volume on the smart TV.
  • the smart TV 10 can determine whether there is an ultrasonic signal greater than a safety threshold in the environment by extracting the motion component energy Es of the received ultrasonic signal in the environment, and detect the ultrasonic wave exceeding the safety threshold. After receiving the signal, the user is reminded that there is ultrasonic pollution in the current environment that is harmful to the body by displaying prompt information or voice reminders. For example, the prompt message "There are ultrasonic signals that are harmful to the body in the current environment, please detect the source of ultrasonic pollution" can be displayed on the screen of a smart TV.
  • the technical solution of determining whether there is a moving reflective object in front of a smart TV based on changes in the phase offset of continuous ultrasonic signals can be used in other application scenarios in addition to controlling the display of the standby screen.
  • sports apps for smart TVs For example, in some embodiments, when a user of a smart TV follows a sports APP (such as a fitness APP, a virtual reality interactive game APP) in front of the smart TV, the continuous ultrasonic waves emitted are returned by the user and received. echo signal The phase offset is used to calculate the user's movement speed, and then the corresponding screen is fed back or exercise suggestions are given to the user based on the user's movement speed.
  • sports APP such as a fitness APP, a virtual reality interactive game APP
  • Figure 13 shows a schematic software structure diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application.
  • the software structure of the smart TV 10 is a multi-layer structure, which includes an application layer 91, an application framework layer 92, a system library 93 and a kernel layer 94 from top to bottom.
  • the application layer 91 may include a series of application packages. As shown in Figure 13, the application layer 91 includes applications such as Bluetooth 910, music 911, gallery 912, standby display 913, and calendar 914. Among them, in some embodiments of the present application, the standby display 913 can provide the user 20 with a switch for setting the screen display control function. The standby display 913 receives the instruction triggered by the user 20 to open the smart display program, turns on the screen display control function, and sends a message to the application. The program framework layer 92 sends a service instruction to call and detect whether the user exists.
  • applications such as Bluetooth 910, music 911, gallery 912, standby display 913, and calendar 914.
  • the standby display 913 can provide the user 20 with a switch for setting the screen display control function.
  • the standby display 913 receives the instruction triggered by the user 20 to open the smart display program, turns on the screen display control function, and sends a message to the application.
  • the program framework layer 92 sends
  • the application framework layer 92 provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer 91.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer 92 includes a notification manager 920, a view system 921, a content provider 922, a presence awareness module 923, a resource manager 924, and so on.
  • the presence sensing module 923 responds to the service instruction sent by the standby display 913 to detect the presence of the user, sends the enabling ultrasonic signal processing library 933 and monitors the user presence detection results to the system library 93 instructions.
  • the ultrasonic signal processing library 933 can obtain the echo signal recorded by the microphone, and execute the above-mentioned technical solution of determining whether the user exists based on the echo signal.
  • the system library 93 is the core of the smart TV 10 software system and can provide services to applications in the application layer 91 through the application framework layer 92 .
  • the system service layer 93 media library 930, graphics processor 931, surface management library 932, ultrasonic signal processing library 933, voice wake-up library 934, etc.
  • the ultrasonic signal processing library 933 responds to the instruction sent by the presence sensing module 923 to enable the ultrasonic signal processing library 933 and monitor the user presence detection results, and sends a call to the audio recording stream and Play stream command.
  • the kernel layer 94 includes a display driver 940, a camera driver 941, a network card driver 942, an audio driver 943, a sensor driver 944, etc.
  • the audio driver 943 responds to the calling audio recording stream and playback stream sent by the ultrasonic signal processing library 933, and then drives the microphone to record, such as recording echo signals, and starts the speaker for ultrasonic playback. Such as playing continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • the software structure of the smart TV 10 shown in FIG. 13 is only an example.
  • the smart TV 10 can also adopt other forms of software structures, such as Android TM , iOS TM , HarmonyOS TM , Tizen TM , etc., are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present application discloses a screen display control method, which is applied to electronic devices, including:
  • the first screen display mode is executed.
  • the first condition includes: among the plurality of echo signals, there are a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal changes with time.
  • Embodiment 2 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the movement includes body movement in which the displacement of the user does not change.
  • the third embodiment of the present application is the screen display control method according to the first embodiment, wherein the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 4 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 3, wherein the emitting ultrasonic signal includes:
  • Embodiment 5 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
  • the difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal;
  • the difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 6 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the transmitting an ultrasonic signal includes:
  • the same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
  • Embodiment 7 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the first condition further includes:
  • the equivalent speed of the user's movement relative to the electronic device belongs to a first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
  • Embodiment 8 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 7, wherein the equivalent speed is obtained in the following manner:
  • phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal Based on the phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, wherein the phase offset and the echo of the motion echo signal are calculated. Wave path dependent;
  • a preset algorithm is used to process the multiple movement speeds to obtain the user's equivalent speed.
  • Embodiment 9 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 8, wherein the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
  • Embodiment 10 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 7, wherein the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
  • Embodiment 11 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 3, wherein the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
  • Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 12 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first condition further includes:
  • Embodiment 13 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
  • Embodiment 14 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 13, wherein the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time includes at least one of the following:
  • the pause screen of the program watched by the user
  • the application interface that the user browses The application interface that the user browses.
  • Embodiment 15 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the second screen display method includes:
  • Embodiment 16 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein in the case where the plurality of echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user is present, executing a second Screen display methods, including:
  • Embodiment 17 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first screen display method further includes:
  • the second screen display method also includes:
  • the screen of the electronic device is gradually dimmed.
  • Embodiment 18 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 17, wherein the user is close to the electronic device The faster the speed, the faster the screen gradually lights up;
  • Embodiment 19 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 17, wherein it is determined whether the user is gradually approaching or moving away from the electronic device in the following manner:
  • Embodiment 20 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
  • the screen of the electronic device is converted from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen.
  • Embodiment 21 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following manner:
  • the difference between the second phase and the first phase is used as the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • Embodiment 22 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, which further includes:
  • ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes successively, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected to be within the first energy difference range.
  • the set volume within is used as the predetermined transmission volume of the electronic device for transmitting the ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 23 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the ultrasonic signal is emitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
  • Embodiment 24 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the electronic device includes a smart TV.
  • Embodiment 25 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, which further includes:
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second transmission volume corresponding to the first position range next time
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at a third transmission volume corresponding to the second position range next time.
  • Embodiment 26 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 25, wherein the first position range includes a first distance range, and the second position range includes a second distance range; and
  • the first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the first relative position being in the first position range,
  • the second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the second position range;
  • the minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  • the twenty-seventh embodiment of the present application is the screen display control method according to the twenty-sixth embodiment, and further includes:
  • the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of echo signals, and a first motion component energy range corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range is set respectively and the energy range of the second motion component,
  • the greater the energy of the motion component the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and the first motion component
  • the maximum value of the component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range
  • the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the first distance range
  • the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the The minimum value of the second distance range
  • the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
  • the twenty-eighth embodiment of the present application is a screen display control method according to the twenty-seventh embodiment, and the distance range of the first distance is determined in the following manner:
  • Embodiment 29 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 27, which calculates the motion component energy of the multiple echo signals in the following manner:
  • the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals.
  • Embodiment 30 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 25, the first position range includes a third direction range, the second position range includes a fourth direction range; and
  • the first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first direction of the user corresponding to the first relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the third direction range,
  • the second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second direction of the user corresponding to the second relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the fourth direction range; and
  • the minimum value of the third direction range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth direction range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  • Embodiment 31 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 25, and further includes:
  • the second transmitting volume or the third transmitting volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, the second transmitting volume or the third transmitting volume will be used next time.
  • the second transmitting volume or the third transmitting volume When transmitting ultrasonic signals at three transmit volumes, reduce the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signals and reduce the detection frame rate.
  • Embodiment 32 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, which further includes:
  • the plurality of echo signals satisfy a first condition indicating whether the user is present, obtaining a captured user image of the user;
  • the ultrasonic signal is transmitted using a fifth transmission volume, where the fifth transmission volume is greater than the fourth transmission volume.
  • Embodiment 33 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the target objects include children and pets.
  • Embodiment 34 of the present application discloses an object motion detection method, which is applied to electronic equipment, including:
  • the first condition includes: among the plurality of echo signals, there are a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal changes with time.
  • Embodiment 35 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the motion includes limb motion in which the displacement of the object does not change.
  • Embodiment 36 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 37 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 36, wherein the emitting ultrasonic signal includes:
  • Embodiment 38 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 37, wherein the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
  • the difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal;
  • the difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 39 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 37, wherein the emitting ultrasonic signal includes:
  • the same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
  • Embodiment 40 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 37, wherein the first condition further includes:
  • the equivalent speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device belongs to a first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
  • Embodiment 41 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 40, wherein the equivalent speed is obtained in the following manner:
  • phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal Based on the phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, wherein the phase offset and the echo of the motion echo signal are calculated. Wave path dependent;
  • the plurality of movement speeds are processed using a preset algorithm to obtain the equivalent speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device.
  • Embodiment 42 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 41, wherein the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
  • Embodiment 43 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 40, wherein the characteristic is that the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
  • Embodiment 44 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 36, wherein the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
  • Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 45 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following manner:
  • the difference between the second phase and the first phase is used as the phase offset of the echo signal.
  • Embodiment 46 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, which further includes:
  • ultrasonic signals are successively emitted at multiple set volumes, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected to be within the first energy difference range.
  • the set volume within is used as the predetermined transmission volume of the electronic device for transmitting the ultrasonic signal.
  • Embodiment 47 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, which further includes:
  • the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second emission volume corresponding to the first distance range next time
  • the minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  • Embodiment 48 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 47, wherein the second condition includes:
  • the plurality of first echo signals there are a plurality of first motion echo signals whose phase offsets relative to the first ultrasonic signal change with time.
  • Embodiment 50 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, which further includes:
  • the first motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals represents the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and a first distance range corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range is set. a first motion component energy range and a second motion component energy range,
  • the value corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
  • Embodiment 50 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, wherein the distance range of the first distance is determined in the following manner:
  • Embodiment 51 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, wherein the motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals is calculated in the following manner:
  • the amplitudes of the plurality of first motion echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals.
  • Embodiment 52 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, which further includes:
  • the second emission is greater than the volume threshold
  • the historical volume of the ultrasonic signal transmitted in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold
  • the emitted ultrasonic signal is reduced.
  • the duty cycle of the ultrasonic signal and reduces the detection frame rate.
  • Embodiment 53 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the ultrasonic signal is emitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
  • Embodiment 54 of the present application is an object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein a sports application is installed on the electronic device, and the method further includes:
  • a preset operation of the sports application is executed.
  • Embodiment 55 of the present application discloses an object motion detection method, which is applied to electronic equipment and includes: an object motion detection method, which is characterized by including:
  • the multiple echo signals satisfy a first condition, among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, there is an object that moves relative to the electronic device, wherein the first condition includes: the multiple echo signals In the signal, there are multiple motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal;
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the sixth transmit volume corresponding to the third position range next time
  • the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the seventh transmission volume corresponding to the fourth position range next time.
  • Embodiment 56 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 55, wherein the third position range includes a third distance range, and the fourth position range includes a fourth distance range; and
  • the second relative position being in the third position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the third position range,
  • the second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the fourth position range;
  • the minimum value of the third distance range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth distance range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
  • Embodiment 57 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 56, which further includes:
  • the motion component energy of the plurality of motion echo signals represents the second distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and a third motion component energy respectively corresponding to the third distance range and the fourth distance range is set. range and fourth motion component energy range,
  • the greater the energy of the motion component the smaller the second distance of the object relative to the electronic device
  • the maximum value of the third motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the third distance range
  • the third The minimum value of the motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the third distance range
  • the maximum value of the fourth motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the fourth distance range
  • the minimum value of the fourth motion component energy range corresponds to The maximum value of the fourth distance range.
  • Embodiment 58 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 57, wherein the distance range of the second distance is determined in the following manner:
  • Embodiment 59 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 56, wherein the motion component energy of the multiple echo signals is calculated in the following manner:
  • the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals.
  • Embodiment 60 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 55, wherein the third position range includes a fifth direction range, and the fourth position range includes a sixth direction range; and
  • the second relative position being in the third position range includes: the third direction of the user corresponding to the second relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the fifth direction range,
  • the second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position being in the sixth direction range relative to the fourth direction of the electronic device; and
  • the minimum value of the fifth direction range is greater than the maximum value of the sixth direction range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
  • Embodiment 61 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 55, which further includes:
  • the sixth or seventh transmission volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, the sixth or seventh transmission volume will be used next time.
  • the sixth or seventh transmission volume When transmitting an ultrasonic signal, reduce the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal and reduce the detection frame rate.
  • Embodiment 62 of the present application discloses an electronic device, including:
  • processors one or more processors
  • One or more memories store one or more programs.
  • the electronic device executes Embodiments 1 to 1.
  • Embodiment 63 of the present application discloses a computer-readable storage medium. Instructions are stored on the storage medium. When the instructions are executed on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of Embodiments 1 to 33.
  • the screen display control method described in the item performs any one of the object motion detection methods in Embodiments 34 to 54, or performs any one of the object motion detection methods in Embodiments 55 to 61 .
  • Embodiment 64 of the present application discloses a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes instructions. When executed, the instructions cause the computer to execute the screen display control method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 33. Perform any object motion detection method in Embodiment 34 to Embodiment 54, or perform any object motion detection method in Embodiment 55 to Embodiment 61.
  • Embodiments of the mechanisms disclosed in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination of these implementation methods.
  • Embodiments of the present application may be implemented as a computer program or program code executing on a programmable system including at least one processor, a storage system (including volatile and non-volatile memory and/or storage elements) , at least one input device and at least one output device.
  • Program code may be applied to input instructions to perform the functions described herein and to generate output information.
  • Output information can be applied to one or more output devices in a known manner.
  • a processing system includes any system having a processor such as, for example, a digital signal processor (DSP), a microcontroller, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a microprocessor.
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • Program code may be implemented in a high-level procedural language or an object-oriented programming language to communicate with the processing system.
  • assembly language or machine language can also be used to implement program code.
  • the mechanisms described in this application are not limited to the scope of any particular programming language. In either case, the language may be a compiled or interpreted language.
  • the disclosed embodiments may be implemented in hardware, firmware, software, or any combination thereof.
  • the disclosed embodiments may also be implemented as instructions carried on or stored on one or more transitory or non-transitory machine-readable (e.g., computer-readable) storage media, which may be operated by one or more processors Read and execute.
  • instructions may be distributed over a network or through other computer-readable media.
  • machine-readable media may include any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), including, but not limited to, floppy disks, optical disks, optical disks, read-only memories (CD-ROMs), magnetic Optical disk, read-only memory (ROM), random-access memory (RAM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), magnetic or optical card, flash memory, or Tangible machine-readable storage used to transmit information (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.) using electrical, optical, acoustic, or other forms of propagated signals over the Internet.
  • machine-readable media includes any type of machine-readable media suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (eg, computer).
  • each unit/module mentioned in each device embodiment of this application is a logical unit/module.
  • a logical unit/module can be a physical unit/module, or it can be a physical unit/module.
  • Part of the module can also be implemented as a combination of multiple physical units/modules.
  • the physical implementation of these logical units/modules is not the most important.
  • the combination of functions implemented by these logical units/modules is what solves the problem of this application. Key technical issues raised.
  • the above-mentioned equipment embodiments of this application do not introduce units/modules that are not closely related to solving the technical problems raised by this application. This does not mean that the above-mentioned equipment embodiments do not exist. Other units/modules.
  • the terms “when” or “after” may be interpreted to mean “if" or “after” or “in response to determining" or “in response to detecting ...”.
  • the phrase “when determining" or “if (stated condition or event) is detected” may be interpreted to mean “if it is determined" or “in response to determining" or “on detecting (stated condition or event)” or “in response to detecting (stated condition or event)”.
  • relational terms such as first and second are used to distinguish one entity from another entity, without limiting any actual relationship and order between these entities.

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of electronics. Disclosed are a screen display control method, and a medium and an electronic device. The method comprises: transmitting an ultrasonic signal; acquiring a plurality of echo signals, which are received within a first time period and are generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by objects; when there is a user who moves relative to an electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, executing a first screen display mode if the plurality of echo signals meet a first condition for indicating whether the user is present; and when there is not a user who moves relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, executing a second screen display mode if the plurality of echo signals do not meet the first condition for indicating whether the user is present. On this basis, an electronic device can correspond to different screen display modes according to whether there is a user in front of the electronic device, such that the user experience is improved, thereby avoiding power consumption waste caused by a normally open screen when there is no user in front of the electronic device.

Description

屏幕显示控制方法、介质和电子设备Screen display control method, medium and electronic device
本申请要求于2022年08月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210983298.7、申请名称为“屏幕显示控制方法、介质和电子设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to the Chinese patent application filed with the China Patent Office on August 16, 2022, with the application number 202210983298.7 and the application name "Screen display control method, medium and electronic device", the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference. Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及电子技术领域,特别涉及一种屏幕显示控制方法、介质和电子设备。The present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular to a screen display control method, medium and electronic equipment.
背景技术Background technique
随着电子技术的发展,具备显示功能的电子设备,例如电视、智慧屏等,在日常生活中的运用越来越广泛。例如,电视是家庭日常生活中常见的电子设备之一,除了用于收看电视节目之外,也可以用来做装饰和信息提示用。如在待机时显示美丽的壁纸或动画,使得电视和室内装饰融为一体,提升家居视觉效果;或用来显示时钟、天气或文字留言等提示消息。但电视屏幕常开有功耗浪费、减少屏幕寿命的缺点。现在常用的解决办法是由用户手动设置显示的时间段,或手动点击物理按钮、语音唤醒后说指令的方式来开启/关闭待机显示画面,用户体验并不十分友好。With the development of electronic technology, electronic devices with display functions, such as TVs, smart screens, etc., are increasingly used in daily life. For example, television is one of the common electronic devices in daily life at home. In addition to watching TV programs, it can also be used for decoration and information prompts. For example, it can display beautiful wallpapers or animations during standby, integrating the TV and interior decoration to enhance the visual effect of the home; or it can be used to display prompt messages such as clock, weather or text messages. However, keeping the TV screen on has the disadvantages of wasting power and reducing screen life. The commonly used solutions now are for the user to manually set the display time period, or manually click a physical button or wake up with voice and speak instructions to turn on/off the standby display screen. The user experience is not very friendly.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例的目的在于提供屏幕显示控制方法、介质和电子设备,使得电子设备更加精确的判断用户是否存在,并且能够根据用户在电子设备前的存在情况,对应不同的屏幕显示方式,提高用户体验,也可以更好的避免电子设备在不存在用户的情况下,由于屏幕常开所导致功耗浪费,从而延长电子设备的使用寿命。The purpose of the embodiments of the present application is to provide a screen display control method, a medium and an electronic device, so that the electronic device can more accurately determine whether the user exists, and can correspond to different screen display modes according to the user's presence in front of the electronic device, improving user It can also better avoid the waste of power consumption caused by the screen being always on when there is no user, thereby extending the service life of electronic devices.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种屏幕显示控制方法,应用于电子设备,包括:In a first aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a screen display control method, applied to electronic devices, including:
发射超声波信号;emit ultrasonic signals;
获取在第一时间段内接收到的经由物体反射超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Obtaining a plurality of echo signals generated after the ultrasonic signal reflected by the object received in the first time period;
当反射超声波信号的物体中存在相对于电子设备运动的用户时,在多个回波信号满足指示是否存在用户的第一条件的情况下,执行第一屏幕显示方式;When there is a user moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, executing the first screen display mode when multiple echo signals satisfy the first condition indicating whether there is a user;
当反射超声波信号的物体中不存在相对于电子设备运动的用户时,在多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在用户的第一条件的情况下,执行第二屏幕显示方式;When there is no user moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, in the case where the multiple echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether there is a user, executing the second screen display mode;
其中,第一条件包括:多个回波信号中,存在相对于发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号。Wherein, the first condition includes: among the multiple echo signals, there are multiple motion echo signals whose phase offsets with respect to the transmitted ultrasonic signal change with time.
可以理解的,本申请实施例提供的屏幕显示控制方法,确定电子设备前是否存在用户是基于回波信号的相位偏移量来确定的,即在回波信号中,如果存在相对于发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号,则确定存在相对于电子设备运动的用户,从而在存在运动的用户和不存在运动的用户的两种情况下来控制电子设备的屏幕显示方式,使得电子设备的屏幕可以根据相对于电子设备运动的用户存在情况作出不同的响应。由于超声频段的波长较短(例如20kHz的超声,在空气中速度为340米/秒,波长为1.7厘米),人体运动导致的位移往往大于波长(如1.7厘米),故人体微小动作所引起的回波信号的回波路径的变化,能够导致回波信号的相位偏移量发生变化,从而可以通过提取回波信号的相位偏移量来精细地刻画人体的运动,进而使得检测用户存在的精度更高。It can be understood that the screen display control method provided by the embodiment of the present application determines whether there is a user in front of the electronic device based on the phase offset of the echo signal, that is, in the echo signal, if there is a user relative to the transmitted ultrasonic wave Multiple motion echo signals whose phase offsets change over time determine that there is a user moving relative to the electronic device, thereby controlling the screen of the electronic device in two situations: a user who is moving and a user who is not moving. The display mode allows the screen of the electronic device to respond differently according to the presence of the user moving relative to the electronic device. Since the wavelength of the ultrasonic frequency band is short (for example, 20kHz ultrasound has a speed of 340 meters/second in the air and a wavelength of 1.7 cm), the displacement caused by human body movement is often larger than the wavelength (such as 1.7 cm), so the displacement caused by the small movements of the human body is Changes in the echo path of the echo signal can cause changes in the phase offset of the echo signal, so that the movement of the human body can be accurately depicted by extracting the phase offset of the echo signal, thereby improving the accuracy of detecting the presence of the user. higher.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,上述运动包括用户的位移不发生变化的肢体运动。In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the above motion includes limb motion in which the displacement of the user does not change.
即可以在用户不发生位移的情况下,基于回波信号的相位偏移量变化情况,可以检测到用户肢体的微小动作,相较于现有的通过测距和回波信号幅度积分的方案,检测精度更高。That is to say, when the user does not move, based on the change of the phase offset of the echo signal, the tiny movements of the user's limbs can be detected. Compared with the existing solution through ranging and echo signal amplitude integration, The detection accuracy is higher.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,超声波信号包括连续超声波信号。In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
可以理解的,连续超声波信号的频域数据更容易提取出相位数据,从而有利于对相对于电子设备运动的用户存在进行判断。It can be understood that phase data is easier to extract from frequency domain data of continuous ultrasonic signals, which is beneficial to determining the presence of a user moving relative to the electronic device.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,发射超声波信号包括:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
同时发射多个连续超声波信号,其中各连续超声波信号的发射频率不同。Multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at the same time, and the emission frequencies of each continuous ultrasonic signal are different.
可以理解的,同时发射多个发射频率不同超声波信号,可以避免超声波信号产生频率选择性衰落,即避免某些发射频率的超声波信号在某些空间位置处的多径信号叠加存在衰减,致使接收到的回波信号 衰减后的能量过低,无法用于相位偏移量的估计的情况。It can be understood that transmitting multiple ultrasonic signals with different transmitting frequencies at the same time can avoid frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals, that is, avoiding the attenuation of multipath signal superposition of ultrasonic signals with certain transmitting frequencies at certain spatial locations, resulting in the received echo signal The energy after attenuation is too low to be used for phase offset estimation.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,多个连续超声波信号包括第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号,并且In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的初始发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽;或者The difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal; or
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的最大发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽。The difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
可以理解的,多个连续超声波信号之间频域不存在重叠,能够确保各个载频之间不发生干扰,且不会在同一个检测位置同时发生频率选择性衰落,从而能够用于用户存在的检测。It can be understood that there is no overlap in the frequency domain between multiple continuous ultrasonic signals, which can ensure that there will be no interference between each carrier frequency, and frequency selective fading will not occur at the same detection position at the same time, so that it can be used where users exist. detection.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,发射超声波信号包括:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射多个连续超声波信号。The same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
可以理解,超声波信号的频率选择性衰落与超声波信号的发射源和发射物位置相关,因此,采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射多个连续超声波信号,更容易确保多个连续超声波信号必然存在不发生频率选择性衰落的超声波信号,进而有利于相对于电子设备运动的用户存在测量。可以理解,在本申请其他实施例中,也可以采用不同的超声波发生器发射多个连续超声波信号。It can be understood that the frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals is related to the emission source and location of the ultrasonic signal. Therefore, it is easier to ensure that multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple different transmit frequencies using the same ultrasonic sounder. There must be an ultrasonic signal that does not undergo frequency-selective fading, which is beneficial to measurement of the presence of users moving relative to the electronic device. It can be understood that in other embodiments of the present application, different ultrasonic generators can also be used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一条件还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the first condition also includes:
用户相对于电子设备运动的等效速度属于第一速度范围,并且第一速度范围不包括0。The equivalent speed of the user's movement relative to the electronic device belongs to the first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
即在采用多载频连续超声波信号进行用户检测时,如果未发生频率选择性衰落的连续超声波信号有多个,则计算每个发射频率的超声波信号所对应的运动速度,然后求这些速度的等效速度来表示用户最终的运动速度,并且用户最终的运动速度处于人类正常速度范围(即第一速度范围)时,才认为相对于电子设备运动的是用户。That is, when using multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals for user detection, if there are multiple continuous ultrasonic signals without frequency selective fading, calculate the movement speed corresponding to the ultrasonic signal of each transmission frequency, and then find the equation of these speeds. The effective speed represents the user's final movement speed, and only when the user's final movement speed is within the normal human speed range (i.e., the first speed range), the user is considered to be moving relative to the electronic device.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,等效速度通过以下方式得到:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the equivalent speed is obtained in the following way:
从多个连续超声波信号分别对应的回波信号中,选择出相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;Select multiple motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time from the echo signals corresponding to multiple continuous ultrasonic signals;
基于各连续超声波信号分别对应的多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算出对应各连续超声波信号的多个运动速度,其中,相位偏移量与运动回波信号的回波路径相关;Based on the phase offsets of the multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, where the phase offset is related to the echo path of the motion echo signal;
采用预设算法对多个运动速度进行处理,得到用户的等效速度。Use a preset algorithm to process multiple motion speeds to obtain the user's equivalent speed.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,预设算法包括下列中的至少一项:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
计算多个运动速度的平均值;Calculate the average of multiple movement speeds;
计算多个运动速度的最小二乘法拟合值。Calculate least squares fits for multiple motion velocities.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一速度范围为0m/s-5m/s。In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
可以理解的,人体正常移动的速度一般在0m/s-5m/s之间,故为了确认相对于电子设备运动的是人类,将第一速度范围设置为0m/s-5m/s。It can be understood that the normal movement speed of the human body is generally between 0m/s-5m/s. Therefore, in order to confirm that it is a human being moving relative to the electronic device, the first speed range is set to 0m/s-5m/s.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,连续超声波信号包括下列中的任一项:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
正弦超声波信号、调频连续超声波信号。Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一条件还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the first condition also includes:
电子设备采集的反射超声波信号的物体的图像中存在人类。Humans are present in images collected by electronic devices of objects that reflect ultrasonic signals.
可以理解的,当回波信号中存在运动回波信号时,可以确定存在相对于电子设备运动的反射物体,但是该反射物体是人类还是宠物或者类似扫地机器人的物体,还可以通过采集图像来确认,故将电子设备采集的反射超声波信号的物体的图像中存在人类作为第一条件的一部分,有利于根据第一条件可以进一步精准的确定运动的物体是否是用户,从而根据用户的情况下更加精确的控制屏幕显示,提升用户体验。It can be understood that when there is a motion echo signal in the echo signal, it can be determined that there is a reflecting object that moves relative to the electronic device. However, whether the reflecting object is a human, a pet, or an object similar to a sweeping robot can also be confirmed by collecting images. , so the presence of humans in the image of the object that reflects the ultrasonic signal collected by the electronic device is used as part of the first condition, which is conducive to further accurately determining whether the moving object is the user based on the first condition, thereby making it more accurate according to the user's situation. control screen display to enhance user experience.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一屏幕显示方式包括下列中的至少一种:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
将电子设备的屏幕从黑屏状态转换为显示待机画面;Convert the screen of the electronic device from a black screen state to a standby screen;
将电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态并显示上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面;Convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state and display the screen displayed before it last entered the standby screen or black screen state;
将电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态,并播放用户已经暂停的节目。 Convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state, and play the program that the user has paused.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面包括下列中的至少一种:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time includes at least one of the following:
开机画面;startup screen;
用户所观看的节目的暂停画面;The pause screen of the program watched by the user;
用户所浏览的应用界面。The application interface that the user browses.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第二屏幕显示方式包括:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the second screen display method includes:
保持黑屏状态或者保持显示待机画面。Keep the screen black or keep the standby screen displayed.
可以理解的,保持黑屏状态或者保持显示待机画面的屏幕显示方式能够使得屏幕的功耗处于较低的状态。It can be understood that maintaining the black screen state or maintaining the screen display mode of displaying the standby screen can keep the power consumption of the screen in a lower state.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,在多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在用户的第一条件的情况下,执行第二屏幕显示方式,包括:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, in the case where multiple echo signals do not meet the first condition indicating whether a user is present, executing a second screen display mode includes:
对应于多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在用户的第一条件,并且在第一预设历史时长内接收到的历史回波信号均不满足第一条件,执行下列中的至少一种屏幕显示方式:Corresponding to a plurality of echo signals not satisfying the first condition indicating whether there is a user, and none of the historical echo signals received within the first preset historical duration satisfying the first condition, at least one of the following screen displays is performed Way:
将电子设备的屏幕从亮屏状态转换为待机画面或者黑屏状态,Convert the screen of the electronic device from the bright screen state to the standby screen or black screen state,
将电子设备的屏幕从待机画面转换为黑屏状态,Convert the screen of the electronic device from standby screen to black screen state,
将电子设备屏幕上正在播放的节目暂停。Pause the program currently playing on the screen of your electronic device.
可以理解的,电子设备屏幕上正在播放的节目可以为音频节目、视频节目以及游戏等。It is understandable that the program being played on the screen of the electronic device may be an audio program, a video program, a game, etc.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一屏幕显示方式还包括:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the first screen display method also includes:
对应于用户逐渐靠近电子设备并且电子设备处于黑屏状态,逐渐亮起电子设备的屏幕并显示待机画面或者上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面;并且Corresponding to the user gradually approaching the electronic device and the electronic device is in a black screen state, gradually light up the screen of the electronic device and display the standby screen or the screen displayed before the last time it entered the standby screen or black screen state; and
第二屏幕显示方式还包括:Second screen display methods also include:
对应于用户逐渐远离电子设备,并且电子设备处于亮屏状态或者显示待机画面,将电子设备的屏幕逐渐变暗。Corresponding to the user gradually moving away from the electronic device and the electronic device is in a bright screen state or displays a standby screen, the screen of the electronic device is gradually dimmed.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,还包括,用户靠近电子设备的速度越快,屏幕逐渐亮起的速度越快;In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, it also includes that the faster the user approaches the electronic device, the faster the screen gradually lights up;
用户远离电子设备的速度越快,屏幕逐渐变暗的速度越快。The faster a user moves away from an electronic device, the faster the screen gradually dims.
可以理解的,根据用户靠近或者远离电子设备的速度,控制电子设备的屏幕亮起的速度或者变暗的速度的方式,可以提高用户体验。It can be understood that controlling the speed at which the screen of the electronic device lights up or dims according to the speed at which the user approaches or moves away from the electronic device can improve the user experience.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式判断用户是否逐渐靠近或者远离电子设备:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, it is determined whether the user is gradually approaching or moving away from the electronic device in the following manner:
计算先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率,其中等效频率与回波信号的回波路径相关,并且回波路径越小,所述等效频率越大;Calculate the equivalent frequency of multiple echo signals acquired successively, where the equivalent frequency is related to the echo path of the echo signal, and the smaller the echo path, the greater the equivalent frequency;
对应于先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率依次增大,判断出用户逐渐靠近电子设备;The equivalent frequencies corresponding to the multiple echo signals acquired successively increase sequentially, and it is determined that the user is gradually approaching the electronic device;
对应于先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率依次减小,判断出用户逐渐远离电子设备。The equivalent frequencies corresponding to the multiple echo signals acquired successively decrease in sequence, and it is determined that the user is gradually moving away from the electronic device.
可以理解的,根据先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率依次增大或者减小,可以更加合理地判断出用户逐渐靠近还是远离电子设备的情况。It can be understood that according to the equivalent frequencies of the multiple echo signals acquired successively increasing or decreasing in sequence, it can be more reasonably judged whether the user is gradually approaching or moving away from the electronic device.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一屏幕显示方式包括下列中的至少一种:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
对应于用户相对于电子设备的方向处于第一方向范围,将电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态并显示上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面,或者将电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态,并播放用户已经暂停的节目;Corresponding to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device being in the first direction range, convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state and display the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time, or change the electronic device to the first direction range. The device's screen changes from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state, and plays the program that the user has paused;
对应于用户相对于电子设备的方向处于第二方向范围,将电子设备的屏幕从黑屏状态转换为显示待机画面。Corresponding to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device being in the second direction range, the screen of the electronic device is converted from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen.
通过确定用户相对于电子设备的相对方向,可以确定用户观看电子设备的意图,进而在用户想要观看电子设备时显示用户想要观看的画面,而在用户只是路过电子设备附近区域时显示待机画面。By determining the relative direction of the user relative to the electronic device, the user's intention to view the electronic device can be determined, and then the picture the user wants to watch is displayed when the user wants to watch the electronic device, and the standby picture is displayed when the user is just passing by the area near the electronic device. .
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式计算回波信号的相位偏移量:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, the phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following way:
对接收到的回波信号的时域数据进行傅立叶变换,得到对应的频域数据;Perform Fourier transform on the time domain data of the received echo signal to obtain the corresponding frequency domain data;
基于发射的超声波信号的频域数据和回波信号的频域数据,分别得到发射的超声波信号的第一相位和回波信号的第二相位; Based on the frequency domain data of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the frequency domain data of the echo signal, obtain the first phase of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the second phase of the echo signal respectively;
将第二相位和第一相位的差值作为回波信号的相位偏移量。The difference between the second phase and the first phase is taken as the phase offset of the echo signal.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, it also includes:
对应于不存在相对于电子设备运动的用户,先后以多个设定音量发射超声波信号,从中选择出回波信号的回波能量与基准回波能量的差值在第一能量差值范围内的设定音量作为电子设备的发射超声波信号的预定发射音量。Corresponding to a user who does not move relative to the electronic device, ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is within the first energy difference range. The volume is set as a predetermined emission volume of the electronic device for emitting ultrasonic signals.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,超声波信号通过电子设备的扬声器发射,并且回波信号通过电子设备的麦克风接收。In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the ultrasonic signal is transmitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
可以理解的,发射超声波信号的扬声器,并且接收回波信号的麦克风都是电子设备自带的,避免了增加额外的成本。It is understandable that the speaker that emits the ultrasonic signal and the microphone that receives the echo signal are all built-in with the electronic device, avoiding additional costs.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,电子设备包括智能电视。In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the electronic device includes a smart TV.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, it also includes:
在多个回波信号满足指示是否存在用户的第一条件的情况下,以第一发射音量发射第一超声波信号;In the case where the plurality of echo signals satisfy the first condition indicating whether a user is present, transmitting the first ultrasonic signal at a first transmission volume;
在用户与电子设备之间的第一相对位置处于第一位置范围的情况下,下一次以第一位置范围对应的第二发射音量发射第二超声波信号,When the first relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the first position range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second transmission volume corresponding to the first position range next time,
在用户与电子设备之间的第一相对位置处于第二位置范围的情况下,下一次以第二位置范围对应的第三发射音量发射第二超声波信号。When the first relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the second position range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at a third transmission volume corresponding to the second position range next time.
例如,第一位置范围为下文中的“(d1,d2)”,第二发射音量为下文中的音量范围“(Vd1,Vd2)”中的任一发射音量值”或者下文中的Vd2',第二位置范围为下文中的“(0,d1)”,第三发射音量为下文中的音量范围“(0,Vd1)”中的任一发射音量值或者下文中的Vd1'。For example, the first position range is "(d1, d2)" below, and the second emission volume is any emission volume value in the volume range "(Vd1, Vd2)" below" or Vd2' below, The second position range is "(0, d1)" below, and the third emission volume is any emission volume value in the volume range "(0, Vd1)" below or Vd1' below.
可以理解的,如果以固定的发射音量发射超声波信号,在用户与电子设备之间的相对位置发生变化时,存在用户接收到的超声波信号能量过高的情况,会对用户身体造成危害,或者用户接收到的超声波信号的能量较弱,用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小无法满足后续的用户存在检测需求。所以,以根据用户与电子设备之间的相对位置的变化调整下一次的发射音量,可以确保用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测用户的运动的同时,避免用户的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。It is understandable that if the ultrasonic signal is emitted with a fixed transmission volume, when the relative position between the user and the electronic device changes, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user may be too high, which may cause harm to the user's body or cause harm to the user. The energy of the received ultrasonic signal is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user cannot meet the subsequent user presence detection requirements. Therefore, adjusting the next transmission volume according to the change in the relative position between the user and the electronic device can ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's movement, while avoiding the user's body from being subjected to strong force. Hazards of energy ultrasonic signals.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一位置范围包括第一距离范围,第二位置范围包括第二距离范围;并且In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the first location range includes a first distance range, and the second location range includes a second distance range; and
第一相对位置处于第一位置范围包括:第一相对位置对应的用户与电子设备之间的第一距离位于第一位置范围,The first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the first relative position being in the first position range,
第二相对位置处于第二位置范围包括:第二相对位置对应的用户与电子设备之间的第二距离位于第二位置范围;并且The second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the second position range; and
第一距离范围的最小值大于第二距离范围的最大值,第二发射音量大于第三发射音量。The minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
即为用户与电子设备之间的距离设置多个距离范围,使得用户与电子设备距离较大时,调高超声波发射音量,距离较近时,降低发射音量。从而在确保用户与电子设备间的距离发生变化时,接收到的回波信号能够满足检测需求,并对处于超声波环境中的用户不造成身体伤害。That is, multiple distance ranges are set for the distance between the user and the electronic device, so that when the distance between the user and the electronic device is large, the ultrasonic emission volume is increased, and when the distance is closer, the ultrasonic emission volume is decreased. This ensures that when the distance between the user and the electronic device changes, the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements and does not cause physical harm to the user in the ultrasonic environment.
例如,第一距离范围为下文中的“(d1,d2)”,第二距离范围为下文中的“(0,d1)”,此时d1、d2依次增大。For example, the first distance range is "(d1, d2)" below, and the second distance range is "(0, d1)" below. At this time, d1 and d2 increase in sequence.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,还包括,In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, it also includes:
通过多个回波信号的运动成分能量表示物体相对于电子设备的第一距离,并且设置与第一距离范围和第二距离范围分别对应的第一运动成分能量范围和第二运动成分能量范围,The first distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of echo signals, and a first motion component energy range and a second motion component energy range respectively corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range are set,
其中,运动成分能量越大,物体相对于电子设备的第一距离越小,第一运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第一距离范围的最小值,第一运动成分能量范围的最小值对应第一距离范围的最大值,第二运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第二距离范围的最小值,第二运动成分能量范围的最小值对应第二距离范围的最大值。Wherein, the greater the energy of the motion component, the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, the maximum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range, and the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the first The maximum value of the distance range, the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the second distance range, and the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
可以理解的,运动成分能量与用户与电子设备的距离的关系,运动成分能量越大,用户与电子设备的距离越小,所以可以利用运动成分能量范围来表示各距离范围,更加方便的根据实际情况调整发射音量,无需预先测量好对应各距离范围的发射音量范围,在自适应调整发射音量的过程中,只要确定发 射音量调整后接收到的运动回波信号的运动成分能量,是否位于对应的音量能量范围,即可确定调整后的发射音量是否位于距离范围对应的发射音量范围内。It is understandable that there is a relationship between the motion component energy and the distance between the user and the electronic device. The greater the motion component energy, the smaller the distance between the user and the electronic device. Therefore, the motion component energy range can be used to represent each distance range, which is more convenient according to actual conditions. Adjust the transmit volume according to the situation. There is no need to pre-measure the transmit volume range corresponding to each distance range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmit volume, you only need to determine the transmit volume range. Whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the emission volume is adjusted is within the corresponding volume energy range can determine whether the adjusted emission volume is within the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range.
例如,第一距离范围为下文中的“(d1,d2)”,对应的第一运动成分能量范围为下文中的距离能量范围“(Esd3,Esd2)”,第二距离范围为下文中的“(0,d1)”,对应的第二运动成分能量范围为下文中的距离能量范围“(Esd2,Esd1)”,其中,d1、d2依次增大,Esd2、Esd3依次减小,第一距离范围对应的“(d1,d2)”中的最小值d1对应第一运动成分能量“(Esd3,Esd2)”中的最大值Esd2,第一距离范围“(d1,d2)”中的最大值d2对应第一运动成分能量的最小值Esd3;第二距离范围对应的“(0,d1)”中的最小值0对应第二运动成分能量“(Esd2,Esd1)”中的最大值Esd1,第二距离范围“(0,d1)”中的最大值d1对应第二运动成分能量的最小值Esd2。For example, the first distance range is "(d1, d2)" below, the corresponding first motion component energy range is the distance energy range "(Esd3, Esd2)" below, and the second distance range is "(Esd3, Esd2)" below. (0, d1)", the corresponding energy range of the second motion component is the distance energy range "(Esd2, Esd1)" below, where d1 and d2 increase in sequence, Esd2 and Esd3 decrease in sequence, and the first distance range The minimum value d1 in the corresponding "(d1, d2)" corresponds to the maximum value Esd2 in the first motion component energy "(Esd3, Esd2)", and the maximum value d2 in the first distance range "(d1, d2)" corresponds to The minimum value Esd3 of the first motion component energy; the minimum value 0 in "(0, d1)" corresponding to the second distance range corresponds to the maximum value Esd1 of the second motion component energy "(Esd2, Esd1)", the second distance The maximum value d1 in the range "(0, d1)" corresponds to the minimum value Esd2 of the second motion component energy.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式确定第一距离所处的距离范围:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the distance range within which the first distance is located is determined in the following manner:
在运动成分能量处于第一运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定第一距离处于第一距离范围;When the motion component energy is within the first motion component energy range, determine that the first distance is within the first distance range;
在运动成分能量处于第二运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定第一距离处于第二距离范围。When the motion component energy is in the second motion component energy range, it is determined that the first distance is in the second distance range.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式计算多个回波信号的运动成分能量:In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the motion component energy of multiple echo signals is calculated in the following manner:
对多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,得到多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。The amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energies of the multiple motion echo signals.
可以理解的,对多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,可以方便、合理地得到多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。It can be understood that by integrating the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals, the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals can be obtained conveniently and reasonably.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,第一位置范围包括第三方向范围,第二位置范围包括第四方向范围;并且In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the first position range includes a third direction range, and the second position range includes a fourth direction range; and
第一相对位置处于第一位置范围包括:第一相对位置对应的用户相对于电子设备的第一方向位于第三方向范围,The first relative position being in the first position range includes: the user corresponding to the first relative position is located in the third direction range relative to the first direction of the electronic device,
第二相对位置处于第二位置范围包括:第二相对位置对应的用户相对于电子设备的第二方向位于第四方向范围;并且The second relative position being in the second position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position is located in the fourth direction range relative to the second direction of the electronic device; and
第三方向范围的最小值大于第四方向范围的最大值,第二发射音量大于第三发射音量。The minimum value of the third direction range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth direction range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
可以理解的,超声波信号的传播具有辐射指向性,播放超声波信号时,电子设备正前方传播的超声波信号的能量较强,足以用于用户存在的检测,而电子设备侧方传播的超声波信号的能量较弱,使得反射物体反射回的回波信号的能量较弱,无法用于用户存在的检测,所以在电子设备利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测的过程中,可以测量用户相对于电子设备的方向,根据用户相对于电子设备的方向来调整发射音量,从而使得用户在电子设备前的不同方向根据实际情况对应不同发射音量,从而有利于用户存在的检测。It is understandable that the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity. When playing ultrasonic signals, the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating directly in front of the electronic device is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating to the side of the electronic device is Weak, so that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the reflecting object is weak and cannot be used to detect the user's presence. Therefore, when the electronic device uses ultrasonic signals to detect the user's presence, the user's direction relative to the electronic device can be measured. The emission volume is adjusted according to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device, so that different directions of the user in front of the electronic device correspond to different emission volumes according to the actual situation, thereby facilitating detection of the user's presence.
例如,第三方向范围为下文的方向范围“(0,r1)”,第二发射音量为下文中的发射音量Vr1,第四方向范围为下文的方向范围“(r1,r2)”,第三发射音量为下文中的发射音量Vr2,Vr2大于Vr1。For example, the third direction range is the direction range "(0, r1)" below, the second emission volume is the emission volume Vr1 below, the fourth direction range is the direction range "(r1, r2)" below, and the third The emission volume is the emission volume Vr2 below, and Vr2 is greater than Vr1.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, it also includes:
在第二发射音量或者第三发射音量大于音量阈值,并且第一历史时间段内发射超声波信号的历史音量持续大于音量阈值的情况下,在下一次以第二发射音量或者第三发射音量发射超声波信号时,减少发出的超声波信号的占空比,并降低检测帧率。When the second emission volume or the third emission volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the ultrasonic signal transmitted in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, the ultrasonic signal is transmitted at the second transmission volume or the third transmission volume next time. When, the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal is reduced and the detection frame rate is reduced.
可以理解的,可以通过减少发射的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率,来避免用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,即将原来发射超声波信号的一个信号周期中的通电时间减少。例如,可以将一个信号周期中的通电时间减少到50%,从而确保用户不会长时间暴露在高能量超声环境下,提高安全性。It is understandable that the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal. For example, the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the first aspect above, it also includes:
在多个回波信号满足指示是否存在用户的第一条件的情况下,获取拍摄的用户的用户图像;Obtaining a captured user image of the user when the plurality of echo signals satisfy a first condition indicating whether a user is present;
在用户图像中存在目标对象的情况下,采用第四发射音量发射超声波信号;When there is a target object in the user image, the fourth transmission volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal;
在用户图像中不存在目标对象的情况下,采用第五发射音量发射超声波信号,其中,第五发射音量大于第四发射音量。When there is no target object in the user image, the ultrasonic signal is transmitted using a fifth transmission volume, where the fifth transmission volume is greater than the fourth transmission volume.
可以理解的,在获取的拍摄的用户图像中根据目标图像存在与否进一步设定不同的发射音量,可以由于用户情况不同而实时调整发射超声波信号的发射音量,进一步避免用户遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。例如,可以由用户的年龄、用户身边是否存在宠物等情况实时调整发射超声波信号的发射音量,以在确保用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测用户的运动的同时,避免用户、宠物的身体遭 受强能量超声波信号的危害。It can be understood that in the captured user image, different transmission volumes are further set according to the presence or absence of the target image. The transmission volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal can be adjusted in real time due to different user conditions, further preventing the user from suffering from strong energy ultrasonic signals. harm. For example, the transmission volume of the ultrasonic signal can be adjusted in real time based on the user's age, whether there are pets around the user, etc., so as to ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's motion, while avoiding the risk of the user, pet body Hazardous by strong energy ultrasonic signals.
在上述第一方面的一种可能实现中,目标对象包括儿童、宠物。In a possible implementation of the above first aspect, the target objects include children and pets.
可以理解的,儿童和宠物对超声波信号能量的耐受度小于成人,如果在进行用户检测的过程中,以固定的音量发射超声波信号,该音量可能适用于成人,但是可能会对小孩和宠物造成危害,所以将儿童、宠物以及宠物考虑进去,设置区别于成人的发射音量,可以避免儿童、宠物的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。It is understandable that children and pets are less tolerant of ultrasonic signal energy than adults. If an ultrasonic signal is emitted at a fixed volume during user detection, the volume may be suitable for adults, but it may cause harm to children and pets. Hazards, so take children, pets and pets into consideration and set the emission volume that is different from that of adults, which can prevent the bodies of children and pets from being harmed by strong energy ultrasonic signals.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种物体运动检测方法,应用于电子设备,包括:In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an object motion detection method, which is applied to electronic devices, including:
发射超声波信号;emit ultrasonic signals;
获取在不同时刻接收到的经由物体反射超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Obtain multiple echo signals generated after ultrasonic signals reflected by objects received at different times;
对应于多个回波信号满足第一条件,反射超声波信号的物体中存在相对于电子设备运动的物体;Corresponding to the multiple echo signals satisfying the first condition, there is an object moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal;
对应于多个回波信号不满足第一条件,反射超声波信号的物体中不存在相对于电子设备运动的物体;Corresponding to the multiple echo signals not meeting the first condition, there is no object that moves relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal;
其中,第一条件包括:多个回波信号中,存在相对于发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号。Wherein, the first condition includes: among the multiple echo signals, there are multiple motion echo signals whose phase offsets with respect to the transmitted ultrasonic signal change with time.
可以理解的,本申请实施例提供的物体运动检测方法,确定电子设备前是否存在运动的物体是基于回波信号的相位偏移量来确定的,即在回波信号中,如果存在相对于发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号,则确定存在相对于电子设备运动的用户,反之,则确定不存在相对于电子设备运动的用户。由于超声频段的波长较短(例如20kHz的超声,在空气中速度为340米/秒,波长为1.7厘米),物体运动导致的位移往往大于波长(如1.7厘米),故当运动的物体微小动作所引起的回波信号的回波路径的变化,能够导致回波信号的相位偏移量发生变化,从而可以通过提取回波信号的相位偏移量来精细地刻画物体的运动,进而使得检测运动的物体存在的精度更高。It can be understood that the object motion detection method provided by the embodiment of the present application determines whether there is a moving object in front of the electronic device based on the phase offset of the echo signal, that is, in the echo signal, if there is a moving object relative to the emission If the phase offset of the ultrasonic signal changes with time for multiple motion echo signals, it is determined that there is a user moving relative to the electronic device; conversely, it is determined that there is no user moving relative to the electronic device. Since the wavelength of the ultrasonic frequency band is short (for example, 20kHz ultrasound has a speed of 340 meters/second in the air and a wavelength of 1.7 cm), the displacement caused by the movement of the object is often greater than the wavelength (such as 1.7 cm). Therefore, when the moving object makes small movements The resulting change in the echo path of the echo signal can lead to a change in the phase offset of the echo signal, so that the movement of the object can be accurately depicted by extracting the phase offset of the echo signal, thereby enabling the detection of motion. Objects exist with higher accuracy.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,运动包括物体的位移不发生变化的肢体运动。In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, the motion includes limb motion in which the displacement of the object does not change.
即可以在物体不发生位移的情况下,基于回波信号的相位偏移量变化情况,可以检测到物体肢体的微小动作,相较于现有的通过测距和回波信号幅度积分的方案,检测精度更高。That is, without the object being displaced, the tiny movements of the object's limbs can be detected based on the changes in the phase offset of the echo signal. Compared with the existing solution through ranging and echo signal amplitude integration, The detection accuracy is higher.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,超声波信号包括连续超声波信号。In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
可以理解的,连续超声波信号的频域数据更容易提取出相位数据,从而有利于对相对于电子设备运动的物体存在进行判断。It can be understood that the phase data is easier to extract from the frequency domain data of the continuous ultrasonic signal, which is beneficial to determining the existence of objects moving relative to the electronic device.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,发射超声波信号包括:In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
同时发射多个连续超声波信号,其中各连续超声波信号的发射频率不同。Multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at the same time, and the emission frequencies of each continuous ultrasonic signal are different.
可以理解的,同时发射多个发射频率不同的超声波信号,可以避免超声波信号产生频率选择性衰落,即避免某些发射频率的超声波信号在某些空间位置处的多径信号叠加存在衰减,致使接收到的回波信号衰减后的能量过低,无法用于相位偏移量的估计的情况。It can be understood that transmitting multiple ultrasonic signals with different transmit frequencies at the same time can avoid frequency-selective fading of ultrasonic signals, that is, avoid attenuation of multipath signal superposition of ultrasonic signals with certain transmit frequencies at certain spatial locations, resulting in poor reception. The attenuated energy of the received echo signal is too low to be used for phase offset estimation.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,多个连续超声波信号包括第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号,并且In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的初始发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽;或者The difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal; or
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的最大发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽。The difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
可以理解的,多个连续超声波信号之间频域不存在重叠,能够确保各个载频之间不发生干扰,且不会在同一个检测位置同时发生频率选择性衰落,从而能够用于运动物体存在的检测。It can be understood that there is no overlap in the frequency domain between multiple continuous ultrasonic signals, which can ensure that there will be no interference between each carrier frequency, and frequency selective fading will not occur at the same detection position at the same time, so it can be used for the presence of moving objects. detection.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,发射超声波信号包括:In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射多个连续超声波信号。The same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
可以理解,超声波信号的频率选择性衰落与超声波信号的发射源和发射物位置相关,因此,采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射多个连续超声波信号,更容易确保多个连续超声波信号必然存在不发生频率选择性衰落的超声波信号,进而有利于相对于电子设备运动的物体存在测量。可以理解,在本申请其他实施例中,也可以采用不同的超声波发生器发射多个连续超声波信号。It can be understood that the frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals is related to the emission source and location of the ultrasonic signal. Therefore, it is easier to ensure that multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple different transmit frequencies using the same ultrasonic sounder. There must be an ultrasonic signal that does not undergo frequency-selective fading, which is beneficial to the measurement of the presence of objects moving relative to electronic devices. It can be understood that in other embodiments of the present application, different ultrasonic generators can also be used to transmit multiple continuous ultrasonic signals.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,第一条件还包括: In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the first condition also includes:
相对于电子设备运动的物体的等效速度属于第一速度范围,并且第一速度范围不包括0。The equivalent speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device belongs to the first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
即在采用多载频连续超声波信号进行用户检测时,如果未发生频率选择性衰落的连续超声波信号有多个,则计算每个发射频率的超声波信号所对应的运动速度,然后求这些速度的等效速度来表示物体最终的运动速度,并且物体最终的运动速度处于物体相对于电子设备正常移动的速度范围内(即第一速度范围),认为相对于电子设备运动的物体存在。That is, when using multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals for user detection, if there are multiple continuous ultrasonic signals without frequency selective fading, calculate the movement speed corresponding to the ultrasonic signal of each transmission frequency, and then find the equation of these speeds. The effective speed represents the final moving speed of the object, and the final moving speed of the object is within the normal speed range of the object relative to the electronic device (i.e., the first speed range). It is considered that the object moving relative to the electronic device exists.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,等效速度通过以下方式得到:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the equivalent speed is obtained in the following way:
从多个连续超声波信号分别对应的回波信号中,选择出相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;Select multiple motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time from the echo signals corresponding to multiple continuous ultrasonic signals;
基于各连续超声波信号分别对应的多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算出对应各连续超声波信号的多个运动速度,其中,相位偏移量与运动回波信号的回波路径相关;Based on the phase offsets of the multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, where the phase offset is related to the echo path of the motion echo signal;
采用预设算法对多个运动速度进行处理,得到相对于电子设备运动的物体的等效速度。Use a preset algorithm to process multiple motion speeds to obtain the equivalent speed of an object moving relative to the electronic device.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,预设算法包括下列中的至少一项:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
计算多个运动速度的平均值;Calculate the average of multiple movement speeds;
计算多个运动速度的最小二乘法拟合值。Calculate least squares fits for multiple motion velocities.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,第一速度范围为0m/s-5m/s。In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
可以理解的,人体正常移动的速度一般在0m/s-5m/s之间,故为了考虑相对于电子设备运动的物体是人类的情况,将第一速度范围设置为0m/s-5m/s。It can be understood that the normal movement speed of the human body is generally between 0m/s-5m/s. Therefore, in order to consider the situation where the object moving relative to the electronic device is a human being, the first speed range is set to 0m/s-5m/s. .
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,连续超声波信号包括下列中的任一项:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
正弦超声波信号、调频连续超声波信号。Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式计算回波信号的相位偏移量:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following way:
对接收到的回波信号的时域数据进行傅立叶变换,得到对应的频域数据;Perform Fourier transform on the time domain data of the received echo signal to obtain the corresponding frequency domain data;
基于发射的超声波信号的频域数据和回波信号的频域数据,分别得到发射的超声波信号的第一相位和回波信号的第二相位;Based on the frequency domain data of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the frequency domain data of the echo signal, obtain the first phase of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the second phase of the echo signal respectively;
将第二相位和第一相位的差值作为回波信号的相位偏移量。The difference between the second phase and the first phase is taken as the phase offset of the echo signal.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, it also includes:
对应于不存在相对于电子设备运动的物体,先后以多个设定音量发射超声波信号,从中选择出回波信号的回波能量与基准回波能量的差值在第一能量差值范围内的设定音量作为电子设备的发射超声波信号的预定发射音量。Corresponding to the fact that there is no object moving relative to the electronic device, ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected within the first energy difference range. The volume is set as a predetermined emission volume of the electronic device for emitting ultrasonic signals.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, it also includes:
以第一发射音量发射第一超声波信号,并获取在第二时间段内接收到的经由物体反射第一超声波信号后产生的多个第一回波信号;Transmit a first ultrasonic signal at a first transmission volume, and acquire a plurality of first echo signals generated after the first ultrasonic signal is reflected by the object and received within a second time period;
在多个第一回波信号满足第二条件的情况下,存在相对于电子设备运动的物体;In the case where multiple first echo signals satisfy the second condition, there is an object moving relative to the electronic device;
在运动物体与电子设备之间的第一距离处于第一距离范围内的情况下,下一次以第一距离范围对应的第二发射音量发射第二超声波信号,When the first distance between the moving object and the electronic device is within the first distance range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second emission volume corresponding to the first distance range next time,
在运动物体与电子设备之间的第一距离处于第二距离范围内的情况下,下一次以第二距离范围对应的第三发射音量发射第二超声波信号;When the first distance between the moving object and the electronic device is within the second distance range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the third emission volume corresponding to the second distance range next time;
其中,第一距离范围的最小值大于第二距离范围的最大值,第二发射音量大于第三发射音量。Wherein, the minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
可以理解的,如果以固定的发射音量发射超声波信号,在运动物体与电子设备之间的相对位置发生变化时,存在运动物体接收到的超声波信号能量过高的情况,会对运动物体造成危害,或者运动物体接收到的超声波信号的能量较弱,运动物体反射回的回波信号的能量大小无法满足后续的运动物体存在检测需求。所以,以根据运动物体与电子设备之间的相对位置的变化调整下一次的发射音量,可以确保运动物体反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测物体的运动的同时,避免运动物体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。It is understandable that if ultrasonic signals are emitted at a fixed emission volume and the relative position between the moving object and the electronic device changes, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the moving object may be too high, which may cause harm to the moving object. Or the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the moving object is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the moving object cannot meet the subsequent detection requirements for the presence of the moving object. Therefore, adjusting the next emission volume according to the change in the relative position between the moving object and the electronic device can ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the moving object is sufficient to detect the movement of the object, while avoiding the moving object from suffering Hazards of strong energy ultrasonic signals.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,第二条件包括:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the second condition includes:
多个第一回波信号中,存在相对于第一超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个第一运动回波信号。Among the plurality of first echo signals, there are a plurality of first motion echo signals whose phase offsets with respect to the first ultrasonic signal change with time.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,还包括: In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, it also includes:
通过多个第一运动回波信号的第一运动成分能量表示物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离,并且设置与第一距离范围和第二距离范围分别对应的第一运动成分能量范围和第二运动成分能量范围,The first motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals represents the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and a first motion component energy range and a first motion component energy range respectively corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range are set. The energy range of the second motion component,
其中,第一运动成分能量越大,物体相对于电子设备的第一距离越小,第一运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第一距离范围的最小值,第一运动成分能量范围的最小值对应第一距离范围的最大值,第二运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第二距离范围的最小值,第二运动成分能量范围的最小值对应第二距离范围的最大值。Wherein, the greater the energy of the first motion component, the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, the maximum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range, and the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to The maximum value of the first distance range, the maximum value of the second motion component energy range correspond to the minimum value of the second distance range, and the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
可以理解的,运动成分能量与用户与电子设备的距离的关系,运动成分能量越大,用户与电子设备的距离越小,所以可以利用运动成分能量范围来表示各距离范围,更加方便的根据实际情况调整发射音量,无需预先测量好对应各距离范围的发射音量范围,在自适应调整发射音量的过程中,只要确定发射音量调整后接收到的运动回波信号的运动成分能量,是否位于对应的音量能量范围,即可确定调整后的发射音量是否位于距离范围对应的发射音量范围内。It is understandable that there is a relationship between the motion component energy and the distance between the user and the electronic device. The greater the motion component energy, the smaller the distance between the user and the electronic device. Therefore, the motion component energy range can be used to represent each distance range, which is more convenient according to actual conditions. To adjust the transmit volume according to the situation, there is no need to pre-measure the transmit volume range corresponding to each distance range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmit volume, it is only necessary to determine whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the transmit volume is adjusted is in the corresponding Volume energy range, you can determine whether the adjusted emission volume is within the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式确定第一距离所处的距离范围:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the distance range within which the first distance is located is determined in the following manner:
在第一成分能量处于第一运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定第一距离处于第一距离范围;When the first component energy is within the first motion component energy range, determine that the first distance is within the first distance range;
在第一成分能量处于第二运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定第一距离处于第二距离范围。When the first component energy is within the second motion component energy range, it is determined that the first distance is within the second distance range.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式计算多个第一运动回波信号的运动成分能量:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, the motion component energies of the plurality of first motion echo signals are calculated in the following manner:
对多个第一运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,得到多个第一运动回波信号的运动成分能量。The amplitudes of the plurality of first motion echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals.
可以理解的,对多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,可以方便、合理地得到多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。It can be understood that by integrating the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals, the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals can be obtained conveniently and reasonably.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, it also includes:
在第二发射音量大于音量阈值,并且第一历史时间段内发射超声波信号的历史音量持续大于音量阈值的情况下,在下一次以第二发射音量发射超声波信号时,减少发出的超声波信号的占空比,并降低检测帧率。When the second transmission volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, when the ultrasonic signal is transmitted at the second transmission volume next time, the duty of the transmitted ultrasonic signal is reduced. ratio, and reduce the detection frame rate.
可以理解的,可以通过减少发射的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率,来避免用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,即将原来发射超声波信号的一个信号周期中的通电时间减少。例如,可以将一个信号周期中的通电时间减少到50%,从而确保用户不会长时间暴露在高能量超声环境下,提高安全性。It is understandable that the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal. For example, the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,超声波信号通过电子设备的扬声器发射,并且回波信号通过所述电子设备的麦克风接收。In a possible implementation of the above second aspect, the ultrasonic signal is emitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
可以理解的,发射超声波信号的扬声器,并且接收回波信号的麦克风都是电子设备自带的,避免了增加额外的成本。It is understandable that the speaker that emits the ultrasonic signal and the microphone that receives the echo signal are all built-in with the electronic device, avoiding additional costs.
在上述第二方面的一种可能实现中,电子设备上安装有运动类应用程序,并且上述方法还包括:In a possible implementation of the second aspect above, a sports application is installed on the electronic device, and the above method further includes:
基于多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算相对于电子设备运动的物体的运动速度;Calculate the movement speed of an object moving relative to the electronic device based on the phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals;
根据计算出的物体的运动速度,执行运动类应用程序的预设操作。Based on the calculated movement speed of the object, the preset operation of the sports application is performed.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种物体运动检测方法,还包括:In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an object motion detection method, which further includes:
以第六发射音量发射超声波信号,并获取在第二时间段内接收到的经由物体反射超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Transmitting an ultrasonic signal at a sixth transmit volume, and acquiring a plurality of echo signals generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the object and received during the second time period;
在多个回波信号满足第一条件的情况下,反射超声波信号的物体中存在相对于电子设备运动的物体,其中,第一条件包括:多个回波信号中,存在相对于发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;When multiple echo signals satisfy the first condition, among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, there is an object that moves relative to the electronic device, where the first condition includes: among the multiple echo signals, there is an object that moves relative to the emitted ultrasonic signal. Multiple motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time;
在用户与电子设备之间的第二相对位置处于第三位置范围的情况下,下一次以第三位置范围对应的第六发射音量发射超声波信号,When the second relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the third position range, the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the sixth transmission volume corresponding to the third position range next time,
在用户与电子设备之间的第二相对位置处于第四位置范围内的情况下,下一次以第四位置范围对应的第七发射音量发射超声波信号。When the second relative position between the user and the electronic device is within the fourth position range, the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the seventh transmit volume corresponding to the fourth position range next time.
可以理解的,申请实施例提供的一种物体运动检测方法不仅仅是基于回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量检测电子设备前用户存在的方案,还包括其他基于超声波检测电子设备前用户存在的方案,比如说,现有技术提到的通过超声波检测反射物体与电子设备之间的距离,并根据反射物体与电子设备之间的距离确定电子设备前是否存在用户的方案;或者,通过超声波的多普勒频移成分的幅度积分确定电子设备前是否存在用户的方案。 It can be understood that the object motion detection method provided by the embodiments of the application is not only a solution for detecting the presence of a user in front of an electronic device based on the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal, but also includes other solutions for detecting the user in front of the electronic device based on ultrasonic waves. There are existing solutions, for example, the solution mentioned in the prior art is to use ultrasonic waves to detect the distance between the reflective object and the electronic device, and determine whether there is a user in front of the electronic device based on the distance between the reflective object and the electronic device; or, through The amplitude integration of the Doppler shifted component of the ultrasound determines the presence or absence of a user's program in front of the electronic device.
在这些检测方法中,如果以固定的发射音量发射超声波信号,在用户与电子设备之间的相对位置发生变化时,存在用户接收到的超声波信号能量过高的情况,会对用户身体造成危害,或者用户接收到的超声波信号的能量较弱,用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小无法满足后续的用户存在检测需求。所以,以根据用户与电子设备之间的相对位置的变化调整下一次的发射音量,可以确保用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测用户的运动的同时,避免用户的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。In these detection methods, if the ultrasonic signal is emitted with a fixed emission volume, when the relative position between the user and the electronic device changes, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user may be too high, which may cause harm to the user's body. Or the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user cannot meet the subsequent user presence detection requirements. Therefore, adjusting the next transmission volume according to the change in the relative position between the user and the electronic device can ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's movement, while avoiding the user's body from being subjected to strong force. Hazards of energy ultrasonic signals.
在上述第三方面的一种可能实现中,第三位置范围包括第三距离范围,第四位置范围包括第四距离范围;并且In a possible implementation of the above third aspect, the third location range includes a third distance range, and the fourth location range includes a fourth distance range; and
第二相对位置处于第三位置范围包括:第二相对位置对应的用户与电子设备之间的第二距离位于第三位置范围,The second relative position being in the third position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the third position range,
第二相对位置处于第四位置范围包括:第二相对位置对应的用户与电子设备之间的第二距离位于第四位置范围;并且The second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the fourth position range; and
第三距离范围的最小值大于第四距离范围的最大值,第六发射音量大于第七发射音量。The minimum value of the third distance range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth distance range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
即为用户与电子设备之间的距离设置多个距离范围,使得用户与电子设备距离较大时,调高超声波发射音量,距离较近时,降低发射音量。从而在确保用户与电子设备间的距离发生变化时,接收到的回波信号能够满足检测需求,并对处于超声波环境中的用户不造成身体伤害。That is, multiple distance ranges are set for the distance between the user and the electronic device, so that when the distance between the user and the electronic device is large, the ultrasonic emission volume is increased, and when the distance is closer, the ultrasonic emission volume is decreased. This ensures that when the distance between the user and the electronic device changes, the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements and does not cause physical harm to the user in the ultrasonic environment.
在上述第三方面的一种可能实现中,还包括,In a possible implementation of the third aspect above, it also includes:
通过多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量表示物体相对于电子设备的第二距离,并且设置与第三距离范围和第四距离范围分别对应的第三运动成分能量范围和第四运动成分能量范围,The second distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of motion echo signals, and a third motion component energy range and a fourth motion component energy range respectively corresponding to the third distance range and the fourth distance range are set. ,
其中,运动成分能量越大,物体相对于电子设备的第二距离越小,第三运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第三距离范围的最小值,第三运动成分能量范围的最小值对应第三距离范围的最大值,第四运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第四距离范围的最小值,第四运动成分能量范围的最小值对应第四距离范围的最大值。Among them, the greater the energy of the motion component, the smaller the second distance of the object relative to the electronic device, the maximum value of the third motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the third distance range, and the minimum value of the third motion component energy range corresponds to the third The maximum value of the distance range, the maximum value of the fourth motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the fourth distance range, and the minimum value of the fourth motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the fourth distance range.
可以理解的,运动成分能量与用户与电子设备的距离的关系,运动成分能量越大,用户与电子设备的距离越小,所以可以利用运动成分能量范围来表示各距离范围,更加方便的根据实际情况调整发射音量,无需预先测量好对应各距离范围的发射音量范围,在自适应调整发射音量的过程中,只要确定发射音量调整后接收到的运动回波信号的运动成分能量,是否位于对应的音量能量范围,即可确定调整后的发射音量是否位于距离范围对应的发射音量范围内。It is understandable that there is a relationship between the motion component energy and the distance between the user and the electronic device. The greater the motion component energy, the smaller the distance between the user and the electronic device. Therefore, the motion component energy range can be used to represent each distance range, which is more convenient according to actual conditions. To adjust the transmit volume according to the situation, there is no need to pre-measure the transmit volume range corresponding to each distance range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmit volume, it is only necessary to determine whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the transmit volume is adjusted is in the corresponding Volume energy range, you can determine whether the adjusted emission volume is within the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range.
在上述第三方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式确定第二距离所处的距离范围:In a possible implementation of the above third aspect, the distance range within which the second distance is located is determined in the following manner:
在运动成分能量处于第三运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定第二距离处于第三距离范围;When the motion component energy is within the third motion component energy range, determine that the second distance is within the third distance range;
在运动成分能量处于第四运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定第二距离处于第四距离范围。When the motion component energy is in the fourth motion component energy range, it is determined that the second distance is in the fourth distance range.
在上述第三方面的一种可能实现中,通过以下方式计算多个回波信号的运动成分能量:In a possible implementation of the third aspect above, the motion component energies of multiple echo signals are calculated in the following manner:
对多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,得到多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。The amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energies of the multiple motion echo signals.
可以理解的,对多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,可以方便、合理地得到多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。It can be understood that by integrating the amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals, the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals can be obtained conveniently and reasonably.
在上述第三方面的一种可能实现中,第三位置范围包括第五方向范围,第四位置范围包括第六方向范围;并且In a possible implementation of the above third aspect, the third position range includes a fifth direction range, and the fourth position range includes a sixth direction range; and
第二相对位置处于第三位置范围包括:第二相对位置对应的用户相对于电子设备的第三方向位于第五方向范围,The second relative position being in the third position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position is located in the fifth direction range relative to the third direction of the electronic device,
第二相对位置处于第四位置范围包括:第二相对位置对应的用户相对于电子设备的第四方向位于第六方向范围;并且The second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position is located in the sixth direction range relative to the fourth direction of the electronic device; and
第五方向范围的最小值大于第六方向范围的最大值,第六发射音量大于第七发射音量。The minimum value of the fifth direction range is greater than the maximum value of the sixth direction range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
可以理解的,超声波信号的传播具有辐射指向性,播放超声波信号时,电子设备正前方传播的超声波信号的能量较强,足以用于用户存在的检测,而电子设备侧方传播的超声波信号的能量较弱,使得反射物体反射回的回波信号的能量较弱,无法用于用户存在的检测,所以在电子设备利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测的过程中,可以测量用户相对于电子设备的方向,根据用户相对于电子设备的方向来调整发射音量,从而使得用户在电子设备前的不同方向根据实际情况对应不同发射音量,从而有利于用户存在的检测。 It is understandable that the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity. When playing ultrasonic signals, the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating directly in front of the electronic device is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signals propagating to the side of the electronic device is Weak, so that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the reflecting object is weak and cannot be used to detect the user's presence. Therefore, when the electronic device uses ultrasonic signals to detect the user's presence, the user's direction relative to the electronic device can be measured. The emission volume is adjusted according to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device, so that different directions of the user in front of the electronic device correspond to different emission volumes according to the actual situation, thereby facilitating detection of the user's presence.
在上述第三方面的一种可能实现中,还包括:In a possible implementation of the above third aspect, it also includes:
在第六发射音量或者七发射音量大于音量阈值,并且第一历史时间段内发射超声波信号的历史音量持续大于所述音量阈值的情况下,在下一次以第六发射音量或者第七发射音量发射超声波信号时,减少发出的超声波信号的占空比,并降低检测帧率。When the sixth or seventh emission volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, the ultrasonic wave is transmitted at the sixth or seventh transmission volume next time. When the signal is detected, the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal is reduced and the detection frame rate is reduced.
可以理解的,可以通过减少发射的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率,来避免用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,即将原来发射超声波信号的一个信号周期中的通电时间减少。例如,可以将一个信号周期中的通电时间减少到50%,从而确保用户不会长时间暴露在高能量超声环境下,提高安全性。It is understandable that the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal. For example, the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种电子设备,包括:In a fourth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide an electronic device, including:
一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
一个或多个存储器;一个或多个存储器存储有一个或多个程序,当一个或者多个程序被一个或多个处理器执行时,使得电子设备执行上述第一方面以及第一方面的各种实现中的任意一种屏幕显示控制方法、执行上述第二方面以及第二方面的各种实现中的任意一种物体运动检测方法或者执行上述第三方面以及第三方面的各种实现中的任意一种物体运动检测方法。One or more memories; one or more memories store one or more programs. When the one or more programs are executed by one or more processors, the electronic device performs the above-mentioned first aspect and various aspects of the first aspect. Implement any one of the screen display control methods, implement any one of the object motion detection methods of the above second aspect and various implementations of the second aspect, or implement any of the above third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect. An object motion detection method.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,存储介质上存储有指令,指令在计算机上执行时使计算机执行上述第一方面以及第一方面的各种实现中的任意一种屏幕显示控制方法、执行上述第二方面以及第二方面的各种实现中的任意一种物体运动检测方法或者执行上述第三方面以及第三方面的各种实现中的任意一种物体运动检测方法。In a fifth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer-readable storage medium. Instructions are stored on the storage medium. When the instructions are executed on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspect and various implementations of the first aspect. A screen display control method, performing the second aspect and any one of the object motion detection methods in various implementations of the second aspect, or performing any one of the object motion detection in the above third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect method.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,计算机程序产品包括指令,该指令在执行时使计算机执行上述第一方面以及第一方面的各种实现中的任意一种屏幕显示控制方法、执行上述第二方面以及第二方面的各种实现中的任意一种物体运动检测方法或者执行上述第三方面以及第三方面的各种实现中的任意一种物体运动检测方法。In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions that, when executed, cause the computer to perform any screen display control in the above-mentioned first aspect and various implementations of the first aspect. method, execute any one of the object motion detection methods in the above second aspect and various implementations of the second aspect, or execute any one of the object motion detection methods in the above third aspect and various implementations of the third aspect.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1A根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种开启待机显示画面的场景图;Figure 1A shows a scene diagram of turning on the standby display screen according to some embodiments of the present application;
图1B根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种关闭待机显示画面的场景图;Figure 1B shows a scene diagram for closing the standby display screen according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2A根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种正弦超声波信号的时域波形图;Figure 2A shows a time domain waveform diagram of a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2B根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种正弦超声波信号的发射频率f随着时间的变化示意图;Figure 2B shows a schematic diagram of the change of the transmission frequency f of a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal over time according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2C根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种调频连续超声波信号的发射频率f随着时间的变化示意图;Figure 2C shows a schematic diagram of the change of the transmission frequency f of a frequency-modulated continuous ultrasonic signal over time according to some embodiments of the present application;
图2D根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种矩形脉冲超声波信号示意图;Figure 2D shows a schematic diagram of a rectangular pulse ultrasonic signal according to some embodiments of the present application;
图3根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视10的结构示意图;Figure 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图4根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种屏幕显示控制方法的流程示意图;Figure 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a screen display control method according to some embodiments of the present application;
图5A根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种界面501示意图;Figure 5A shows a schematic diagram of an interface 501 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图5B根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种设置界面502示意图;Figure 5B shows a schematic diagram of a setting interface 502 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图5C根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种待机显示界面503示意图;Figure 5C shows a schematic diagram of a standby display interface 503 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图5D根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种待机显示类型界面504示意图;Figure 5D shows a schematic diagram of a standby display type interface 504 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图6A根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种多载频正弦超声波信号的发射频率f随着时间的变化图;Figure 6A shows a graph of the variation of the transmission frequency f over time of a multi-carrier sinusoidal ultrasonic signal according to some embodiments of the present application;
图6B根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种多载频调频连续超声波信号的发射频率f随着时间的变化示意图;Figure 6B shows a schematic diagram of the change of the transmission frequency f of a multi-carrier frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal over time according to some embodiments of the present application;
图6C根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视10的示意图;Figure 6C shows a schematic diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图7根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种对智能电视10预定发射音量的校准方法流程示意图;Figure 7 shows a schematic flow chart of a method for calibrating the predetermined emission volume of the smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图8根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种对智能电视10预设设定与各距离范围对应的音量范围来调整发射音量的流程示意图;Figure 8 shows a schematic flowchart of adjusting the emission volume by presetting the volume range corresponding to each distance range for the smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application;
图9根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视根据发射音量对应的回波信号中的距离能量自适应调整发射音量的流程示意图;Figure 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a smart TV adaptively adjusting the transmission volume according to the distance energy in the echo signal corresponding to the transmission volume according to some embodiments of the present application;
图10根据本申请一些实施例,示出了一种根据用户相对于智能电视的方向,自适应调整发射音量的流程示意图; Figure 10 shows a schematic flowchart of adaptively adjusting the transmission volume according to the user's direction relative to the smart TV according to some embodiments of the present application;
图11根据本申请一些实施例,示出了一种通过方向能量范围表示角度范围对应的发射音量,在用户相对于智能电视移动的过程中,自适应调整发射音量的流程示意图;Figure 11 shows a schematic flowchart of adaptively adjusting the emission volume when the user moves relative to the smart TV by using the directional energy range to represent the emission volume corresponding to the angular range, according to some embodiments of the present application;
图12根据本申请一些实施例,示出了一种根据识别用户为不同目标对象来调整发射音量的流程示意图;Figure 12 shows a schematic flowchart of adjusting the emission volume according to identifying users as different target objects according to some embodiments of the present application;
图13根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视10的软件结构示意图。Figure 13 shows a schematic software structure diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的说明性实施例包括但不限于一种屏幕显示控制方法、介质和电子设备。Illustrative embodiments of the present application include, but are not limited to, a screen display control method, media, and electronic devices.
需要说明的是,本申请的技术方案适用于具有屏幕的各种电子设备,如智能电视、智慧屏、广告机以及便携式计算机等。为了方便描述,下文以智能电视为例进行说明。It should be noted that the technical solution of this application is applicable to various electronic devices with screens, such as smart TVs, smart screens, advertising machines, and portable computers. For convenience of description, the following description takes a smart TV as an example.
虽然本申请的描述将结合一些实施例一起介绍,但这并不代表此申请的特征仅限于该实施方式。恰恰相反,结合实施方式作为申请介绍的目的是为了覆盖基于本申请的权利要求而有可能延伸出的其它选择或改造。为了提供对本申请的深度了解,以下描述中将包含许多具体的细节。本申请也可以不使用这些细节实施。此外,为了避免混乱或模糊本申请的重点,有些具体细节将在描述中被省略。需要说明的是,在不冲突的情况下,本申请中的实施例及实施例中的特征可以相互组合。Although the description of the present application will be introduced in conjunction with some embodiments, this does not mean that the features of the application are limited to this embodiment. On the contrary, the purpose of introducing the application in conjunction with the embodiments is to cover other options or modifications that may be extended based on the claims of the application. In order to provide an in-depth understanding of the application, the following description contains many specific details. The application may be implemented without these details. Furthermore, some specific details will be omitted from the description in order to avoid confusing or obscuring the focus of the present application. It should be noted that, as long as there is no conflict, the embodiments and features in the embodiments of this application can be combined with each other.
在本申请实施例中,“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In the embodiment of this application, "and/or" is just an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, and A and A exist simultaneously. B, there are three situations of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
在本说明书中描述的参考“一个实施例”或“一些实施例”等意味着在本申请的一个或多个实施例中包括结合该实施例描述的特定特征、结构或特点。由此,在本说明书中的不同之处出现的语句“在一个实施例中”、“在一些实施例中”、“在其他一些实施例中”、“在另外一些实施例中”等不是必然都参考相同的实施例,而是意味着“一个或多个但不是所有的实施例”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。Reference in this specification to "one embodiment" or "some embodiments" or the like means that a particular feature, structure or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment is included in one or more embodiments of the application. Therefore, the phrases "in one embodiment", "in some embodiments", "in other embodiments", "in other embodiments", etc. appearing in different places in this specification are not necessarily References are made to the same embodiment, but rather to "one or more but not all embodiments" unless specifically stated otherwise.
下面结合附图详细说明本申请实施例的技术方案。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
如前所述,智能电视屏幕常开有功耗浪费、减少屏幕寿命的缺点,而现在常用的解决办法是由用户手动设置显示的时间段,或手动点击物理按钮、语音唤醒后说指令的方式来开启/关闭待机显示画面,用户体验并不十分友好。故需要一种技术方案,能够在检测到智能电视前存在用户的情况下,开启待机显示画面,而在检测到不存在用户的情况下,关闭待机显示画面。例如,在图1A所示场景中,智能电视10开始并未显示待机画面,当用户20进入智能电视10所在房间后,如从A点走到B点,智能电视10能够检测到智能电视10前存在用户20,并开启智能电视10的待机显示画面。而在图1B所示的场景中,当用户位于B点时,智能电视10显示有待机画面,当用户20离开房间时,如从B点走到A点后,智能电视10能够检测到用户20正远离智能电视10或者智能电视10前不存在用户20,则关闭待机显示画面。As mentioned before, always-on smart TV screens have the disadvantages of wasting power and reducing screen life. The commonly used solution now is for users to manually set the display time period, or manually click physical buttons and wake up with voice and speak commands. To turn on/off the standby display screen, the user experience is not very friendly. Therefore, a technical solution is needed that can turn on the standby display screen when a user is detected in front of the smart TV, and close the standby display screen when it is detected that the user is not present. For example, in the scene shown in FIG. 1A , the smart TV 10 does not display the standby screen at first. When the user 20 enters the room where the smart TV 10 is located, such as walking from point A to point B, the smart TV 10 can detect that the user 20 is in front of the smart TV 10 There is a user 20, and the standby display screen of the smart TV 10 is turned on. In the scene shown in FIG. 1B , when the user is at point B, the smart TV 10 displays the standby screen. When the user 20 leaves the room, such as walking from point B to point A, the smart TV 10 can detect the user 20 If the user 20 is moving away from the smart TV 10 or there is no presence in front of the smart TV 10, the standby display screen will be turned off.
在一些实施例中,智能电视10可以通过自身具有的摄像头180、或者专用传感器的检测结果,判断用户20是否存在,进而控制智能电视10是否显示待机画面。例如,专用传感器可以是超声换能器、红外传感器、毫米波传感器等。然而,通过摄像头180检测用户存在的方式不仅对检测条件要求较高,而且误检率高;而若使用专用传感器检测用户是否存在,不仅增加额外成本,而且还影响美观。In some embodiments, the smart TV 10 can determine whether the user 20 exists through the detection results of its own camera 180 or a dedicated sensor, and then control whether the smart TV 10 displays the standby screen. For example, specialized sensors can be ultrasonic transducers, infrared sensors, millimeter wave sensors, etc. However, the method of detecting the presence of a user through the camera 180 not only requires high detection conditions, but also has a high false detection rate; and using a dedicated sensor to detect the presence of a user not only adds extra cost, but also affects the appearance.
在另外一些实施例中,可以基于超声波测距技术确定智能电视10前是否存在用户。例如,智能电视10发射和接收超声波信号,并根据发射的超声波信号(下文称为发射信号)和接收到对应的超声波信号(下文称为回波信号)的时间间隔与超声波波速的乘积,计算反射超声波的反射物体与智能电视之间的距离。如果基于前后时刻接收到的回波信号计算得到的反射物体与智能电视之间的距离之差大于阈值则认为存在物体,并且如果连续两次检测到存在物体,则基于两次检测结果来判定智能电视10前是否有用户存在。然而,该技术方案在用户距离智能电视10较远时,测距误差较大,例如,对于距离智能电视10较远存在的静止物体,如沙发,基于该静止物体前后时刻反射的回波信号(下文称为静止回波信号)测得的距离有可能会因为测距误差而导致大于阈值的距离差,误判为存在物体,故该技术方案判断用户是否存在的精度较差。In other embodiments, whether there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 may be determined based on ultrasonic ranging technology. For example, the smart TV 10 transmits and receives ultrasonic signals, and calculates the reflection based on the product of the time interval between the transmitted ultrasonic signal (hereinafter referred to as the transmission signal) and the received corresponding ultrasonic signal (hereinafter referred to as the echo signal) and the ultrasonic wave speed. The distance between the ultrasonic reflecting object and the smart TV. If the difference between the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV calculated based on the echo signals received at the time before and after is greater than the threshold, it is considered that the object exists, and if the presence of the object is detected twice in a row, the smart TV is determined based on the two detection results. Whether there are users before TV 10. However, this technical solution has a large ranging error when the user is far away from the smart TV 10. For example, for a stationary object that is far away from the smart TV 10, such as a sofa, based on the echo signals reflected at all times before and after the stationary object ( The measured distance (hereinafter referred to as the stationary echo signal) may cause a distance difference greater than the threshold due to ranging errors, and may be misjudged as the presence of an object. Therefore, this technical solution has poor accuracy in determining whether the user exists.
此外,在另外一些实施例中,还可以利用多普勒频移成分的幅度积分来检测智能电视前是否存在用户。可以理解,当超声波的反射物体相对于发射超声波的智能电视运动时,根据多普勒效应,反射物体 接收到的超声波信号的频率会随反射物体的运动速度、以及反射物体运动方向与反射物体接收到的超声波信号传播方向之间的夹角的变化而发生变化。而利用多普勒频移成分的幅度积分来检测智能电视前是否存在用户方案可以是:In addition, in some other embodiments, the amplitude integration of the Doppler frequency shift component can also be used to detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV. It can be understood that when the reflecting object of the ultrasonic wave moves relative to the smart TV that emits the ultrasonic wave, according to the Doppler effect, the reflecting object The frequency of the received ultrasonic signal changes with the movement speed of the reflecting object and the angle between the movement direction of the reflecting object and the propagation direction of the ultrasonic signal received by the reflecting object. The solution of using the amplitude integral of the Doppler frequency shift component to detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV can be:
将反射物体接收到的超声波信号的时域数据通过傅立叶变换转换为频域数据,例如,图2A示出了正弦超声波信号的时域波形图,而图2B示出了进行傅立叶变换后的频域波形图;然后对反射物体接收到的多个超声波信号的频域数据的瞬时幅度值进行积分,找到多普勒频移后的频率所处的峰值,从而确定发生频移后的频率大小,然后利用计算出的频移之后的频率大小,可以基于多普勒频移公式计算出反射物体的运动速度。例如,多普勒频移公式为:
The time domain data of the ultrasonic signal received by the reflecting object is converted into frequency domain data through Fourier transform. For example, Figure 2A shows the time domain waveform diagram of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, and Figure 2B shows the frequency domain after Fourier transformation. Waveform diagram; then integrate the instantaneous amplitude values of the frequency domain data of multiple ultrasonic signals received by the reflecting object to find the peak value of the frequency after the Doppler frequency shift, thereby determining the frequency after the frequency shift occurs, and then Using the calculated frequency magnitude after frequency shift, the moving speed of the reflecting object can be calculated based on the Doppler frequency shift formula. For example, the Doppler shift formula is:
其中,f为超声波信号的发射频率,fd为发生频移后的频率大小,θ为用户运动方向与用户接收到的超声波信号传播方向的夹角,v0为超声波信号在空间内的传播速度,v为发射物体运动的速度。Among them, f is the emission frequency of the ultrasonic signal, f d is the frequency after frequency shift, θ is the angle between the user's movement direction and the propagation direction of the ultrasonic signal received by the user, v 0 is the propagation speed of the ultrasonic signal in space , v is the speed of the launching object.
在公式(1)中,f、v0已知,fd可以通过上述幅度积分的方式计算出来,θ可以测量或者估算出来,故可以计算出反射物体运动的速度。然后,如果计算出的反射物体的运动速度在人体正常的运动速度范围(如0m/s-5m/s)之内,则认为智能电视10前存在用户。In formula (1), f and v 0 are known, f d can be calculated by the above amplitude integration method, and θ can be measured or estimated, so the speed of the reflecting object can be calculated. Then, if the calculated movement speed of the reflecting object is within the normal movement speed range of the human body (such as 0m/s-5m/s), it is considered that there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 .
然而,当用户20距离智能电视10较远时,回波信号中的频域数据的瞬时幅度值较弱,需要进行较长时间(至少500毫秒)的积分才能找到频移后的频率的峰值,获得较为准确的测量结果。所以该方法无法捕捉用户20较短暂的动作(比如抬头动作),容易发生漏检。However, when the user 20 is far away from the smart TV 10, the instantaneous amplitude value of the frequency domain data in the echo signal is weak, and it takes a long time (at least 500 milliseconds) to integrate to find the peak value of the frequency after frequency shift. Obtain more accurate measurement results. Therefore, this method cannot capture relatively brief movements of the user 20 (such as raising the head), and is prone to missed detections.
为了解决上述问题,本申请实施例提出了一种基于超声波信号的相位偏移量来确定电子设备前是否存在用户的技术方案。具体地,如智能电视的电子设备在发射超声波信号(即发射信号)后,接收反射物体反射发射信号后返回的回波信号,通过判断不同时刻接收到的回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量是否发生变化,可以判断是反射超声波信号的反射物体中是否有反射物体发生运动,然后根据是否存在运动的反射物体来确定电子设备的显示方式。例如,如有反射物体发生运动,则可以进一步确定运动的反射物体是否为用户,例如,结合摄像头拍摄的图像确定是否为用户,或者通过判断运动的反射物体的速度是否在人体运动的正常范围内判断运动的反射物体是否为用户。进一步可以根据运动的反射物体是否为用户的确定结果,来确定电子设备的显示方式,如控制智能电视显示或者关闭待机画面,控制智能电视从黑屏转换为亮屏等。由于超声频段的波长较短(例如20kHz的超声,在空气中速度为340米/秒,波长为1.7厘米),人体运动导致的位移往往大于波长(如1.7厘米),故人体微小动作所引起的回波信号的回波路径的变化,能够导致回波信号的相位偏移量发生变化,从而可以通过提取回波信号的相位偏移量来精细地刻画人体的运动。In order to solve the above problem, embodiments of the present application propose a technical solution for determining whether there is a user in front of the electronic device based on the phase offset of the ultrasonic signal. Specifically, after an electronic device such as a smart TV transmits an ultrasonic signal (i.e., a transmission signal), it receives the echo signal returned after the reflection object reflects the transmission signal, and determines the phase deviation of the echo signal received at different times relative to the transmission signal. Whether the displacement changes, it can be determined whether any of the reflective objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal moves, and then the display mode of the electronic device is determined based on whether there is a moving reflective object. For example, if a reflective object moves, it can be further determined whether the moving reflective object is the user, for example, by combining the images captured by the camera to determine whether it is the user, or by determining whether the speed of the moving reflective object is within the normal range of human movement. Determine whether the moving reflective object is the user. Further, the display mode of the electronic device can be determined based on the determination result of whether the moving reflective object is the user, such as controlling the smart TV to display or turn off the standby screen, controlling the smart TV to switch from a black screen to a bright screen, etc. Since the wavelength of the ultrasonic frequency band is short (for example, 20kHz ultrasound has a speed of 340 meters/second in the air and a wavelength of 1.7 cm), the displacement caused by human body movement is often larger than the wavelength (such as 1.7 cm), so the displacement caused by the small movements of the human body is Changes in the echo path of the echo signal can cause changes in the phase offset of the echo signal, so that the movement of the human body can be accurately depicted by extracting the phase offset of the echo signal.
例如,以下列公式(2)所表示的正弦超声波W(t)为发射信号为例,其经反射物体反射后的回波信号为公式(3)所表示的W′(t):
W(t)=Apsin(2πft-φ0)        (2)
For example, taking the sinusoidal ultrasonic wave W(t) represented by the following formula (2) as the transmitted signal, the echo signal after being reflected by the reflecting object is W′(t) represented by the formula (3):
W(t)=A p sin(2πft-φ 0 ) (2)
其中,f为正弦波W(t)的发射频率,Ap为正弦波W(t)的振幅,t为时间变量,φ0为初始相位,AP′为回波信号W′(t)的振幅,c为声速,s(t)为回波路径,即回波信号的传播路径。Among them, f is the transmission frequency of sine wave W(t), A p is the amplitude of sine wave W(t), t is the time variable, φ 0 is the initial phase, A P ′ is the echo signal W′(t) Amplitude, c is the speed of sound, s(t) is the echo path, that is, the propagation path of the echo signal.
其中,回波信号W′(t)相对于发射信号W(t)的相位偏移量可以表示为公式(4):
Among them, the phase offset of the echo signal W'(t) relative to the transmitted signal W(t) can be expressed as formula (4):
由公式(4)可以看出来,相位偏移量Δφ(t)由回波路径s(t)决定,当反射物体运动时,s(t)发生变化,使得Δφ(t)发生变化。换句话说,如果回波信号的相位偏移量Δφ(t)发生变化,则表明存在运动的反射物体。It can be seen from formula (4) that the phase offset Δφ(t) is determined by the echo path s(t). When the reflecting object moves, s(t) changes, causing Δφ(t) to change. In other words, if the phase offset Δφ(t) of the echo signal changes, it indicates the presence of a moving reflecting object.
由于回波信号相位偏移量的变化一定程度上反应了运动物体的速度,例如,基于上述公式(4)可以确定运动物体的速度v(t):
Since the change in the phase offset of the echo signal reflects the speed of the moving object to a certain extent, for example, the speed v(t) of the moving object can be determined based on the above formula (4):
而考虑到静止的人体与静止的其他物体(如沙发、茶几等)很难仅使用距离信息进行区分,尤其是在远距离时测距误差较大导致无法判断反射物体是否是静止的物体,但是人体的微小动作的幅度一般大于超声波信号的波长(如前所述的1.7厘米),人体微小动作所引起的回波信号的回波路径的变化,能够导致回波信号的相位偏移量发生变化,进而使得基于超声波信号的相位偏移量确定出的运动速度可以区分出静止的人体的某些微小动作,如坐在沙发上的人的转头、动胳膊等动作,故采用本申请的技术方案检测是否存在用户更为精确。进而,在本申请的一些实施例中,限定用户存在的定义为:在一定时间段内至少存在一次用户的运动则认为用户存在。由于在正常情况下,人在一定时间段内必然会发生运动,前述运动可以是人位置变化的相对移动,也可以是在人位置不变的情况下,肢体等发生的轻微运动,比如说动胳膊等。例如在10分钟之内,用户不会保持纹丝不动,其至少会发生一次四肢、头部或躯干的轻微运动,所以若10分钟内电子设备接收到的不同时刻的回波信号的相位偏移量发生变化,则可以认为电子设备前存在用户。Considering that it is difficult to distinguish between a stationary human body and other stationary objects (such as sofas, coffee tables, etc.) using only distance information, especially at long distances, the ranging error is large and it is impossible to determine whether the reflecting object is a stationary object. However, The amplitude of the human body's small movements is generally greater than the wavelength of the ultrasonic signal (1.7 cm as mentioned above). The changes in the echo path of the echo signal caused by the human body's small movements can lead to changes in the phase offset of the echo signal. , and then the movement speed determined based on the phase offset of the ultrasonic signal can distinguish certain small movements of the stationary human body, such as turning the head and moving the arms of a person sitting on the sofa, so the technical solution of this application is adopted Detecting the presence of a user is more precise. Furthermore, in some embodiments of the present application, the definition of limiting the presence of a user is: if there is at least one movement of the user within a certain period of time, the user is considered to exist. Because under normal circumstances, people will inevitably move within a certain period of time, the aforementioned movements can be relative movements due to changes in the person's position, or slight movements of limbs when the person's position remains unchanged, such as movement. Arms etc. For example, within 10 minutes, the user will not remain motionless, and will make at least one slight movement of the limbs, head, or trunk. Therefore, if the phase offset of the echo signals received by the electronic device at different times within 10 minutes occurs, changes, it can be considered that there is a user in front of the electronic device.
可以理解,超声波信号经反射物体反射后产生的回波信号的时域数据可以由收音设备(如智能电视的麦克风)接收,接收到的回波信号的时域数据经傅立叶变换后可以得到频域数据,相较于脉冲超声波信号,连续超声波信号的频域数据中更容易提取出相位成分。故在本申请一些实施例中,采用连续超声波信号来检测电子设备前是否存在用户。It can be understood that the time domain data of the echo signal generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the reflecting object can be received by a radio equipment (such as the microphone of a smart TV). The time domain data of the received echo signal can be obtained in the frequency domain after Fourier transformation. Data, compared with pulsed ultrasonic signals, it is easier to extract the phase component from the frequency domain data of continuous ultrasonic signals. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, continuous ultrasonic signals are used to detect whether there is a user in front of the electronic device.
可以理解,本申请所描述的连续超声波是相对于脉冲超声波信号(如图2D所示)而言的,是指在发射时间段内波形连续的超声波信号,或者说在一个发射周期内,发射的超声波信号为连续的,例如正弦波、调频连续波(Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave,FMCW)等。图2B示出了一种正弦超声波信号的发射频率f随着时间的变化图,如图所示,正弦超声波信号在发射时间内的发射频率f随着时间保持不变,而且带宽为0。图2C示出了一种调频连续超声波信号的发射频率f随着时间的变化图,如图所示,调频连续(FMCW)超声波信号的发射频率f在一个发射周期T内的频率随着时间成比例变化,范围在fmin到fmax之间,其中,fmin为起始发射频率,fmax为最大发射频率,带宽B为fmax-fmin,在一个发射周期T内的发射频率始终不为零,即在发射周期内,发射的超声波信号为连续的;图2D示出了一种矩形脉冲超声波信号,其中,脉冲宽度为脉冲幅度为A,发射周期为T,可以看出,在一个发射周期T内,如在0至T时间内,0至至T内发射超声波信号,而其他时间段不发射超声波信号,即在一个发射周期T内发射的超声波信号是不连续的。It can be understood that the continuous ultrasonic wave described in this application is relative to the pulsed ultrasonic signal (as shown in Figure 2D), and refers to an ultrasonic signal with a continuous waveform within the transmission time period, or in one transmission cycle, Ultrasonic signals are continuous, such as sine waves, frequency modulated continuous waves (Frequency Modulated Continuous Wave, FMCW), etc. Figure 2B shows a graph of the variation of the transmission frequency f of a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal with time. As shown in the figure, the transmission frequency f of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal within the transmission time remains unchanged over time, and the bandwidth is 0. Figure 2C shows the variation of the transmission frequency f of a frequency-modulated continuous ultrasonic signal with time. As shown in the figure, the frequency of the transmission frequency f of the frequency-modulated continuous (FMCW) ultrasonic signal within a transmission period T changes with time. The proportion changes, ranging from fmin to fmax, where fmin is the starting transmission frequency, fmax is the maximum transmission frequency, the bandwidth B is fmax-fmin, and the transmission frequency within a transmission period T is always not zero, that is, during the transmission During the period, the emitted ultrasonic signal is continuous; Figure 2D shows a rectangular pulse ultrasonic signal, in which the pulse width is The pulse amplitude is A and the transmission period is T. It can be seen that within a transmission period T, for example, within the time from 0 to T, from 0 to and Ultrasonic signals are emitted within T, but no ultrasonic signals are emitted during other time periods. That is, the ultrasonic signals emitted within a transmission period T are discontinuous.
可以理解,本申请所提及的连续超声波信号的波形不限于图2A、图2B-2C所示的波形,只要是连续超声波信号即可。例如,FMCW超声波信号的发射频率也可以是一个扫频周期T内的频率随着时间成比例降低的信号。此外,不同扫频周期T内的发射频率的变化情况也可以不同,例如第一个扫频周期T的发射频率变化为随着时间成比例降低的信号,第二个扫频周期T的发射频率变化为随着时间成比例升高的信号。It can be understood that the waveform of the continuous ultrasonic signal mentioned in this application is not limited to the waveforms shown in Figures 2A and 2B-2C, as long as it is a continuous ultrasonic signal. For example, the transmission frequency of the FMCW ultrasonic signal can also be a signal whose frequency within a sweep period T decreases proportionally with time. In addition, the changes in the transmission frequency in different frequency sweep periods T can also be different. For example, the transmission frequency in the first frequency sweep period T changes to a signal that decreases proportionally with time, and the transmission frequency in the second frequency sweep period T changes to a signal that decreases proportionally with time. The change is a signal that increases proportionally with time.
如前所述,相较于脉冲超声波信号,连续超声波信号的频域数据更容易提取出相位数据,故下文将以连续超声波信号为例来说明本申请各实施例的技术方案。As mentioned above, compared with pulsed ultrasonic signals, it is easier to extract phase data from frequency domain data of continuous ultrasonic signals. Therefore, the following will take continuous ultrasonic signals as an example to illustrate the technical solutions of each embodiment of the present application.
具体地,在一些实施例中,电子设备通过发射连续超声波信号,并提取接收到的回波信号中的相位成分,来计算不同时刻接收到的回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量,基于计算出的相位偏移量,确定是否存在由运动的反射物体反射的回波信号(下文称为运动回波信号),在存在由运动的反射物体反射的运动回波信号的情况下,确定存在相对于电子设备运动的反射物体,进而在确定运动的反射物体为用户的情况下,控制电子设备的屏幕显示方式,如控制智能电视启动或者关闭待机显示画面。其中,如前所述,运动的反射物体反射的运动回波信号的相位偏移量是随时间变化的。而在另外一些实施例中,可以基于计算出的相位偏移量,确定是否存在由运动的反射物体反射的运动回波信号,在存在由运动的反射物体反射的运动回波信号的情况下,剔除计算出的相位偏移量中由静止反射物体反射的静止回波信号,跟运动回波信号的相位偏移量计算出回波信号的反射物体的速度,并根据速度值确定电子设备前运动的反射物体是否为用户,如确定反射物体的运动速度在人类的正常运动速度范围内,则确定运动的反射物体为人类,从而控制电子设备执行一定的屏幕显示方式,如控制智能电视启动或者关闭待机显示画面、开启或者暂停用户观看的节目等等。 Specifically, in some embodiments, the electronic device calculates the phase offset of the echo signal received at different times relative to the transmitted signal by transmitting a continuous ultrasonic signal and extracting the phase component in the received echo signal. Based on the calculated phase offset, it is determined whether there is an echo signal reflected by the moving reflective object (hereinafter referred to as the motion echo signal). In the case where there is a motion echo signal reflected by the moving reflective object, it is determined There is a reflective object that moves relative to the electronic device, and then when the moving reflective object is determined to be the user, the screen display mode of the electronic device is controlled, such as controlling the smart TV to start or close the standby display screen. As mentioned above, the phase offset of the moving echo signal reflected by the moving reflecting object changes with time. In other embodiments, it may be determined based on the calculated phase offset whether there is a motion echo signal reflected by the moving reflective object. In the case where there is a motion echo signal reflected by the moving reflective object, Eliminate the stationary echo signal reflected by the stationary reflecting object from the calculated phase offset, calculate the speed of the reflecting object of the echo signal based on the phase offset of the moving echo signal, and determine the movement in front of the electronic device based on the speed value Whether the reflective object is a user. If it is determined that the movement speed of the reflective object is within the normal range of human movement speed, it is determined that the moving reflective object is a human being, thereby controlling the electronic device to perform a certain screen display method, such as controlling the startup or shutdown of a smart TV. Standby display screen, start or pause the program watched by the user, etc.
具体地,例如,智能电视10在进行用户存在检测的时候持续发射超声波信号,同时在持续接收回波信号,并对每100ms接收到的回波信号的时域数据进行傅立叶变换后得到对应的频域数据,从频域数据中提取出相位成分,进而计算出100ms内各回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量。假设t至t+100ms时间段内接收到500个回波信号,其中有100个回波信号的相位偏移量相同均为Δφ(t1),150个回波信号的相位偏移量均为Δφ(t2),则这两个相位偏移量对应的回波信号即为静止物体反射的回波信号,而剩下的150个回波信号的相位偏移量随时间发生变化,则可以认为这些回波信号是运动的反射物体反射的回波信号。可以基于剩下的150个回波信号的相位偏移量来计算运动的反射物体的运动速度。Specifically, for example, the smart TV 10 continues to transmit ultrasonic signals when detecting user presence, and at the same time continues to receive echo signals, and performs Fourier transform on the time domain data of the echo signals received every 100 ms to obtain the corresponding frequency. domain data, extract the phase component from the frequency domain data, and then calculate the phase offset of each echo signal relative to the transmitted signal within 100ms. Assume that 500 echo signals are received in the time period from t to t+100ms. The phase offsets of 100 of the echo signals are all Δφ(t 1 ), and the phase offsets of the 150 echo signals are all Δφ(t 2 ), then the echo signals corresponding to these two phase offsets are the echo signals reflected by the stationary object, and the phase offsets of the remaining 150 echo signals change with time, then it can These echo signals are considered to be echo signals reflected by moving reflective objects. The velocity of the moving reflecting object can be calculated based on the phase offsets of the remaining 150 echo signals.
可以理解,在本申请各实施例中,智能电视的亮屏状态与显示待机画面不同,是指智能电视显示开机画面、用户观看的节目、用户打开的应用界面等等。It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the bright screen state of the smart TV is different from the display of the standby screen, which refers to the smart TV displaying the startup screen, programs watched by the user, application interfaces opened by the user, etc.
可以理解,如前所述,回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量由回波信号的回波路径决定的,而反射超声波信号的静止反射物体的回波路径不发生变化,故静止回波信号的相位偏移量不随时间发生变化,可以从计算出的回波信号中剔除出相位偏移量不随时间发生变化的静止回波信号的相位偏移量。此外,由于回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量由回波信号的回波路径决定的,而反射超声波信号的静止反射物体的位置固定,故由同一静止反射物体反射的静止回波信号的相位偏移量为一不随时间变化的值,而不同静止反射物体反射的静止回波信号的相位偏移量不同。从而,可以根据相位偏移量确定出不同的静止反射物体。如前述例子中,相位偏移量为Δφ(t1)的100个回波信号的反射物体可以认为是同一个静止的反射物体反射的,相位偏移量为Δφ(t2)的150个回波信号的反射物体可以认为是另一个静止的反射物体反射的。同理,也可以根据相位偏移量确定出运动反射物体。It can be understood that, as mentioned above, the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal is determined by the echo path of the echo signal, and the echo path of the stationary reflecting object that reflects the ultrasonic signal does not change, so the stationary echo The phase offset of the wave signal does not change with time, and the phase offset of the stationary echo signal whose phase offset does not change with time can be eliminated from the calculated echo signal. In addition, since the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal is determined by the echo path of the echo signal, and the position of the stationary reflective object that reflects the ultrasonic signal is fixed, the stationary echo signal reflected by the same stationary reflective object The phase offset of is a value that does not change with time, and the phase offset of the stationary echo signals reflected by different stationary reflecting objects is different. Therefore, different stationary reflecting objects can be determined based on the phase offset. As in the previous example, the reflecting object of 100 echo signals with a phase offset of Δφ(t 1 ) can be considered to be reflected by the same stationary reflecting object, and the 150 echo signals of a phase offset of Δφ(t 2 ) can be considered as reflections from the same stationary reflecting object. A reflecting object of a wave signal can be thought of as being reflected by another stationary reflecting object. In the same way, moving reflecting objects can also be determined based on the phase offset.
具体地,例如,智能电视10的扬声器171可以播放载频在16kHz以上的连续超声波信号(如:正弦超声波信号和FMCW超声波信号等)。连续超声波信号在房间中遇到各种反射物体形成回波信号,使得智能电视10的麦克风172接收到的回波信号相对于发射信号,包括了各种反射物体引入的相位偏移量。获取不同时刻接收到的回波信号的时域数据,并将接收到的时域数据进行傅立叶变换后得到频域数据,从频域数据中提取出不同时刻接收到的回波信号的相位成分,然后确定出不同时刻接收到的回波信号相对于反射信号的相位偏移量,并剔除这些相位偏移量中由静止反射物带来的不随时间变化的成分(即由静止反射物体反射的静止回波信号的相位偏移量),进而计算出反射回波信号的用户20的速度,并在速度不为零或者为人类的正常运动速度时,确定出智能电视10前存在用户20;或者提取出不同时刻接收到的回波信号的频域数据中的相位成分,在计算出不同时刻接收到的回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量,在这些相位偏移量中存在随时间发生变化的相位偏移量的情况下,直接确定出智能电视10前存在用户20,而在各反射物体返回的回波信号的相位偏移量均未随时间发生变化的情况下,确定出智能电视10前不存在用户20。具体的应用过程将在下文进行详细描述。Specifically, for example, the speaker 171 of the smart TV 10 can play continuous ultrasonic signals with a carrier frequency above 16 kHz (such as sinusoidal ultrasonic signals and FMCW ultrasonic signals, etc.). The continuous ultrasonic signal encounters various reflecting objects in the room to form an echo signal, so that the echo signal received by the microphone 172 of the smart TV 10 includes the phase offset introduced by various reflecting objects relative to the transmitted signal. Obtain the time domain data of the echo signals received at different times, perform Fourier transform on the received time domain data to obtain the frequency domain data, and extract the phase components of the echo signals received at different times from the frequency domain data. Then determine the phase offset of the echo signals received at different times relative to the reflected signal, and eliminate the time-invariant components brought by the stationary reflector from these phase offsets (i.e., the stationary reflector reflected by the stationary reflective object). The phase offset of the echo signal), and then calculate the speed of the user 20 who reflects the echo signal, and when the speed is not zero or is the normal human movement speed, determine that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10; or extract The phase components in the frequency domain data of the echo signals received at different times are calculated, and the phase offsets of the echo signals received at different times relative to the transmitted signals are calculated. Among these phase offsets, there are occurrences that occur over time. In the case of changing phase offsets, it is directly determined that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10, and in the case where the phase offsets of the echo signals returned by each reflecting object do not change over time, it is determined that the smart TV User 20 did not exist before 10. The specific application process will be described in detail below.
可以理解,连续超声波信号可以由电子设备自身的发声设备发射(如智能电视的扬声器),也可以由电子设备外接的扬声器发出,同样地,也可以通过电子设备自带的收声设备(如智能电视自带的麦克风)或者外接的收声设备(如外接麦克风)接收回波信号。在一些实施例中,发出超声波信号的扬声器和发出可听声的扬声器可以为同一扬声器,即电子设备向用户发出可听声音频的扬声器还可以发出用于探测的超声波。在一些实施例中,接收超声波信号的麦克风和接收可听声的麦克风可以为同一麦克风,即电子设备接收用户发出可听声音频的麦克风还可以接收用于反射的超声波。在一些实施例中,发出超声波信号的扬声器和发出可听声的扬声器可以为不同的扬声器。在一些实施例中,接收超声波信号的麦克风和接收可听声的麦克风可以为不同的麦克风。It can be understood that the continuous ultrasonic signal can be emitted by the sound-emitting device of the electronic device itself (such as the speaker of a smart TV), or can be emitted by a speaker external to the electronic device. Similarly, it can also be emitted by the sound-receiving device of the electronic device (such as a smart TV). The built-in microphone of the TV) or an external sound collection device (such as an external microphone) receives the echo signal. In some embodiments, the speaker that emits ultrasonic signals and the speaker that emits audible sounds may be the same speaker. That is, the speaker of the electronic device that emits audible audio to the user may also emit ultrasonic waves for detection. In some embodiments, the microphone that receives the ultrasonic signal and the microphone that receives the audible sound may be the same microphone, that is, the microphone of the electronic device that receives the audible sound emitted by the user can also receive the reflected ultrasonic wave. In some embodiments, the speaker that emits the ultrasonic signal and the speaker that emits the audible sound may be different speakers. In some embodiments, the microphone that receives ultrasonic signals and the microphone that receives audible sound may be different microphones.
此外,可以理解,在本申请实施例中,基于连续超声波信号的相位偏移量的变化确定出智能电视前是否存在运动的反射物体的技术方案,除了控制待机画面的显示,还可以应用于其他应用场景中。例如,智能电视在确定出用户靠近智能电视时,控制屏幕逐渐亮起并且显示设定的内容,在确定出用户远离智能电视时,控制智能电视的屏幕逐渐暗去;再例如,将根据相位偏移量的变化确定出的智能电视前存在的用户的移动速度,用于智能电视的运动类应用程序软件(Application,APP)等。下文将进行详细描述。In addition, it can be understood that in the embodiments of the present application, the technical solution of determining whether there is a moving reflective object in front of the smart TV based on changes in the phase offset of the continuous ultrasonic signal can be applied to other applications in addition to controlling the display of the standby screen. in application scenarios. For example, when the smart TV determines that the user is close to the smart TV, it controls the screen to gradually light up and displays the set content; when it determines that the user is far away from the smart TV, it controls the screen of the smart TV to gradually dim; for another example, the screen will be controlled based on the phase offset. The change in the movement amount determines the movement speed of the user existing in front of the smart TV, which is used for sports application software (Application, APP) of the smart TV, etc. This will be described in detail below.
此外,还可以理解,如果采用电子设备自身具有的发声设备和收声设备发射和接收连续超声波进行用户存在的检测,不存在前文实施例中使用摄像头所涉及的隐私风险,对检测条件要求不高,检测范围广,成本低。另外,通过回波信号中的相位偏移量的变化计算速度,不像前文实施例基于对回波信号 中的频移信号的幅度值的积分值确定用户是否存在的情况,无需在时间上进行长时间的积分,能检测短时的人体动作,从而更加精确的判断用户是否存在,提高用户的体验,更好的避免电子设备在不存在用户的情况下,由于屏幕常开所导致功耗浪费,延长电子设备的使用寿命。In addition, it can also be understood that if the sound-emitting device and sound-receiving device of the electronic device itself are used to emit and receive continuous ultrasonic waves to detect the user's presence, there will be no privacy risks involved in using the camera in the previous embodiment, and the detection conditions will not be high. , wide detection range and low cost. In addition, the speed is calculated through the change of the phase offset in the echo signal, unlike the previous embodiment which is based on the echo signal. The integrated value of the amplitude value of the frequency shift signal determines whether the user exists. There is no need to integrate for a long time in time. It can detect short-term human body movements, thereby more accurately determining whether the user exists and improving the user experience. It can better avoid the waste of power consumption caused by the screen being always on when there is no user in the electronic device, and extend the service life of the electronic device.
图3根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视10的结构示意图。如图3所示,智能电视10包括处理器110、通信模块120、屏幕130、接口模块140、存储器150、电源模块160、以及音频模块170、摄像头180、传感器模块190,其中音频模块170包括扬声器171、麦克风172。Figure 3 shows a schematic structural diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the smart TV 10 includes a processor 110, a communication module 120, a screen 130, an interface module 140, a memory 150, a power module 160, an audio module 170, a camera 180, and a sensor module 190. The audio module 170 includes a speaker. 171. Microphone 172.
其中:处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如,可以包括中央处理器CPU(Central Processing Unit)、图像处理器GPU(Graphics Processing Unit)、数字信号处理器DSP(Digital Signal Processor)、微处理器MCU(Micro-programmed Control Unit)、AI(Artificial Intelligence,人工智能)处理器或可编程逻辑器件FPGA(Field Programmable Gate Array)等的处理模块或处理电路。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以通过执行与本申请屏幕显示控制方法相关的程序,检测智能电视10前是否存在用户以及根据检测结果控制智能电视10的待机显示画面的开启或关闭。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, it may include a central processing unit (CPU), an image processor (GPU), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a microprocessor. Processing modules or processing circuits such as processor MCU (Micro-programmed Control Unit), AI (Artificial Intelligence, artificial intelligence) processor or programmable logic device FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array). Among them, different processing units can be independent devices or integrated in one or more processors. In some embodiments, the processor 110 can detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 and control the opening or closing of the standby display screen of the smart TV 10 according to the detection results by executing programs related to the screen display control method of the present application.
通信模块120可以包括各种有线或无线的通信模块,例如蓝牙模块(BlueTooth,BT)、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Networks,WLAN)模块等,用于提供无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,Wi-Fi),蓝牙(Bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(Global Navigation Satellite System,GNSS),调频(Frequency Modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(Near Field Communication,NFC),红外技术(Infrared,IR)、广域网(Wide Area Network,WAN)等有线或无线通信的解决方案。The communication module 120 may include various wired or wireless communication modules, such as a Bluetooth module (BlueTooth, BT), a wireless local area network (Wireless Local Area Networks, WLAN) module, etc., for providing wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, Wi-Fi) , Bluetooth (BT), Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS), Frequency Modulation (FM), Near Field Communication (NFC), Infrared technology (Infrared, IR), Wired or wireless communication solutions such as Wide Area Network (WAN).
屏幕130包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD),有机发光二极管(Organic Light-emitting Diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(Active-matrix Organic Light-emitting Diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(Flex Light-emitting Diode,FLED),Mini LED,Micro LED,Micro OLED,量子点发光二极管(Quantum Dot Light-emitting Diodes,QLED)等。在本申请的一些实施例中,屏幕130可以用于显示智能电视10的用户界面,便于用户与智能电视10交互,例如设置应用中的待机显示画面。Screen 130 includes a display panel. The display panel can use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (Active-matrix Organic Light). -emitting Diode, AMOLED), Flexible Light-emitting Diode (FLED), Mini LED, Micro LED, Micro OLED, Quantum Dot Light-emitting Diodes (QLED), etc. In some embodiments of the present application, the screen 130 can be used to display the user interface of the smart TV 10 to facilitate the user's interaction with the smart TV 10, such as setting the standby display screen in the application.
接口模块140可以包括各种形式的输入或输出接口,智能电视10可以通过输出接口将视频和/或音频数据传输到其他电子设备,通过输入接口接收来自于其他电子设备的视频和/或音频数据。在一些实施例中,输入输出接口可以包括:S/PDIF接口、HDMI接口、LAN(Local Area Networks,局域网)接口、通用串行总线(Universal Serial Bus,USB)接口、AV接口等。The interface module 140 may include various forms of input or output interfaces. The smart TV 10 may transmit video and/or audio data to other electronic devices through the output interfaces, and receive video and/or audio data from other electronic devices through the input interfaces. . In some embodiments, the input and output interfaces may include: S/PDIF interface, HDMI interface, LAN (Local Area Networks, LAN) interface, Universal Serial Bus (Universal Serial Bus, USB) interface, AV interface, etc.
存储器150可用于存储数据、软件程序以及模块,可以是易失性存储器(Volatile Memory),例如随机存取存储器(Random-Access Memory,RAM);或者非易失性存储器(Non-Volatile Memory),例如只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM),快闪存储器(Flash Memory),硬盘(Hard Disk Drive,HDD)或固态硬盘(Solid-State Drive,SSD);或者上述种类的存储器的组合,或者也可以是可移动存储介质,例如安全数字(Secure Digital,SD)存储卡。具体的,在本申请的一些实施例中,存储器可以用于存储执行本申请屏幕显示控制方法的相关指令。The memory 150 can be used to store data, software programs and modules, and can be a volatile memory (Volatile Memory), such as a random access memory (Random-Access Memory, RAM); or a non-volatile memory (Non-Volatile Memory), For example, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), flash memory (Flash Memory), hard disk (Hard Disk Drive, HDD) or solid-state drive (Solid-State Drive, SSD); or a combination of the above types of memory, or It can also be a removable storage medium, such as a Secure Digital (SD) memory card. Specifically, in some embodiments of the present application, the memory may be used to store relevant instructions for executing the screen display control method of the present application.
电源模块160可以包括电源按键、IR接收器等,用于根据用户的操作接通或断开智能电视10的电源。The power module 160 may include a power button, an IR receiver, etc., for turning on or off the power of the smart TV 10 according to user operations.
音频模块170可以将数字音频信号转换成模拟音频信号输出,或者将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号,也可以将数字音频信号和/或模拟音频信号通过接口模块140传输给其他电子设备。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以包括扬声器171和麦克风172。The audio module 170 can convert digital audio signals into analog audio signal output, or convert analog audio input into digital audio signals, and can also transmit digital audio signals and/or analog audio signals to other electronic devices through the interface module 140 . In some embodiments, audio module 170 may include speaker 171 and microphone 172 .
其中,扬声器171可以用于发出连续超声波信号,比如说正弦波和/或调频连续波等。智能电视10自带的扬声器171可以为一个或者多个扬声器,可以是动圈式、压电式等各种扬声器类型中的一种或多种。在一些实施例中,扬声器171还可以支持16kHz以上的超声频段的播放,可满足超声检测需要的频响特性。当扬声器171为高音或全频扬声器时,也可以实现较高频段可听声的播放。需要注意的,当扬声器171为多个扬声器时,由于超声波频率越高,指向性越强,故可以选择在智能电视10上出音方向朝向正前方的扬声器171发射超声波信号。为了确保其他方向上的用户运动位置也能被超声波信号覆盖,也可使用其他出音方向的扬声器171,例如,位于智能电视10左右两侧的扬声器171。可以理解的,多个扬声器可以同时发射超声波信号,例如,在智能电视10开机状态下持续发射超声波信号进行 用户存在的检测,如开机时间为晚上7点至10点,多个扬声器中的每一个扬声器在7点至10点持续发射超声波信号。此外,多个扬声器也可以分开不同时间段发射超声波信号。例如,在智能电视10开机状态下持续发射超声波信号进行用户存在的检测,如开机时间仍为晚上7点至10点,多个扬声器可以轮流在不同时段发射超声波信号,例如扬声器171-1在7点至8点、扬声器171-2在8点至9点、扬声器171-3在9点至10点分时段发射超声波信号。可以理解,多个扬声器轮流在不同时段发射超声波信号的轮流时间可以是实际需要的任意时间间隔,在此不做限制,如每个扬声器可以发射几秒钟、几分钟等。Among them, the speaker 171 can be used to emit continuous ultrasonic signals, such as sine waves and/or frequency modulated continuous waves. The built-in speaker 171 of the smart TV 10 may be one or more speakers, and may be one or more of various speaker types such as dynamic coil type and piezoelectric type. In some embodiments, the speaker 171 can also support playback of ultrasonic frequency bands above 16 kHz, which can meet the frequency response characteristics required for ultrasonic detection. When the speaker 171 is a tweeter or a full-range speaker, the playback of audible sound in a higher frequency band can also be achieved. It should be noted that when the speakers 171 are multiple speakers, since the higher the ultrasonic frequency is, the stronger the directivity is, so the speaker 171 on the smart TV 10 can be selected to emit the ultrasonic signal with the sound direction toward the front. In order to ensure that user movement positions in other directions can also be covered by ultrasonic signals, speakers 171 in other sound emitting directions may also be used, for example, speakers 171 located on the left and right sides of the smart TV 10 . It can be understood that multiple speakers can emit ultrasonic signals at the same time. For example, when the smart TV 10 is turned on, the ultrasonic signals are continuously emitted. Detection of user presence, for example, if the power-on time is from 7 to 10 pm, each of the multiple speakers will continuously emit ultrasonic signals from 7 to 10 o'clock. In addition, multiple speakers can also emit ultrasonic signals in different time periods. For example, when the smart TV 10 is turned on, it continuously emits ultrasonic signals to detect the user's presence. For example, if the startup time is still from 7 to 10 pm, multiple speakers can take turns to transmit ultrasonic signals at different times. For example, the speaker 171-1 is at 7 p.m. to 8 o'clock, speaker 171-2 from 8 to 9 o'clock, and speaker 171-3 to emit ultrasonic signals in time intervals from 9 to 10 o'clock. It can be understood that the rotation time of multiple speakers taking turns to emit ultrasonic signals at different time periods can be any time interval actually required, and there is no limit here. For example, each speaker can emit a few seconds, a few minutes, etc.
由于超声波信号可以被室内墙壁、天花板、地板等多次反射,在本申请的一些实施例中,智能电视10能利用所有传播路径的回波信号进行检测,所以也进一步确保了房间内不同方向的反射物体都能被检测到。Since ultrasonic signals can be reflected multiple times by indoor walls, ceilings, floors, etc., in some embodiments of the present application, the smart TV 10 can use the echo signals of all propagation paths for detection, thus further ensuring that the ultrasonic signals in different directions in the room are Reflective objects can be detected.
麦克风172可以用于采集和接收连续超声波信号(即回波信号),如前述的正弦波和/或调频连续波等。智能电视10自带的麦克风172为一个或者多个麦克风,可以是驻极体、或者矢量麦克风等各种类型中的一种或多种,支持16kHz以上的超声波信号频段接收,具备利用超声波信号检测用户是否存在需要的频响特性,也能够接收可听声频段的声音。在有多个麦克风的情况下,可以根据多个麦克风采集的回波信号确定用户20相对于智能电视10所处的位置,例如,可以确定各麦克风之间的相位延迟信息,根据相位延迟信息对各麦克风采集到的回波信号进行波束成形,从而得到预设的各固定波束指向上的能量值,根据各固定波束指向上对应的能量值确定目标波束指向,以目标波束指向作为用户的方向。当判断到用户的方向后,可以根据用户与智能电视的相对位置,进一步控制智能电视的显示方法,具体根据用户位置确定显示方式的实施例将在下文进行描述。此外,可以理解,确定用户相对于智能电视10所处位置的方式可以是任意的现有技术,不做限制。为了更好接收回波信号,可以避免在接收回波信号时选择位于智能电视10背面的麦克风172,而选择位于智能电视10正面的麦克风172。The microphone 172 may be used to collect and receive continuous ultrasonic signals (ie, echo signals), such as the aforementioned sine waves and/or frequency modulated continuous waves, etc. The built-in microphone 172 of the smart TV 10 is one or more microphones, which can be one or more of various types such as electrets or vector microphones. It supports the reception of ultrasonic signal frequency bands above 16 kHz and has the ability to use ultrasonic signal detection. Whether the user has the required frequency response characteristics and can also receive sounds in the audible frequency range. In the case where there are multiple microphones, the position of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 can be determined based on the echo signals collected by the multiple microphones. For example, the phase delay information between the microphones can be determined, and the phase delay information can be used to determine the position of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 . The echo signals collected by each microphone are beamformed to obtain the energy value in the preset fixed beam direction. The target beam direction is determined based on the energy value corresponding to each fixed beam direction, and the target beam direction is used as the direction of the user. After the user's direction is determined, the display method of the smart TV can be further controlled based on the relative position of the user and the smart TV. Specific embodiments of determining the display method based on the user's position will be described below. In addition, it can be understood that the method of determining the user's position relative to the smart TV 10 can be any existing technology without limitation. In order to better receive the echo signal, you can avoid selecting the microphone 172 located on the back of the smart TV 10 when receiving the echo signal, and select the microphone 172 located on the front of the smart TV 10 .
摄像头180用于获取静态图像或视频。景物通过镜头生成的光学图像投射到图像传感器表面上,然后转为电信号,经过模数转换(analogue-to-digitalconversion,A/D)转换后变为数字图像信号,再送到数字信号处理芯片中加工处理。在本申请的一些实施例中,摄像头180可用于运动物体的检测。Camera 180 is used to obtain still images or videos. The optical image generated by the scene through the lens is projected onto the surface of the image sensor, and then converted into an electrical signal. After analog-to-digital conversion (A/D) conversion, it is converted into a digital image signal and then sent to the digital signal processing chip. Processing. In some embodiments of the present application, the camera 180 may be used for detection of moving objects.
传感器模块190可以包括磁传感器,加速度传感器,温度传感器,语音传感器等。The sensor module 190 may include a magnetic sensor, an acceleration sensor, a temperature sensor, a voice sensor, etc.
可以理解,图3所示的智能电视10的结构只是一种示例,在另一些实施例中,智能电视10也可以包括更多或更少的模块,还可以组合或拆分部分模块,本申请实施例不做限定。It can be understood that the structure of the smart TV 10 shown in Figure 3 is only an example. In other embodiments, the smart TV 10 may also include more or fewer modules, and some modules may also be combined or split. This application The examples are not limiting.
下面结合上述图3中所述的智能电视10的硬件结构阐述本申请的一些实施例。Some embodiments of the present application are described below in conjunction with the hardware structure of the smart TV 10 described in FIG. 3 .
图4根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种屏幕显示控制方法的流程示意图。该方法可以基于前文提到的技术方案,通过确定智能电视10在不同时刻接收的回波信号与发射信号之间的相位偏移量的变化,确定智能电视10前是否存在用户20,进而控制智能电视10是否显示待机画面。在一些实施例中,该方法的执行主体可以为智能电视10的处理器110。具体地,如图4所示,该方法包括:Figure 4 shows a schematic flowchart of a screen display control method according to some embodiments of the present application. This method can be based on the technical solution mentioned above, by determining the change in the phase offset between the echo signal and the transmitted signal received by the smart TV 10 at different times, to determine whether there is a user 20 in front of the smart TV 10, and then control the smart TV 10. Whether the TV 10 displays the standby screen. In some embodiments, the execution subject of this method may be the processor 110 of the smart TV 10 . Specifically, as shown in Figure 4, the method includes:
S401,控制扬声器171发射超声波信号,并获取由麦克风172接收到的回波信号。S401, control the speaker 171 to transmit an ultrasonic signal, and obtain the echo signal received by the microphone 172.
可以理解,在一些实施例中,可以控制智能电视10在待机状态下持续发射连续超声波信号,也可以以一定的时间间隔持续一段时间发射连续超声波信号,例如,每隔1min开始持续发射30min的连续超声波信号,即发射30min的连续超声波信号,停止1min,然后接着发射30min的连续超声波信号。其中,时间间隔可以根据具体情况而定,在此不做限制。发射频率可以在16KHZ-45kHZ范围之内,连续超声波信号的类型可以是前文提到的正弦波和/或调频连续波等。It can be understood that in some embodiments, the smart TV 10 can be controlled to continuously transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal in a standby state, or can transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal at a certain time interval for a period of time, for example, every 1 minute and continue to transmit for 30 minutes. The ultrasonic signal is to transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal for 30 minutes, stop for 1 minute, and then transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal for 30 minutes. The time interval can be determined according to specific circumstances and is not limited here. The transmission frequency can be in the range of 16KHZ-45KHZ, and the type of continuous ultrasonic signal can be the sine wave and/or frequency modulated continuous wave mentioned above.
此外,在一些实施例中,需要用户预先开启智能电视10中的智能显示功能,才能实施本申请实施例公开的屏幕显示控制方法。例如,在上述图1A和图1B所示的场景中,用户20可以事先通过语音、智能电视10的遥控等开启智能显示功能。例如,图5A-5C示出了用户20开启智能显示功能的过程示意图。如图所示,用户20可以先选中图5A所示的界面501中的设置应用51,进入图5B所示的设置界面502,并且在设置界面502中选中“待机显示”控件52,进入如图5C所示的待机显示界面503,打开“待机显示”开关控件53,并将显示方式选为智能显示。如此,智能电视10的智能显示控制功能已打开,智能电视10可自动检测用户20是否存在,并根据检测结果确认是否显示待机画面。In addition, in some embodiments, the user needs to enable the smart display function in the smart TV 10 in advance to implement the screen display control method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application. For example, in the above scenarios shown in FIGS. 1A and 1B , the user 20 can enable the smart display function in advance through voice, remote control of the smart TV 10 , etc. For example, FIGS. 5A-5C show a schematic diagram of the process in which the user 20 turns on the smart display function. As shown in the figure, the user 20 can first select the setting application 51 in the interface 501 shown in Figure 5A, enter the setting interface 502 shown in Figure 5B, and select the "standby display" control 52 in the setting interface 502, and enter the setting interface 502 shown in Figure 5B. In the standby display interface 503 shown in 5C, turn on the "standby display" switch control 53 and select the display mode as smart display. In this way, the smart display control function of the smart TV 10 has been turned on, and the smart TV 10 can automatically detect whether the user 20 exists, and confirm whether to display the standby screen based on the detection result.
此外,如图5C所示,用户20还可以点击“待机显示类型”控件55,选择相应的待机显示类型。例如,图5D示出了待机显示类型界面504,用户20可选类型包括表盘时钟、数字时钟、艺术风格等。 In addition, as shown in FIG. 5C , the user 20 can also click the "standby display type" control 55 to select the corresponding standby display type. For example, FIG. 5D shows the standby display type interface 504. The user 20 can select types including dial clock, digital clock, artistic style, etc.
S402,基于接收到的回波信号判断智能电视10前是否存在用户。S402: Determine whether there is a user in front of the smart TV 10 based on the received echo signal.
可以理解,如前所述,在一些实施例中,可以通过提取一定时间段内接收到的回波信号的频域数据中的相位成分,计算回波信号与对应的发射信号之间的相位偏移量,然后基于不同时刻的回波信号的相位偏移量来确定智能电视10前是否存在运动物体。It can be understood that, as mentioned above, in some embodiments, the phase offset between the echo signal and the corresponding transmission signal can be calculated by extracting the phase component from the frequency domain data of the echo signal received within a certain period of time. shift, and then determine whether there is a moving object in front of the smart TV 10 based on the phase shift of the echo signals at different times.
例如,还是以发射的连续超声波信号为前文提到的正弦超声波信号为例,t0时刻发射的正弦超声波信号W(t0)以下述公式(6)表示:
W(t0)=Apsin(2πft00)        (6)
For example, assuming that the continuous ultrasonic signal emitted is the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal mentioned above, the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal W(t 0 ) emitted at time t 0 is expressed by the following formula (6):
W(t 0 )=A p sin(2πft 00 ) (6)
而根据公式(3),在t1和t2时刻接收到的对应发射的连续超声波W(t0)的回波信号W′(t1)和W′(t2)分别由下述公式(7)和公式(8)表示:

According to formula (3), the echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ) corresponding to the transmitted continuous ultrasonic wave W (t 0 ) received at t 1 and t 2 are respectively expressed by the following formulas ( 7) and formula (8) represent:

从接收到的回波信号W′(t1)和W′(t2)的频域数据中可以提取出来相位成分φ′(t1)、φ′(t2),然后分别计算提取出来的相位成分φ′(t1)、φ′(t2)和连续超声波W(t0)的相位成分φ(t0)的差值,得到回波信号W′(t1)和W′(t2)的相位偏移量Δφ(t1)=φ′(t1)-φ(t0)和Δφ(t2)=φ′(t2)-φ(t0)。The phase components φ′(t 1 ) and φ′(t 2 ) can be extracted from the frequency domain data of the received echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ), and then the extracted The difference between the phase components φ'(t 1 ), φ'(t 2 ) and the phase component φ(t 0 ) of the continuous ultrasonic wave W(t 0 ) is used to obtain the echo signals W'(t 1 ) and W'(t 2 ) The phase offset amounts are Δφ(t 1 )=φ′(t 1 )-φ(t 0 ) and Δφ(t 2 )=φ′(t 2 )-φ(t 0 ).
类似的,可以得到在t3、t4、t5、…….时刻(假如是100ms内)接收到的回波信号的相位偏移量Δφ(t3)、Δφ(t4)、Δφ(t5)、.......。Similarly, the phase offsets Δφ( t 3 ) , Δφ( t 4 ) , Δφ ( t 5 ),……..
在一些实施例中,在确定Δφ(t1)、Δφ(t2)、Δφ(t3)、Δφ(t4)、Δφ(t5)、......不同或者部分不同的情况下,可以认定智能电视10前存在用户20。In some embodiments, when determining Δφ(t 1 ), Δφ(t 2 ), Δφ(t 3 ), Δφ(t 4 ), Δφ(t 5 ), ... are different or partially different Below, it can be determined that there is user 20 before smart TV 10.
在另外一些实施例中,还可以基于相位偏移量计算出智能电视10前移动的反射物体的速度,根据反射物体的速度确定反射物体是否为用户。In some other embodiments, the speed of the reflective object moving in front of the smart TV 10 can also be calculated based on the phase offset, and whether the reflective object is the user is determined based on the speed of the reflective object.
例如,根据下述公式(9)可以得到反射回波信号W′(t1)和W′(t2)的反射物体的速度:
For example, the speed of the reflecting object that reflects the echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ) can be obtained according to the following formula (9):
在一些实施例中,确定反射物体的速度不为0即可确定智能电视10前存在用户20。此外,在另外一些实施例中,由于运动物体可能是宠物或者扫地机器人等家具设备,故在计算出速度不为0,判断存在运动的反射物体的同时,还需要确认运动的反射物体是否为人类,只有在确定运动物体为人类的情况下,才确认智能电视前存在用户。例如,可以结合摄像头判断运动物体是否为用户。例如,在如本申请图1A和图1B所示的场景中,当智能电视10根据t1和t2时刻的回波信号的相位偏移量计算出运动物体的速度不为零时,此时开启摄像头180,若摄像头180在空间内拍摄到人类,则认为用户存在。可以理解的,智能电视10在检测到有运动物体的情况下,再开启摄像头180对空间进行拍摄,不仅减少了摄像头180的使用频率,避免了涉及到用户隐私安全的问题,而且使判断用户是否存在的结果更加准确。In some embodiments, it can be determined that the user 20 is present in front of the smart TV 10 by determining that the speed of the reflecting object is not 0. In addition, in some other embodiments, since the moving object may be a pet or a sweeping robot or other furniture equipment, when the calculated speed is not 0 and the presence of a moving reflective object is determined, it is also necessary to confirm whether the moving reflective object is a human being. , only when the moving object is determined to be a human being, the user is confirmed to be in front of the smart TV. For example, a camera can be used to determine whether a moving object is a user. For example, in the scenarios shown in Figures 1A and 1B of this application, when the smart TV 10 calculates that the speed of the moving object is not zero based on the phase offset of the echo signals at t 1 and t 2 , at this time Turn on the camera 180. If the camera 180 captures a human in the space, it is considered that the user exists. It is understandable that when the smart TV 10 detects a moving object, it turns on the camera 180 to take pictures of the space, which not only reduces the frequency of use of the camera 180 and avoids issues related to user privacy and security, but also makes it easier to determine whether the user is The results are more accurate.
此外,另外在一些实施例中,当智能电视10根据回波信号中的相位偏移量计算出速度,可以确定存在运动物体时,还需要判断计算得到的速度是否在用户正常的运动速度范围内,当速度在用户正常的运动范围内,则存在运动物体即可认为是存在用户;当速度超过用户正常的运动范围,则认为是干扰。例如,一般用户正常运动速度范围为0m/s-5m/s,当得根据相位偏移量计算得到的运动速度超出正常运动速度范围,则认为是干扰,比如说可能是宠物快速路过导致的干扰等。例如,在如本申请图1A和图1B所示的场景中,用户20在靠近智能电视10的过程中,智能电视10根据公式(6)所示的速度计算公式得到运动物体的速度为3m/s,该速度在用户正常运动速度范围0m/s-5m/s内,则存在运动物体即可认为是存在用户。In addition, in some embodiments, when the smart TV 10 calculates the speed based on the phase offset in the echo signal and can determine that there is a moving object, it also needs to determine whether the calculated speed is within the user's normal movement speed range. , when the speed is within the user's normal range of motion, the presence of a moving object is considered to be the presence of the user; when the speed exceeds the user's normal range of motion, it is considered interference. For example, the normal movement speed range of a general user is 0m/s-5m/s. When the movement speed calculated based on the phase offset exceeds the normal movement speed range, it is considered to be interference. For example, it may be interference caused by a pet passing by quickly. wait. For example, in the scene shown in Figure 1A and Figure 1B of this application, when the user 20 is approaching the smart TV 10, the smart TV 10 obtains the speed of the moving object according to the speed calculation formula shown in formula (6) as 3m/ s, the speed is within the user's normal movement speed range of 0m/s-5m/s, then the presence of a moving object is considered to be the presence of the user.
可以理解,在一些实施例中,可以持续对某一时间段内的回波信号进行分析,确定是否存在运动的 反射物体。例如,智能电视10在进行用户存在检测的时候持续发射超声波信号,同时在持续接收回波信号,并对每100ms接收到的回波信号的时域数据进行傅立叶变换后得到对应的频域数据,从频域数据中提取出相位成分,进而计算出100ms内各回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量。假设t至t+100ms时间段内接收到500个回波信号,其中有100个回波信号的相位偏移量相同均为Δφ(t1),150个回波信号的相位偏移量均为Δφ(t2),150个回波信号的相位偏移量随时间发生变化,则可以认为电视机10前存在运动的反射物体,进而可以确定该反射物体是否为用户。其中,分析回波信号的固定时间段可以根据实际情况确定,例如,可以是10ms至100ms之间的任意时间,也可以是10ms至1s之间的任意时间,不做限定。It can be understood that in some embodiments, the echo signals within a certain period of time can be continuously analyzed to determine whether there is movement. Reflective objects. For example, the smart TV 10 continues to emit ultrasonic signals when detecting user presence, and at the same time continues to receive echo signals, and performs Fourier transform on the time domain data of the echo signals received every 100 ms to obtain the corresponding frequency domain data. The phase component is extracted from the frequency domain data, and then the phase offset of each echo signal relative to the transmitted signal within 100ms is calculated. Assume that 500 echo signals are received in the time period from t to t+100ms. The phase offsets of 100 of the echo signals are all Δφ(t 1 ), and the phase offsets of the 150 echo signals are all Δφ(t 2 ), if the phase offset of the 150 echo signals changes with time, it can be considered that there is a moving reflective object in front of the TV 10, and then it can be determined whether the reflective object is a user. The fixed time period for analyzing the echo signal can be determined according to the actual situation. For example, it can be any time between 10 ms and 100 ms, or any time between 10 ms and 1 s, without limitation.
可以理解,上述示例虽然是以正弦超声波信号为例,本申请的其他实施例中也可以通过分析其他类型的连续超声波信号的相位偏移量进行运动物体的存在检测。例如,对于前文提到的调频连续波,假设t0时刻发射的连续超声波信号W(t0)为:
W(t0)=cos(2πfmint0+πBt0 2/T)          (10)
It can be understood that although the above example uses a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal as an example, in other embodiments of the present application, the presence of moving objects can also be detected by analyzing the phase offset of other types of continuous ultrasonic signals. For example, for the frequency modulated continuous wave mentioned above, assume that the continuous ultrasonic signal W(t 0 ) transmitted at time t 0 is:
W(t 0 )=cos(2πf min t 0 +πBt 0 2 /T) (10)
在经过了t1和t2时长后接收到的对应发射的连续超声波W(t0)的回波信号W′(t1)和W′(t2)分别为:
W′(t1)=AP′cos(2πfmin(t0-t1)+πB(t0-t1)2/T)     (11)
W′(t2)=BP′cos(2πfmin(t0-t2)+πB(t0-t2)2/T)     (12)
The echo signals W'(t 1) and W'(t 2 ) corresponding to the transmitted continuous ultrasonic wave W(t 0 ) received after t 1 and t 2 have passed are respectively:
W′(t 1 )=A P ′cos(2πf min (t 0 -t 1 )+πB(t 0 -t 1 ) 2 /T) (11)
W′(t 2 )=B P ′cos(2πf min (t 0 -t 2 )+πB(t 0 -t 2 ) 2 /T) (12)
其中,AP′和BP′分别为两个时刻的回波幅度,fmin表示起始频率,B表示带宽,T表示扫频周期。Among them, A P ′ and B P ′ are the echo amplitudes at two moments respectively, f min represents the starting frequency, B represents the bandwidth, and T represents the frequency sweep period.
然后回波信号与发射信号进行下混频和带通滤波,可以得到两个时刻的相位表示如下:

Then the echo signal and the transmitted signal are down-mixed and band-pass filtered, and the phase representation of the two moments can be obtained as follows:

根据下述公式可以得到反射回波信号W′(t1)和W′(t2)的物体的速度:
The speed of the object that reflects the echo signals W′(t 1 ) and W′(t 2 ) can be obtained according to the following formula:
S403,根据判断结果执行预设的屏幕显示方式。S403: Execute the preset screen display method according to the judgment result.
可以理解,如果判断出智能电视10前存在用户20,可以设置多种显示方式。It can be understood that if it is determined that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10, multiple display modes can be set.
例如,在一些实施例中,如果判断出智能电视10前存在用户20,且智能电视10之前处于黑屏状态,则可以控制智能电视10的屏幕130根据设置的待机显示类型和显示方式显示待机显示画面,例如待机显示类型为如图5C中“待机显示类型”控件55对应的表盘时钟,待机显示方式为图5C中“显示方式”控件54对应的智能显示。For example, in some embodiments, if it is determined that there is a user 20 in front of the smart TV 10 and the smart TV 10 was previously in a black screen state, the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 can be controlled to display the standby display screen according to the set standby display type and display mode. For example, the standby display type is the dial clock corresponding to the "standby display type" control 55 in Figure 5C, and the standby display mode is the smart display corresponding to the "display mode" control 54 in Figure 5C.
在另外一些实施例中,如果判断出智能电视10前存在用户20,且智能电视10之前显示待机画面或者处于黑屏状态,则:可以控制智能电视10直接亮屏,或者在亮屏的同时显示开机画面,或者在亮屏的同时显示用户20离开(即上次进入待机画面或者黑屏)之前观看的画面,如用户20上次离开时暂停的节目,或者在亮屏的同时播放用户20上次离开时暂停的节目。可以理解,在本申请各实施例中,节目可以是智能电视播放的各种多媒体数据,如各类音频、各类视频、游戏等等。In some other embodiments, if it is determined that there is a user 20 in front of the smart TV 10, and the smart TV 10 previously displayed a standby screen or was in a black screen state, then: the smart TV 10 can be controlled to directly turn on the screen, or display the power-on state while turning on the screen. screen, or while the screen is on, the screen that the user 20 watched before he left (i.e. last entered the standby screen or black screen) is displayed, such as the program that the user 20 paused when he left last time, or while the screen is on, the screen is played while the user 20 last left. The program is paused. It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the programs may be various multimedia data played by smart TVs, such as various types of audio, various types of videos, games, and so on.
此外,在另外一些实施例中,在判断出智能电视10前存在用户20的情况下,还可以判断用户20相对于智能电视10的相对方向,例如,可以通过前文提到的基于多个麦克风的波束形成的方式确定用户20的方向。然后,根据用户20相对于智能电视10的相对方向确定屏幕显示方式。例如,当智能电视10之前显示待机画面或者处于黑屏状态,检测到用户20位于电视10的正前方时,直接控制智能电视10亮屏,并显示开机画面或者播放用户20上次离开时暂停的节目;当智能电视10之前处于黑屏状态,检测到用户20位于电视10的侧方时,控制智能电视10显示待机画面;当智能电视10之前显示待机画面,检测到用户20位于电视10的侧方时,控制智能电视10亮屏并显示开机画面。其中,用户 20位于电视10的正前方可以是确定出的用户20相对于智能电视10的第一方向,与智能电视10屏幕的垂直方向的夹角在第一夹角范围之内,例如,第一夹角范围为0°至75°。而用户20位于电视10的侧方可以是确定出的用户20相对于智能电视10的第一方向,与智能电视10屏幕的垂直方向的夹角在第二夹角范围之内,如第二夹角范围为75°至90°。In addition, in some other embodiments, when it is determined that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10, the relative direction of the user 20 with respect to the smart TV 10 can also be determined, for example, through the above-mentioned method based on multiple microphones. The direction of the user 20 is determined by beamforming. Then, the screen display mode is determined according to the relative direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 . For example, when the smart TV 10 previously displayed a standby screen or was in a black screen state, and detects that the user 20 is located directly in front of the TV 10, it directly controls the smart TV 10 to turn on the screen, display the startup screen, or play the program that was paused when the user 20 left last time. ; When the smart TV 10 was previously in a black screen state and it was detected that the user 20 was located on the side of the TV 10, the smart TV 10 was controlled to display the standby screen; when the smart TV 10 was previously displaying the standby screen and it was detected that the user 20 was located on the side of the TV 10 , control the smart TV 10 to turn on the screen and display the startup screen. Among them, users The position 20 directly in front of the TV 10 may be the determined first direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10, and the included angle with the vertical direction of the screen of the smart TV 10 is within the first included angle range, for example, the first included angle Range is 0° to 75°. When the user 20 is located on the side of the TV 10, the angle between the determined first direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 and the vertical direction of the screen of the smart TV 10 is within the second angle range, such as the second angle range. Angle range is 75° to 90°.
此外,在另外一些实施例中,在判断出智能电视10前存在用户20的情况下,还可以判断用户20相对于智能电视10的移动方向,即用户20是靠近还是远离智能电视10。当智能电视10的屏幕130处于黑屏状态且用户20靠近智能电视10的情况下,控制屏幕130逐渐亮起并且显示设定的内容,例如,显示待机画面、显示开机画面、显示用户20上次离开前观看的画面(如用户20观看节目的暂停画面)。当智能电视10屏幕处于亮屏状态或者显示待机画面,并且判断出用户20是远离智能电视10时,控制屏幕130逐渐暗去,最后进入黑屏状态。In addition, in some other embodiments, when it is determined that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10 , the movement direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 can also be determined, that is, whether the user 20 is approaching or moving away from the smart TV 10 . When the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 is in a black screen state and the user 20 is close to the smart TV 10 , the control screen 130 gradually lights up and displays the set content, for example, displays the standby screen, displays the startup screen, and displays the last time the user 20 left The picture previously viewed (such as the pause picture of the program watched by the user 20). When the screen of the smart TV 10 is in a bright screen state or displays a standby screen, and it is determined that the user 20 is away from the smart TV 10 , the control screen 130 gradually dims, and finally enters a black screen state.
此外,在一些实施例中,还可以根据用户靠近或者远离智能电视10的速度,控制屏幕130逐渐亮起或者逐渐暗去的速度,例如,当用户靠近智能电视10的速度较大时,控制屏幕130亮起的速度较大,而当用户靠近智能电视10的速度较小时,控制屏幕130亮起的速度较小。例如,如前文所述,可以基于回波信号的相位偏移量计算用户20的移动速度,进而控制屏幕130亮起或者暗去的速度。In addition, in some embodiments, the speed at which the screen 130 gradually lights up or fades out can also be controlled according to the speed at which the user approaches or moves away from the smart TV 10 . For example, when the user approaches the smart TV 10 at a high speed, the screen 130 is controlled to gradually light up or dim. 130 lights up at a larger speed, and when the user approaches the smart TV 10 at a smaller speed, the control screen 130 lights up at a smaller speed. For example, as mentioned above, the moving speed of the user 20 can be calculated based on the phase offset of the echo signal, and then the speed at which the screen 130 turns on or off can be controlled.
此外,在一些实施例中,还可以在判断出用户20相对于智能电视10的移动方向后,控制智能电视10播放的节目的音量,例如,在判断出用户20靠近智能电视10时调低智能电视10的播放音量,而在判断出用户20远离智能电视10时调高智能电视10的播放音量。In addition, in some embodiments, after the movement direction of the user 20 relative to the smart TV 10 is determined, the volume of the program played by the smart TV 10 can also be controlled. For example, when the user 20 is determined to be close to the smart TV 10, the volume of the program played by the smart TV 10 can be controlled. The playback volume of the TV 10 is increased, and when it is determined that the user 20 is far away from the smart TV 10, the playback volume of the smart TV 10 is increased.
可以理解,由于多普勒频移效应,不同时刻接收到的回波信号的频率会发生变化。例如,回波信号的频率是持续升高,表明用户20是靠近智能电视10,回波信号的频率持续降低,表明用户20是远离智能电视10,故在一些实施例中,可以通过判断回波信号的等效频率是持续升高或者持续降低来判断用户20是靠近智能电视10,还是远离智能电视10。It can be understood that due to the Doppler shift effect, the frequency of the echo signals received at different times will change. For example, if the frequency of the echo signal continues to increase, it indicates that the user 20 is close to the smart TV 10, and if the frequency of the echo signal continues to decrease, it indicates that the user 20 is far away from the smart TV 10. Therefore, in some embodiments, the echo signal can be determined by Whether the equivalent frequency of the signal continues to increase or decrease is used to determine whether the user 20 is close to the smart TV 10 or far away from the smart TV 10 .
例如,以前文提到的正弦超声波W(t)为例,回波信号W′(t)的频率f’(t)可以等效为:
For example, taking the sinusoidal ultrasonic wave W(t) mentioned above as an example, the frequency f'(t) of the echo signal W′(t) can be equivalent to:
其中,f为W(t)的发射频率,s(t)为回波路径,c为声速。Among them, f is the transmission frequency of W(t), s(t) is the echo path, and c is the speed of sound.
由上述公式看出,回波信号的频率f’(t)由回波路径s(t)决定。当用户靠近智能电视时,智能电视接收到的回波信号中的回波路径s(t)减少,所以回波信号的等效频率增大,当用户远离智能电视时,智能电视接收到的回波信号中的回波路径s(t)增大,所以回波信号的等效频率减小。It can be seen from the above formula that the frequency f’(t) of the echo signal is determined by the echo path s(t). When the user approaches the smart TV, the echo path s(t) in the echo signal received by the smart TV decreases, so the equivalent frequency of the echo signal increases. When the user moves away from the smart TV, the echo signal received by the smart TV The echo path s(t) in the wave signal increases, so the equivalent frequency of the echo signal decreases.
因此,在一些实施例中,在确定智能电视10前存在用户20的情况下,可以提取不同时刻回波信号的等效频率的变化,确定用户20是靠近还是远离智能电视10。Therefore, in some embodiments, when it is determined that the user 20 exists in front of the smart TV 10 , changes in the equivalent frequencies of the echo signals at different times can be extracted to determine whether the user 20 is close to or far away from the smart TV 10 .
可以理解,在本申请其他实施例中,也可以采用其他现有技术判断用户20是靠近还是远离智能电视10,在此不做限制。例如,可以根据发射与接收的超声波信号的时间与声波速度,测得用户20与智能电视10之间的距离。It can be understood that in other embodiments of the present application, other existing technologies can also be used to determine whether the user 20 is close to or far away from the smart TV 10, and there is no limitation here. For example, the distance between the user 20 and the smart TV 10 can be measured based on the time and sound wave speed of the transmitted and received ultrasonic signals.
相应的,如果判断出智能电视10前不存在用户20,也可以设置多种显示方式。Correspondingly, if it is determined that there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10, multiple display modes can also be set.
例如,在一些实施例中,如果判断出智能电视10前不存在用户20,则保持黑屏状态或者保持待机画面。For example, in some embodiments, if it is determined that there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10, the screen will remain in a black state or the standby screen.
在另外一些实施例中,如果判断出智能电视10前不存在用户20且智能电视10当前处于待机画面,则基于历史回波信号或者基于历史回波信号判断出的用户存在与否的结果,确定是否在一定时长(如30min以上)内持续不存在用户20,如果确定在一定时长内持续不存在用户20,则控制智能电视10的屏幕130进入黑屏状态。In some other embodiments, if it is determined that there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10 and the smart TV 10 is currently in the standby screen, then based on the historical echo signal or the result of determining whether the user 20 exists based on the historical echo signal, determine Whether the user 20 continues to be absent within a certain period of time (such as more than 30 minutes). If it is determined that the user 20 continues to exist within a certain period of time, the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 is controlled to enter a black screen state.
此外,在另外一些实施例中,如果判断出智能电视10前不存在用户20且智能电视10当前处于亮屏状态,如在播放节目,则在确定一定时长(如30min以上)内持续不存在用户20的情况下,控制智能电视10的屏幕130暂停播放节目,或者显示待机画面或者进入黑屏状态。此外,如果判断出智能电视10前不存在用户20且智能电视10当前处于亮屏状态,如在播放节目,还可以先控制智能电视10暂停节目,然后在后续一定时长(如10min)内判断出仍然不存在用户20的情况下,控制屏幕130进入待机画面,然后接着在后续一定时长(如10min)内判断出仍然不存在用户20的情况下控制屏幕130进入黑屏状态。In addition, in some other embodiments, if it is determined that there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10 and the smart TV 10 is currently in a bright screen state, such as playing a program, then there will be no user 20 for a certain period of time (such as more than 30 minutes). 20, the screen 130 of the smart TV 10 is controlled to pause the program playback, or display a standby screen or enter a black screen state. In addition, if it is determined that there is no user 20 in front of the smart TV 10 and the smart TV 10 is currently in a bright-screen state, such as playing a program, you can also control the smart TV 10 to pause the program first, and then determine within a certain period of time (such as 10 minutes). If the user 20 still does not exist, the control screen 130 enters the standby screen, and then if it is determined that the user 20 still does not exist within a certain period of time (such as 10 minutes), the control screen 130 enters a black screen state.
此外,在一些情境下,如果用户在智能电视10前时而出现时而不在,此时不能因为用户短时间不 在而关闭待机显示画面,故在判断前智能电视10在一定时长内持续显示待机画面且持续不存在用户20,则对应于判断结果为当前智能电视10前不存在用户20,控制智能电视10的屏幕130关闭待机显示画面进入黑屏状态。In addition, in some situations, if the user appears and disappears in front of the smart TV 10, it cannot be because the user is absent for a short period of time. The standby display screen is turned off. Therefore, before the judgment, the smart TV 10 continues to display the standby screen for a certain period of time and the user 20 continues not to be present. Then, corresponding to the judgment result that there is no user 20 before the current smart TV 10, control the smart TV 10. Screen 130 closes the standby display screen and enters a black screen state.
可以理解的,上述S401至S403的执行顺序只是一种示例,在另一些实施例中,也可以采用其他执行顺序,还可以拆分或合并部分步骤,在此不做限定。It can be understood that the above execution order of S401 to S403 is only an example. In other embodiments, other execution orders may also be adopted, and some steps may also be split or combined, which is not limited here.
此外,可以理解,超声波信号在发射和接收路径上会存在多径效应,即超声波信号在房间内传播的过程会被多次反射,在发射的过程中,超声波信号产生频率选择性衰落,即某些发射频率的超声波信号在某些空间位置处的多径信号叠加会存在衰减,致使接收到的回波信号衰减后的能量过低,无法用于相位偏移量的估计。由于在固定空间中,同一位置发射源发射的超声波信号发生衰落的频率范围一般处于某个或者某些频率范围内,故为了解决这一问题,在本申请一些实施例中,可以采用多载频超声波信号进行用户存在的测量,即在同一时刻发送多个频率的超声波信号,确保存在某些频率的超声波信号不会与其他频率同时发生频率选择性衰落,能够用于用户存在的检测。下面还是以连续超声波信号为例进行说明。In addition, it can be understood that the ultrasonic signal will have a multipath effect on the transmission and reception paths, that is, the ultrasonic signal will be reflected multiple times during its propagation in the room. During the transmission process, the ultrasonic signal will produce frequency-selective fading, that is, a certain Ultrasonic signals with certain transmission frequencies will be attenuated by the superposition of multipath signals at certain spatial locations, resulting in the attenuated energy of the received echo signal being too low to be used for phase offset estimation. Since in a fixed space, the frequency range in which ultrasonic signals emitted by the transmitting source at the same location fade is generally within a certain or certain frequency ranges, so in order to solve this problem, in some embodiments of the present application, multiple carrier frequencies can be used. Ultrasonic signals are used to measure user presence, that is, ultrasonic signals of multiple frequencies are sent at the same time to ensure that ultrasonic signals with certain frequencies will not undergo frequency selective fading at the same time as other frequencies, and can be used for user presence detection. The following will still take the continuous ultrasonic signal as an example for explanation.
此外,可以理解,为了确保多个载频超声波信号之间互不干扰,可以设置多载频连续超声波信号中,两个频域上相邻的连续超声波之间的频率差大于这两个连续超声波的带宽。即多载频连续超声波中的各超声波之间频域不存在重叠。In addition, it can be understood that in order to ensure that multiple carrier frequency ultrasonic signals do not interfere with each other, it can be set that in the multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signal, the frequency difference between adjacent continuous ultrasonic waves in two frequency domains is greater than these two continuous ultrasonic waves. bandwidth. That is, there is no overlap in the frequency domain between ultrasonic waves in multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic waves.
例如,如图6A所示,智能电视10可以发射频率分别为20kHz、21kHz、22kHz、……的正弦超声波信号用于用户存在的检测,由于正弦超声波信号的带宽接近零,所以发射相差1kHz的正弦超声波信号,能够确保各个载频之间不发生干扰,且不会在同一个检测位置同时发生频率选择性衰落,能够用于用户存在的检测。For example, as shown in Figure 6A, the smart TV 10 can transmit sinusoidal ultrasonic signals with frequencies of 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, ... for user presence detection. Since the bandwidth of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signal is close to zero, it transmits sinusoidal signals with a difference of 1kHz. Ultrasonic signals can ensure that there is no interference between each carrier frequency and that frequency selective fading does not occur at the same detection position at the same time, and can be used for user presence detection.
再例如,如图6B所示,智能电视10可以发射频率分别为20kHz-21kHz、22kHz-23kHz、24kHz-25kHz、……的调频连续超声波信号用于用户存在的检测,图中调频连续超声波信号的带宽为1kHZ,调频连续超声波信号之间的发射频率之差为2kHz,如发射频率为20kHz-21kHz的连续超声波信号与发射频率为22kHz-23kHz的连续超声波信号的初始发射频率20kHz和22kHz之差为2kHz,最大发射频率21kHz和23kHz之差为2kHz,均大于调频连续超声波信号的带宽1kHZ,使得多载频调频连续超声波信号中的各调频连续超声波信号之间频域不存在重叠,能够确保各个载频之间不发生干扰,且不会在同一个检测位置同时发生频率选择性衰落,能够用于用户存在的检测。For another example, as shown in Figure 6B, the smart TV 10 can transmit frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signals with frequencies of 20kHz-21kHz, 22kHz-23kHz, 24kHz-25kHz, ... for user presence detection. The frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal in the figure is The bandwidth is 1kHZ, and the difference in transmission frequency between FM continuous ultrasonic signals is 2kHz. For example, the difference between the initial transmission frequency of a continuous ultrasonic signal with a transmission frequency of 20kHz-21kHz and a continuous ultrasonic signal with a transmission frequency of 22kHz-23kHz is 20kHz and 22kHz. 2kHz, the difference between the maximum transmission frequency of 21kHz and 23kHz is 2kHz, both are larger than the bandwidth of the frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal 1kHZ, so that there is no overlap in the frequency domain of each frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal in the multi-carrier frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal, ensuring that each carrier There will be no interference between frequencies, and frequency selective fading will not occur at the same detection location at the same time, so it can be used for user presence detection.
可以理解,超声波信号的频率选择性衰落与超声波信号的发射源和发射物位置相关,例如,同一发射频率的连续超声波信号,由位于不同位置的发射源发射,有可能存在某一位置的发射源发射的连续超声波信号在反射物处存在频率选择性衰落,而另一位置的发射源发射的连续超声波信号在反射物处不存在频率选择性衰落的情况。It can be understood that the frequency selective fading of ultrasonic signals is related to the emission source of the ultrasonic signal and the location of the emitter. For example, continuous ultrasonic signals of the same transmission frequency are emitted by emission sources located at different locations. There may be an emission source at a certain location. The transmitted continuous ultrasonic signal has frequency-selective fading at the reflector, while the continuous ultrasonic signal emitted by the transmitting source at another location does not have frequency-selective fading at the reflector.
例如,以下均讨论在反射物处的信号叠加情况,图6C中位于智能电视10左侧P1处的扬声器171A发射20kHz的正弦超声波信号不会发生频率选择性衰落,发射21kHz的正弦超声波信号会发生频率选择性衰落,而位于智能电视10右侧P2处的扬声器171B发射20kHz的正弦超声波信号会发生频率选择性衰落。此时,如果设置多载频正弦超声波发射的正弦超声波频率分别为20kHz和21kHz,并且两种频率的正弦超声波都由扬声器171A发射,则可以利用不发生频率选择性衰落的20kHz的正弦超声波的回波信号进行用户存在检测。而如果设置由扬声器171A发射21kHz的正弦超声波信号,而由扬声器171B发射21kHz的正弦超声波信号,则由于两个扬声器发射的正弦超声波信号均发生频率选择性衰落,故无法采用接收到的回波信号进行用户存在的检测。因此,在一些实施例中,在采用多载频连续超声波信号进行用户存在测量时,可以选择采用同一位置的发射源发射多载频连续超声波信号。For example, the following discusses the signal superposition at the reflector. In Figure 6C, the speaker 171A located at P1 on the left side of the smart TV 10 will not emit a 20kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal. Frequency selective fading will not occur, but a 21kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal will. Frequency selective fading occurs, and the speaker 171B located at P2 on the right side of the smart TV 10 emit a 20kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal will undergo frequency selective fading. At this time, if the frequencies of the sinusoidal ultrasonic waves emitted by the multi-carrier frequency sinusoidal ultrasonic waves are set to 20 kHz and 21 kHz respectively, and the sinusoidal ultrasonic waves of both frequencies are emitted by the speaker 171A, then the echo of the sine ultrasonic wave of 20 kHz without frequency selective fading can be used. wave signal for user presence detection. If the speaker 171A is configured to transmit a 21 kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, and the speaker 171B is configured to transmit a 21 kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, the received echo signal cannot be used because both the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals emitted by the two speakers undergo frequency selective fading. Perform user presence detection. Therefore, in some embodiments, when using multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals for user presence measurement, you may choose to use a transmitting source at the same location to transmit multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals.
然而,为了避免上述提到的采用不同位置的发射源发射的多载频连续超声波信号,导致连续超声波信号均发生的频率选择性衰落的问题,可以设置多载频连续超声波信号包括多个频段的连续超声波信号,并且每个不同位置处的发射源可以发射多个频段的连续超声波信号,从而确保不同位置处的发射源均存在不发生频率选择性衰落的频段的连续超声波信号用于用户存在的检测。例如,在上述例子中,可以设置智能电视10发射频率分别为20kHz、21kHz、22kHz、23kHz的正弦超声波信号,其中,扬声器171A发射20kHz和21kHz的正弦超声波信号,扬声器171B发射22kHz和23kHz的正弦超声波信号,其中,扬声器171A发射的20kHz和扬声器171B发射的22kHz的正弦超声波信号均未发生频率选择性 衰落,故可确保两个扬声器发射的正弦超声波信号均存在可用于用户存在检测的回波信号。However, in order to avoid the above-mentioned problem of frequency-selective fading of continuous ultrasonic signals caused by using multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signals emitted from different locations, the multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signal can be set to include multiple frequency bands. Continuous ultrasonic signals, and each transmitting source at different locations can transmit continuous ultrasonic signals in multiple frequency bands, thereby ensuring that the transmitting sources at different locations have continuous ultrasonic signals in frequency bands where frequency selective fading does not occur for users. detection. For example, in the above example, the smart TV 10 can be set to emit sinusoidal ultrasonic signals with frequencies of 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, and 23kHz respectively. The speaker 171A emits the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals of 20kHz and 21kHz, and the speaker 171B emits the sinusoidal ultrasonic waves of 22kHz and 23kHz. signal, in which neither the 20kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal emitted by speaker 171A nor the 22kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signal emitted by speaker 171B has frequency selectivity. Fading, it can ensure that the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals emitted by the two speakers have echo signals that can be used for user presence detection.
如果多载频连续超声波信号中存在多个频段的连续超声波信号未发生频率选择性衰落,则可以基于同一时刻接收到的多个频段的回波信号的相位偏移量计算出反射物体的等效速度,然后基于等效速度来确定智能电视前是否存在运动物体。例如,可以对同一时刻接收到的对应多个频段的连续超声波的回波信号进行相位成分的提取,根据提取到的相位成分得到各个频段的回波信号对应的多个相位偏移量,通过对随时间发生变化的多个相位偏移量对应的速度求取平均值、或者使用最小二乘法等算法得到对应的等效速度。If there are multiple frequency bands of continuous ultrasonic signals in the multi-carrier frequency continuous ultrasonic signal without frequency selective fading, the equivalent value of the reflecting object can be calculated based on the phase offset of the echo signals of multiple frequency bands received at the same time. speed, and then determine whether there is a moving object in front of the smart TV based on the equivalent speed. For example, the phase components can be extracted from the echo signals of continuous ultrasonic waves in multiple frequency bands received at the same time, and multiple phase offsets corresponding to the echo signals in each frequency band can be obtained based on the extracted phase components. Calculate the average of the velocities corresponding to multiple phase offsets that change over time, or use algorithms such as the least squares method to obtain the corresponding equivalent velocity.
例如,在上述例子中,图6C中位于智能电视10左侧P1处的扬声器171A发射的20kHz、21kHz的正弦超声波信号、以及位于智能电视10右侧P2处的扬声器171B发射的22kHz、23kHz的正弦超声波信号都未发生频率选择性衰落,则智能电视10控制麦克风172接收到对应的回波信号后,可以利用带通滤波器,或将回波信号混频处理后再进行低通滤波,得到与扬声器171A、扬声器171B发射的20kHz、21kHz、22kHz、23kHz的正弦超声波信号W1(t)、W2(t)、W3(t)、W4(t)分别对应的回波信号W1′(t)、W2′(t)、W3′(t)、W4′(t)。提取回波信号W1′(t)、W2′(t)、W3′(t)、W4′(t)的频域数据中的相位成分,根据相位成分得到这四个频段对应的速度,根据估算公式,例如取平均值公式或者最小二乘拟合公式更加准确的速度。For example, in the above example, the 20kHz and 21kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signals emitted by the speaker 171A located at P1 on the left side of the smart TV 10 in Figure 6C, and the 22kHz and 23kHz sine wave signals emitted by the speaker 171B located at P2 on the right side of the smart TV 10. If the ultrasonic signal does not undergo frequency selective fading, then after the smart TV 10 controls the microphone 172 to receive the corresponding echo signal, it can use a band-pass filter, or mix the echo signal and then perform low-pass filtering to obtain The echo signals W 1 ′ corresponding to the 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, and 23kHz sinusoidal ultrasonic signals W 1 (t), W 2 (t), W 3 (t), and W 4 (t) emitted by the speakers 171A and 171B respectively. (t), W 2 ′(t), W 3 ′(t), W 4 ′(t). Extract the phase components in the frequency domain data of the echo signals W 1 ′(t), W 2 ′(t), W 3 ′(t), and W 4 ′(t), and obtain the corresponding values of these four frequency bands based on the phase components. Speed, which is more accurate based on the estimation formula, such as the averaging formula or the least squares fitting formula.
例如,以得到上述发射的4个频段的20kHz、21kHz、22kHz、23kHz的正弦超声波信号的分别对应的回波信号为例,通过使用取平均值的方式估算得到更加准确的速度。For example, taking the corresponding echo signals of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals of 20kHz, 21kHz, 22kHz, and 23kHz in the four frequency bands transmitted above as an example, a more accurate speed can be estimated by averaging.
假设t0时刻发射的正弦超声波信号W1(t0)、W2(t0)、W3(t0)、W4(t0)的相位成分分别为φ1(t0)、φ2(t0)、φ3(t0)、φ4(t0),对应的在t1时刻4个频段分别对应的回波信号W1′(t1)、W2′(t1)、W3′(t1)、W4′(t1)中的相位成分为:φ1′(t1)、φ2′(t1)、φ3′(t1)、φ4′(t1),然后根据相位成分分别计算出各频段对应的速度v1′(t1)、v2′(t1)、v3′(t1)、v4′(t1)。Assume that the phase components of the sinusoidal ultrasonic signals W 1 ( t 0 ) , W 2 (t 0 ), W 3 (t 0 ), and W 4 (t 0 ) emitted at time t 0 are φ 1 (t 0 ) and φ 2 respectively. (t 0 ), φ 3 (t 0 ), φ 4 (t 0 ), the corresponding echo signals in the four frequency bands at time t 1 are W 1 ′(t 1 ), W 2 ′(t 1 ), The phase components in W 3 ′(t 1 ) and W 4 ′(t 1 ) are: φ 1 ′(t 1 ), φ 2 ′(t 1 ), φ 3 ′(t 1 ), φ 4 ′(t 1 ), and then calculate the velocities v 1 ′(t 1 ), v 2 ′(t 1 ), v 3 ′(t 1 ), and v 4 ′(t 1 ) corresponding to each frequency band based on the phase components.
然后根据下述均值计算公式(17)可以得到等效速度AveΔv(t1),
Then according to the following mean calculation formula (17), the equivalent speed AveΔv(t 1 ) can be obtained,
类似的,可以得到t2时刻4个频段的回波信号的等效速度AveΔv(t2),然后通过判断AveΔv(t1)和AveΔv(t2)是否。Similarly, the equivalent velocity AveΔv(t 2 ) of the echo signals in the four frequency bands at time t 2 can be obtained, and then whether AveΔv(t 1 ) and AveΔv(t 2 ) are determined.
可以理解,通过取均值估算得到的等效速度位于这四个频段对应的速度值之间,使得估算得到的速度更准确,从而避免了由于某个频段受到多径效应的影响,使得到的相位偏移量误差较大,而导致通过相位偏移量误判用户是否存在的情况。It can be understood that the equivalent velocity estimated by taking the average value is located between the velocity values corresponding to the four frequency bands, making the estimated velocity more accurate, thereby avoiding the phase difference caused by a certain frequency band being affected by the multipath effect. The offset error is large, resulting in a misjudgment of the presence of the user through the phase offset.
如前文所描述的,在开启智能显示功能之后,智能电视能够发射预设类型(如正弦超声波信号)以及预定发射频率的连续超声波信号进行用户存在的检测,为了使得接收到的回波信号的能量(下文称为回波能量)大小适用于用户存在的检测,还需要预先设置好发射的连续超声波的音量(下文称为预定发射音量)。由于不同的电子设备硬件(如扬声器、麦克风等)的工作性能不同,故适用于不同电子设备的预定发射音量也不同。As described above, after turning on the smart display function, the smart TV can transmit continuous ultrasonic signals of a preset type (such as a sinusoidal ultrasonic signal) and a predetermined transmission frequency to detect the presence of the user. In order to make the energy of the received echo signal (hereinafter referred to as echo energy) is suitable for the detection of user presence, and the volume of the emitted continuous ultrasonic wave needs to be preset (hereinafter referred to as predetermined emission volume). Since different electronic equipment hardware (such as speakers, microphones, etc.) have different working performances, the predetermined emission volumes applicable to different electronic equipment are also different.
例如,智能电视的生产厂商可以为生产出的每台智能电视设置适合各智能电视的预定发射音量,从而保证出厂的智能电视具有适合自身的预定发射音量。然而,出厂后如果使用时间较长,智能电视的硬件性能将发生变化,出厂前设置的预定发射音量将不再适用于该智能电视。而对于已经出厂但未设置预定发射音量的智能电视,在有些实施例中,可以将工作性能较优的智能电视作为基准设备,设定出适合基准设备的预定发射音量,然后将基准设备的预定发射音量作为这些已出厂智能电视的预定发射音量。然而,由于有些已出厂智能电视的硬件性能与基准设备的硬件性能相差较大,故适用于基准设备的预定发射音量并不适用于这些已出厂的智能电视。For example, a smart TV manufacturer can set a predetermined emission volume suitable for each smart TV produced, thereby ensuring that the smart TV shipped from the factory has a predetermined emission volume suitable for itself. However, if it is used for a long time after leaving the factory, the hardware performance of the smart TV will change, and the predetermined emission volume set before leaving the factory will no longer apply to the smart TV. For smart TVs that have shipped from the factory but have not been set with a predetermined emission volume, in some embodiments, a smart TV with better working performance can be used as a reference device, a predetermined emission volume suitable for the reference device can be set, and then the predetermined emission volume of the reference device can be set. The transmit volume is the predetermined transmit volume for these factory-ready smart TVs. However, since the hardware performance of some smart TVs that have been shipped is quite different from that of the benchmark device, the predetermined emission volume applicable to the benchmark device does not apply to these smart TVs that have been shipped.
因此,本申请的一些实施例提供了一种预定发射音量的校准方法,通过将智能电视接收到的回波信号的能量与基准设备的基准回波能量进行比对,确定出适用于智能电视的预定发射音量。具体地,图7示出了一种对上述图3所示的智能电视10预定发射音量的校准方法。如图7所示,该方法包括:Therefore, some embodiments of the present application provide a calibration method for predetermined transmission volume. By comparing the energy of the echo signal received by the smart TV with the reference echo energy of the reference device, the calibration method suitable for the smart TV is determined. Predetermined transmit volume. Specifically, FIG. 7 shows a method for calibrating the predetermined transmission volume of the smart TV 10 shown in FIG. 3 . As shown in Figure 7, the method includes:
S701,检测智能显示功能的开关是否打开。S701, detect whether the switch of the intelligent display function is turned on.
如果检测到智能电视10的智能显示功能已经打开,则可以进入S702,在用户不存在的情况下进行 预定发射音量的校准;否则,可以等待用户打开智能显示功能开关后再进行校准。在另一些实施例中,也可以在使用一段时间后自动打开智能显示功能的开关,进行预定发射音量的校准。If it is detected that the smart display function of the smart TV 10 has been turned on, you can enter S702 and proceed in the absence of the user. Schedule the calibration of the transmit volume; otherwise, you can wait for the user to turn on the smart display function switch before calibrating. In other embodiments, the smart display function can be automatically turned on after a period of use to calibrate the predetermined emission volume.
S702,判断用户是否存在。S702, determine whether the user exists.
在一些实施例中,对智能电视10的预定发射音量的校准可以在用户不存在的情况下进行,以免影响用户对智能电视10的正常使用。例如,可以通过上文提到的技术方案,利用回波信号的相位偏移量判断用户是否存在,也可以采用其他已有技术方案判断用户是否存在,具体方式不做限定。In some embodiments, the calibration of the predetermined emission volume of the smart TV 10 can be performed in the absence of the user, so as not to affect the user's normal use of the smart TV 10 . For example, the technical solution mentioned above can be used to determine whether the user exists by using the phase offset of the echo signal, or other existing technical solutions can be used to determine whether the user exists. The specific method is not limited.
当智能电视10判断到用户不存在后,正式开始预定发射音量的校准,进入S703。否则,重复执行S702。After the smart TV 10 determines that the user does not exist, it officially starts the calibration of the scheduled transmission volume and enters S703. Otherwise, repeat S702.
可以理解,在另外一些实施例中,也可以不判断用户是否存在,直接在一段时间内(如智能电视10使用一定时间后)进行预定发射音量的校准。It can be understood that in other embodiments, it is also possible to calibrate the predetermined transmission volume directly within a period of time (such as after the smart TV 10 has been used for a certain period of time) without determining whether the user exists.
S703,控制扬声器171以智能电视10当前所设置的发射音量V1发射连续超声波信号,并且控制麦克风172接收回波信号,得到对应音量V1的回波能量E1。S703, control the speaker 171 to transmit a continuous ultrasonic signal at the currently set transmission volume V1 of the smart TV 10, and control the microphone 172 to receive the echo signal to obtain the echo energy E1 corresponding to the volume V1.
可以理解,回波能量E1可以通过对某一时间段内智能电视接收到的多个回波信号的频域数据中的振幅进行积分获得,例如,对30ms内的回波信号的频域数据中的振幅进行积分。例如,以发射信号为前文的正弦超声波W(t)=Apcos(2πft-φ0)为例,回波能量E1可以取t3至t4时刻接收到的对应的多个回波信号的振幅AP′的积分,假设该时间段内不同时刻接收到的回波信号的AP′不同,则E1为:
It can be understood that the echo energy E1 can be obtained by integrating the amplitudes in the frequency domain data of multiple echo signals received by the smart TV within a certain period of time. For example, from the frequency domain data of the echo signals within 30 ms, The amplitude is integrated. For example, taking the previously mentioned sinusoidal ultrasonic wave W(t)=A p cos(2πft-φ 0 ) as the transmitted signal, the echo energy E1 can be the corresponding multiple echo signals received from time t 3 to t 4 . The integral of the amplitude AP ′, assuming that the echo signals received at different times in this time period have different AP ′, then E1 is:
可以理解,类似的,本申请实施例提到的基准回波能量E0也可以采用相同的方式计算而得。此外,积分的时间段长短可以根据实际需要设定,例如还可以是10ms、100ms等,在此不做限制。It can be understood that, similarly, the reference echo energy E0 mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can also be calculated in the same way. In addition, the length of the integration time period can be set according to actual needs, for example, it can also be 10ms, 100ms, etc., and is not limited here.
S704,判断回波能量E1与基准回波能量E0之间的差值是否在第一能量差值范围内。S704: Determine whether the difference between the echo energy E1 and the reference echo energy E0 is within the first energy difference range.
若E1与E0之间的差值在第一能量差值范围内,则表示发射信号的音量为V1能够满足用户存在的检测,进入S706,校准完成,否则,进入S705,对V1的大小进行调整。If the difference between E1 and E0 is within the first energy difference range, it means that the volume of the transmitted signal is V1, which can meet the detection of user presence. Enter S706 and the calibration is completed. Otherwise, enter S705 to adjust the size of V1. .
S705,调整发射音量V1的大小。S705, adjust the transmit volume V1.
例如,在一些实施例中,当E1大于E0时,调小发射音量V1,当E1小于E0时,调大发射音量V1。For example, in some embodiments, when E1 is greater than E0, the transmission volume V1 is turned down, and when E1 is less than E0, the transmission volume V1 is turned up.
S706,校准完成。S706, calibration completed.
可以理解的,一般对智能电视10进行预定发射音量校准的次数较少,一般为出厂后调整一次即可,或设置为固定一定时间段后调整一次,并且调整过程不需要用户介入,用户体验较好。It is understandable that the number of scheduled transmission volume calibrations for smart TVs 10 is generally small. Generally, it is adjusted once after leaving the factory, or it is set to be adjusted once after a fixed period of time. The adjustment process does not require user intervention, and the user experience is relatively low. good.
如前文所述,可以采用超声波信号,检测智能电视前是否存在用户。例如,通过超声波检测反射物体与智能电视之间的距离,并根据反射物体与智能电视之间的距离确定智能电视前是否存在用户;或者,通过超声波的多普勒频移成分的幅度积分、或者回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量的变化确定智能电视前是否存在用户。在这些检测方案中,如果以固定的发射音量发射超声波信号,在用户与智能电视之间的相对位置发生变化时,存在用户接收到的超声波信号能量过高的情况,会对用户身体造成危害,或者用户接收到的超声波信号的能量较弱,用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小无法满足后续的用户存在检测需求。As mentioned above, ultrasonic signals can be used to detect whether there is a user in front of the smart TV. For example, detect the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV through ultrasonic waves, and determine whether there is a user in front of the smart TV based on the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV; or, through the amplitude integration of the Doppler frequency shift component of the ultrasonic wave, or The change in the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV. In these detection solutions, if the ultrasonic signal is emitted with a fixed emission volume, when the relative position between the user and the smart TV changes, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user may be too high, which may cause harm to the user's body. Or the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user is weak, and the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user cannot meet the subsequent user presence detection requirements.
例如,在检测到智能电视前存在用户,且用户与智能电视之间的距离发生变化时,如果智能电视以固定的发射音量发射超声波信号,用户接收到的超声波信号的能量大小会随距离的增大而减小。具体地,当用户距离智能电视较近时,用户接收到的超声波信号的能量较大,有可能会对用户的身体造成伤害,例如,超过安全门限(如频率为20kHz的超声波的强度上限建议值为75dB)的超声波会对人类产生身体危害。而当用户距离智能电视较远时,智能电视接收到的用户反射回的回波信号的能量较小,接收到的回波信号的能量的大小无法满足后续用户存在的检测需求。For example, when a user is detected in front of a smart TV and the distance between the user and the smart TV changes, if the smart TV emits an ultrasonic signal with a fixed transmission volume, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user will increase with the distance. large and reduced. Specifically, when the user is close to the smart TV, the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user is relatively large, which may cause harm to the user's body. For example, if the user exceeds the safety threshold (such as the recommended upper limit of the intensity of ultrasonic waves with a frequency of 20 kHz) 75dB) ultrasonic waves can cause physical harm to humans. When the user is far away from the smart TV, the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user received by the smart TV is small, and the energy of the received echo signal cannot meet the subsequent detection needs of the user's presence.
再例如,超声波信号的传播具有辐射指向性,即发射的超声波信号在某些传播方向的能量较强,而在某些传播方向的能量较弱。例如,智能电视通过扬声器播放超声波信号时,智能电视正前方传播的超声波信号的能量较强,足以用于用户存在的检测,而智能电视侧方传播的超声波信号的能量较弱,使得反射物体反射回的回波信号的能量较弱,无法用于用户存在的检测。 For another example, the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity, that is, the energy of the emitted ultrasonic signal is stronger in some propagation directions and weaker in some propagation directions. For example, when a smart TV plays an ultrasonic signal through a speaker, the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated directly in front of the smart TV is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated to the side of the smart TV is weak, causing reflections from reflective objects. The energy of the returned echo signal is weak and cannot be used for user presence detection.
此外,儿童和宠物对超声波信号能量的耐受度小于成人,如果在进行用户检测的过程中,以固定的音量发射超声波信号,该音量可能适用于成人,但是可能会对小孩和宠物造成危害。In addition, children and pets are less tolerant of ultrasonic signal energy than adults. If an ultrasonic signal is emitted at a fixed volume during user detection, the volume may be suitable for adults, but may cause harm to children and pets.
为了解决上述问题,本申请的一些实施例提供了一种超声波检测音量的自适应调整方法,可以根据用户与智能电视之间的相对位置的变化、用户的年龄、用户身边是否存在宠物等情况实时调整发射超声波信号的发射音量,以在确保用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测用户的运动的同时,避免用户、宠物的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。In order to solve the above problems, some embodiments of the present application provide an adaptive adjustment method for ultrasonic detection volume, which can be adjusted in real time according to changes in the relative position between the user and the smart TV, the user's age, whether there are pets around the user, etc. Adjust the emission volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal to ensure that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's movement, while preventing the body of the user and pet from being harmed by the high-energy ultrasonic signal.
可以理解,本申请的自适应调整方法适用于各种类型的超声波信号,比如连续超声波信号、脉冲超声波信号。本申请的自适应调整方法也适用于各种用户存在检测的技术方案,如前文提到的通过超声波检测反射物体与智能电视之间的距离,并根据反射物体与智能电视之间的距离确定智能电视前是否存在用户的技术方案;或者,通过超声波的多普勒频移成分的幅度积分检测智能电视前是否存在用户的技术方案;或者基于回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量的变化确定智能电视前是否存在用户的技术方案。It can be understood that the adaptive adjustment method of the present application is applicable to various types of ultrasonic signals, such as continuous ultrasonic signals and pulsed ultrasonic signals. The adaptive adjustment method of this application is also applicable to various user presence detection technical solutions. As mentioned above, the distance between the reflective object and the smart TV is detected through ultrasonic waves, and the smart TV is determined based on the distance between the reflective object and the smart TV. Whether there is a user's technical solution in front of the TV; or, whether there is a user's technical solution in front of the smart TV through the amplitude integration of the Doppler frequency shift component of the ultrasonic wave; or based on the change in the phase offset of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal Determine whether the user's technical solution exists in front of the smart TV.
例如,在一些实施例中,智能电视在利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测时,在检测到智能电视前存在用户的情况下,如果测量到用户与智能电视之间的距离d较小,则降低超声波信号的发射音量,以确保处于超声波环境中的用户接收到的超声波信号的能量处于安全门限之下,并在设置降低后的音量时考虑接收到的回波信号能满足用户存在的检测需求;如果测量到用户与智能电视之间的距离d较大,则提高发射的超声波信号的音量,以确保接收到的回波信号的能量足以用于用户存在的检测,而在设置提高后的发射音量值时,需要确保提高后的音量不会太高,对处于超声波环境中的用户造成身体伤害。具体方案将在下文中结合图8和图9进行详细介绍。For example, in some embodiments, when a smart TV uses ultrasonic signals to detect user presence, if a user is detected in front of the smart TV, if the distance d between the user and the smart TV is measured to be small, the ultrasonic wave is reduced. The transmission volume of the signal is to ensure that the energy of the ultrasonic signal received by the user in the ultrasonic environment is below the safety threshold, and when setting the reduced volume, it is considered that the received echo signal can meet the detection needs of the user; if When the distance d between the user and the smart TV is measured to be large, the volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal is increased to ensure that the energy of the received echo signal is sufficient for detection of the user's presence. After setting the increased transmission volume value When doing so, you need to ensure that the increased volume will not be too high, causing physical harm to users in the ultrasonic environment. The specific solution will be introduced in detail below in conjunction with Figures 8 and 9.
此外,在另外一些实施例中,在智能电视利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测的过程中,可以测量用户相对于智能电视的方向,例如,可以通过前文提到的基于多个麦克风的波束形成的方式确定用户相对于智能电视的方向。然后根据用户相对于智能电视的方向来调整发射音量。例如,当测量出用户位于智能电视的正前方时,采用较小的发射音量发射超声波信号,当测量出用户位于智能电视的侧方时,采用较大的发射音量发射超声波信号,以确保能够准确的检测到位于智能电视侧方的用户的运动情况。例如,正前方可以是确定出的用户相对于智能电视的第一方向,与智能电视屏幕的垂直方向的夹角在第一夹角范围之内,例如,第一夹角范围为0°至75°。而用户位于智能电视的侧方可以是确定出的反射物体相对于智能电视的第二方向,与智能电视屏幕的垂直方向的夹角在第二夹角范围之内,如第二夹角范围为75°至90°。具体方案将在下文中结合图10进行详细介绍。In addition, in some other embodiments, when the smart TV uses ultrasonic signals to detect user presence, the direction of the user relative to the smart TV can be measured, for example, through the beam forming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above. Determine the user's orientation relative to the smart TV. The transmit volume is then adjusted based on the user's orientation relative to the smart TV. For example, when it is measured that the user is located directly in front of the smart TV, a smaller transmitting volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal. When it is measured that the user is located to the side of the smart TV, a larger transmitting volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal to ensure that it can accurately Detects the movement of the user located on the side of the smart TV. For example, the front direction may be the determined first direction of the user relative to the smart TV, and the angle with the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the first included angle range. For example, the first included angle range is 0° to 75°. °. When the user is located on the side of the smart TV, the angle between the determined reflecting object and the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the second angle range relative to the smart TV. For example, the second angle range is 75° to 90°. The specific solution will be introduced in detail below in conjunction with Figure 10.
此外,在另外一些实施例中,在智能电视利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测的过程中,当检测到存在相对于智能电视运动的用户时,可以通过智能电视的相机拍摄用户的照片,并通过图像识别技术识别照片中的用户是是成人还是儿童,用户身边是否存在宠物。如果确定用户是儿童或者用户身边存在宠物,则可以采用比用户是成人的发射音量更小的发射音量来发射超声波信号。具体方案将在下文中结合图12进行详细介绍。In addition, in some other embodiments, when the smart TV uses ultrasonic signals to detect user presence, when it is detected that there is a user moving relative to the smart TV, a photo of the user can be taken through the camera of the smart TV, and the image can be Recognition technology identifies whether the user in the photo is an adult or a child, and whether there are pets around the user. If it is determined that the user is a child or there is a pet around the user, the ultrasonic signal can be transmitted using a smaller transmission volume than if the user is an adult. The specific solution will be introduced in detail below in conjunction with Figure 12.
下面根据本申请实施例,描述随着反射物体与智能电视之间的距离d的变化自适应调整发射超声波的发射音量的技术方案。The following describes a technical solution for adaptively adjusting the emission volume of ultrasonic waves as the distance d between the reflecting object and the smart TV changes according to the embodiment of the present application.
具体地,在一些实施例中,可以为用户与智能电视之间的距离d设置多个距离范围,并预先为每个距离范围设置对应的发射音量范围,在用户与智能电视之间的距离d位于某一距离范围中时,将智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量调整在与该距离范围对应的发射音量的范围内时,可以确保接收到的回波信号能够满足检测需求,并对处于超声波环境中的用户不造成身体伤害,即用户接收到的超声波处于安全门限之下。Specifically, in some embodiments, multiple distance ranges can be set for the distance d between the user and the smart TV, and a corresponding transmission volume range is set in advance for each distance range. The distance d between the user and the smart TV When located in a certain distance range, adjusting the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV within the range of the emission volume corresponding to the distance range can ensure that the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements and is suitable for those in an ultrasonic environment. The user does not cause physical harm, that is, the ultrasound received by the user is below the safety threshold.
可以理解,在本申请一些实施例中,可以预先通过测试,确定对应各距离范围的发射音量范围或者发射音量,即预先确定当用户处于某一距离范围时,采用哪些发射音量或者哪个发射音量,既能确保接收到的回波信号能够满足检测,又不会对处于超声波环境中的用户造成身体伤害。在一些实施例中,在设置与距离范围对应的发射音量范围或者发射音量时,距离d越大,距离d所处的距离范围所对应的发射音量越大,即随着用户与智能电视之间距离的增大,提高超声波的发射音量。It can be understood that in some embodiments of the present application, the transmission volume range or transmission volume corresponding to each distance range can be determined in advance through testing, that is, it is determined in advance which transmission volume or which transmission volume is used when the user is in a certain distance range. It can ensure that the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements without causing physical harm to users in the ultrasonic environment. In some embodiments, when setting the transmission volume range or the transmission volume corresponding to the distance range, the greater the distance d, the greater the transmission volume corresponding to the distance range where the distance d is located. That is, as the distance between the user and the smart TV increases, The increase in distance increases the emission volume of ultrasonic waves.
例如,下表1示出了用户与智能电视之间的不同距离范围所对应的发射音量范围的一种示例。For example, Table 1 below shows an example of the transmission volume range corresponding to different distance ranges between the user and the smart TV.
表1
Table 1
其中,d1、d2、d3、d4依次增大,Vd1、Vd2、Vd3、Vd4依次增大。可以理解,将智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量调整至距离d所处的距离范围所对应的发射音量范围时,能确保反射物体不受超声波信号的危害,并且由反射物体反射回的超声波信号能够满足用户存在检测的需求。例如,当反射物体与智能电视之间的距离d位于距离范围(d1,d2)时,如果调整智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量处于发射音量范围(Vd1,Vd2),则能确保反射物体不受超声波信号的危害,并且由反射物体反射回的超声波信号能够满足用户存在检测的需求。Among them, d1, d2, d3, and d4 increase in sequence, and Vd1, Vd2, Vd3, and Vd4 increase in sequence. It can be understood that when the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range d, it can ensure that the reflecting object is not harmed by the ultrasonic signal, and the ultrasonic signal reflected by the reflecting object can Meet the needs of users for presence detection. For example, when the distance d between the reflecting object and the smart TV is in the distance range (d1, d2), if the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to be within the emission volume range (Vd1, Vd2), it can ensure that the reflecting object is not affected by the The harm of ultrasonic signals, and the ultrasonic signals reflected back by reflective objects can meet the user's needs for presence detection.
此外,如前所述,也可以为不同的距离范围设置一个对应的发射音量,例如,下表2示出了用户与智能电视之间的不同距离范围所对应的发射音量的一种示例。In addition, as mentioned above, a corresponding transmission volume can also be set for different distance ranges. For example, Table 2 below shows an example of the transmission volume corresponding to different distance ranges between the user and the smart TV.
表2
Table 2
其中,d1、d2、d3、d4依次增大,Vd1'、Vd2'、Vd3'、Vd4'依次增大。可以理解,将智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量调整至距离d所处的距离范围所对应的发射音量时,能确保反射物体不受超声波信号的危害,并且由反射物体反射回的超声波信号能够满足用户存在检测的需求。例如,当反射物体与智能电视之间的距离d位于距离范围(d1,d2)时,如果调整智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量为Vd2',则能确保反射物体不受超声波信号的危害,并且由反射物体反射回的超声波信号能够满足用户存在检测的需求。Among them, d1, d2, d3, and d4 increase in sequence, and Vd1', Vd2', Vd3', and Vd4' increase in sequence. It can be understood that when the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to the emission volume corresponding to the distance range d, it can ensure that the reflecting object is not harmed by the ultrasonic signal, and the ultrasonic signal reflected by the reflecting object can satisfy Users have detection needs. For example, when the distance d between the reflecting object and the smart TV is within the distance range (d1, d2), if the emission volume of the ultrasonic signal emitted by the smart TV is adjusted to Vd2', it can ensure that the reflecting object is not harmed by the ultrasonic signal, and The ultrasonic signal reflected by the reflective object can meet the user's needs for presence detection.
具体地,图8根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视根据反射物体与智能电视之间的距离自适应调整智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量的流程示意图,其中执行主体可以为智能电视10中的处理器110。Specifically, FIG. 8 shows a schematic flowchart of a smart TV adaptively adjusting the emission volume of an ultrasonic signal transmitted by the smart TV according to the distance between the reflecting object and the smart TV according to some embodiments of the present application, in which the execution subject may be The processor 110 in the smart TV 10.
可以理解,在图8所示的实施例中,在自适应调整音量的过程中,通过预设设定与各距离范围对应的音量范围来调整发射音量。It can be understood that in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 , in the process of adaptively adjusting the volume, the transmission volume is adjusted by presetting the volume range corresponding to each distance range.
此外,可以理解,如下图8所示的调整过程,可以在用户运动的过程中随着距离d的变化多次进行,如持续进行或者每个预定时间间隔(如100ms)进行一次。In addition, it can be understood that the adjustment process as shown in Figure 8 below can be performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, such as continuously or once every predetermined time interval (such as 100ms).
具体地,如图8所示,该方法包括:Specifically, as shown in Figure 8, the method includes:
S801,检测智能电视的智能显示功能的开关是否打开。S801, detect whether the switch of the smart display function of the smart TV is turned on.
如果检测到智能电视的智能显示功能已经打开,则可以进入S802,检测是否存在用户;否则,可以等待用户打开智能显示功能开关打开后再进行发射音量V2的自适应调整。If it is detected that the smart display function of the smart TV has been turned on, you can enter S802 to detect whether there is a user; otherwise, you can wait for the user to turn on the smart display function switch before adaptively adjusting the emission volume V2.
S802,判断用户是否存在。S802, determine whether the user exists.
可以理解的,在该实施例中,可以通过现有的各种超声波检测用户存在的技术手段检测用户是否存在,例如,前文提到的通过超声波检测用户与智能电视之间的距离d,并根据距离d确定智能电视前是否存在用户;或者,通过超声波的多普勒频移(Doppler Shift)成分的幅度积分确定智能电视前是否存在用户;或者,根据回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量的变化确定智能电视前是否存在用户,如图4所示的实施例。It can be understood that in this embodiment, the presence of the user can be detected through various existing technical means of detecting the user's presence through ultrasonic waves. For example, the distance d between the user and the smart TV is detected through ultrasonic waves mentioned above, and based on The distance d determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV; or, determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV through the amplitude integration of the Doppler Shift component of the ultrasonic wave; or, based on the phase shift of the echo signal relative to the transmitted signal The change in quantity determines whether there is a user in front of the smart TV, as shown in the embodiment of Figure 4.
若智能电视前存在用户,则进入S803进行音量的自适应调整;否则重复执行S802。If there is a user in front of the smart TV, enter S803 to adaptively adjust the volume; otherwise, repeat S802.
S803,控制智能电视以当前设定的发射音量Vd发射超声波信号,并获取经用户反射后接收到的回 波信号。S803, control the smart TV to transmit ultrasonic signals at the currently set transmission volume Vd, and obtain the echo received after reflection by the user. wave signal.
例如,在图1A-1B所示的场景中,可以控制智能电视10的扬声器171以当前设定的发射音量Vd发射超声波信号,并控制智能电视10的麦克风172接收回波信号。其中,在初次发射超声波信号时,当前设定的发射音量Vd可以是前文提到的预定发射音量V1。而在后续流程中,当前设定的发射音量Vd即为前一次执行S806后调整的音量。For example, in the scene shown in FIGS. 1A-1B , the speaker 171 of the smart TV 10 can be controlled to transmit an ultrasonic signal at the currently set transmission volume Vd, and the microphone 172 of the smart TV 10 can be controlled to receive the echo signal. Wherein, when the ultrasonic signal is transmitted for the first time, the currently set transmission volume Vd may be the predetermined transmission volume V1 mentioned above. In the subsequent process, the currently set transmission volume Vd is the volume adjusted after the previous execution of S806.
S804,基于接收到的回波信号,确定用户与智能电视之间的距离d。S804: Determine the distance d between the user and the smart TV based on the received echo signal.
可以理解,在本申请各实施例中,可以采用各种技术手段来确定用户与智能电视之间的距离d,在此不做限制。例如,可以根据发射与接收的超声波信号的时间与声波速度,直接测得用户与智能电视的距离d。It can be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, various technical means can be used to determine the distance d between the user and the smart TV, which is not limited here. For example, the distance d between the user and the smart TV can be directly measured based on the time and sound wave speed of the transmitted and received ultrasonic signals.
S805,获取距离d所处的距离范围所对应的发射音量范围。S805: Obtain the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range of distance d.
例如,如上表1所示,假设计算出的用户与智能电视之间的距离d属于距离范围(d1,d2),则对应的发射音量范围为(Vd1,Vd2)。For example, as shown in Table 1 above, assuming that the calculated distance d between the user and the smart TV belongs to the distance range (d1, d2), the corresponding emission volume range is (Vd1, Vd2).
可以理解,在其他实施例中,在对应距离范围设置了对应的单个或者多个音量的方案中,此处也可以是获取与距离d所处的距离范围所对应单个发射音量或者多个发射音量大小。例如,如表2所示的,当测量到用户与智能电视之间的距离d的范围为(d1,d2)时,对应的发射音量的大小为Vd2'。It can be understood that in other embodiments, in a solution where a single or multiple volumes are set corresponding to the distance range, it is also possible to obtain a single transmission volume or multiple transmission volumes corresponding to the distance range where the distance d is located. size. For example, as shown in Table 2, when the range of the measured distance d between the user and the smart TV is (d1, d2), the corresponding emission volume is Vd2'.
S806,确定下一次发射音量Vd的大小为距离d所处的距离范围所对应的音量范围之内的一音量值。S806: Determine the next emission volume Vd to be a volume value within the volume range corresponding to the distance range d.
例如,距离d属于距离范围(d1,d2),对应的发射音量范围为(Vd1,Vd2),如果音量Vd的大小大于Vd2,则在下一次发射超声波信号时降低Vd的大小为发射音量范围(Vd1,Vd2)中的任一值,如果Vd小于Vd1,则在下一次发射超声波信号时提高音量Vd的大小为发射音量范围(Vd1,Vd2)中的任一值。For example, distance d belongs to the distance range (d1, d2), and the corresponding transmission volume range is (Vd1, Vd2). If the volume Vd is greater than Vd2, the next time the ultrasonic signal is transmitted, Vd is reduced by the transmission volume range (Vd1 , any value in Vd2), if Vd is less than Vd1, the volume Vd will be increased the next time the ultrasonic signal is transmitted to any value in the transmission volume range (Vd1, Vd2).
此外,可以理解,在采用距离能量Esd表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d时,In addition, it can be understood that when the distance energy Esd is used to represent the distance d between the user and the smart TV,
可以理解,由于上述流程S801至S806在用户运动的过程中随着距离d的变化多次进行,所以可以根据用户与智能电视之间的距离变化,实时地调整发射音量的大小,以在用户距离智能电视较远时,调高超声波的发射音量,在用户距离智能电视较近时,降低超声波的发射音量,实现发射音量的自适应调整。从而在确保用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测用户的运动的同时,避免用户、宠物的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。It can be understood that since the above processes S801 to S806 are performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the change in the distance between the user and the smart TV, so as to achieve the desired effect within the distance between the user and the smart TV. When the smart TV is far away, the ultrasonic emission volume is increased. When the user is closer to the smart TV, the ultrasonic emission volume is lowered to achieve adaptive adjustment of the emission volume. This ensures that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's motion, while preventing the body of the user and pet from being harmed by the high-energy ultrasonic signal.
可以理解的,上述S801至S806的执行顺序只是一种示例,在另一些实施例中,也可以采用其他执行顺序,还可以拆分或合并部分步骤,在此不做限定。It can be understood that the above execution sequence of S801 to S806 is only an example. In other embodiments, other execution sequences can also be adopted, and some steps can also be split or combined, which is not limited here.
可以理解,在存在运动的用户的情况下,智能电视发射连续超声波信号之后,一定时间内智能电视接收到的回波信号中,有些回波信号来自运动的用户,有些回波信号来自静止物体,例如家具、家电等等。故而这些回波信号的总回波能量E中包括了用户运动引入的运动成分能量和静止物体引入的静止成分能量。其中,运动成分能量的大小与用户和智能电视之间的距离d负相关,即运动成分能量越小,则表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d越远,运动成分能量越大,则表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d越近。故在本申请一些实施例中,可以通过提取回波信号的回波能量E中的运动成分能量(下文称为距离能量Esd),表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d,相应地,也可以为各距离范围设置对应的运动成分能量范围(下文称为距离能量范围)。如此,在此处,无需直接计算用户与智能电视之间的距离d,只需根据回波信号计算出表示距离d的距离能量Esd即可。此外,可以理解,动成分能量大小除了与距离成负相关,还与反射物体的反射系数、反射截面积大小有关。为了剔除这些因素对距离远近判断造成的影响,可以在设置距离能量范围时适当的增加余量,使其囊括合理的用户反射系数和截面积区间,或者,可以在启动基于运动成分能量测量用户距离的功能时,引导用户进行个性化的校准测量,对反射物体的反射系数、反射截面积等因素引入的距离误差进行校准。It can be understood that in the presence of moving users, after the smart TV transmits continuous ultrasonic signals, among the echo signals received by the smart TV within a certain period of time, some echo signals come from the moving user, and some echo signals come from stationary objects. Such as furniture, home appliances, etc. Therefore, the total echo energy E of these echo signals includes the motion component energy introduced by the user's movement and the stationary component energy introduced by the stationary object. Among them, the magnitude of the motion component energy is negatively correlated with the distance d between the user and the smart TV. That is, the smaller the motion component energy, the farther the distance d between the user and the smart TV is. The greater the motion component energy, the greater the distance d between the user and the smart TV. The closer the distance d is to the smart TV. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, the distance d between the user and the smart TV can be represented by extracting the motion component energy (hereinafter referred to as the distance energy Esd) in the echo energy E of the echo signal. Correspondingly, it can also be A corresponding motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as distance energy range) is set for each distance range. In this way, here, there is no need to directly calculate the distance d between the user and the smart TV. It is only necessary to calculate the distance energy Esd representing the distance d based on the echo signal. In addition, it can be understood that the dynamic component energy is not only negatively related to the distance, but also related to the reflection coefficient and reflection cross-sectional area of the reflecting object. In order to eliminate the impact of these factors on distance judgment, you can appropriately increase the margin when setting the distance energy range to include a reasonable user reflection coefficient and cross-sectional area range, or you can start measuring user distance based on motion component energy. function, it guides users to perform personalized calibration measurements to calibrate distance errors introduced by factors such as the reflection coefficient and reflection cross-sectional area of reflective objects.
如前所述,回波信号的回波能量E可以通过对预设时间段内智能电视接收到的多个回波信号的频域数据中的振幅进行积分获得,因此,回波能量E中的运动成分能量Es,即此处的距离能量Esd可以通过以下方式得到:从预设时间段内智能电视接收到的多个回波信号中,筛选出由于用户运动所引入的运动回波信号,然后对运动回波信号的频域数据中的振幅进行积分得到运动成分能量Es。即运动成分能量Es是运动回波信号的回波能量。As mentioned before, the echo energy E of the echo signal can be obtained by integrating the amplitudes in the frequency domain data of multiple echo signals received by the smart TV within a preset time period. Therefore, the echo energy E The motion component energy Es, that is, the distance energy Esd here, can be obtained in the following way: from the multiple echo signals received by the smart TV within a preset time period, filter out the motion echo signals introduced due to user motion, and then The amplitude in the frequency domain data of the motion echo signal is integrated to obtain the motion component energy Es. That is, the motion component energy Es is the echo energy of the motion echo signal.
如前文所述,不同时刻接收到的运动回波信号相对于发射信号的相位偏移量不同,故通过对回波 信号的相位偏移量进行分析,可以筛选出相位偏移量随时间变化的运动回波信号,即将在不同时刻接收到的、由同一运动物体反射的相位偏移量不同的回波信号确定为运动回波信号。As mentioned above, the motion echo signals received at different times have different phase offsets relative to the transmitted signal. Therefore, by analyzing the echo By analyzing the phase offset of the signal, the motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time can be screened out, that is, the echo signals with different phase offsets received at different times and reflected by the same moving object are determined as motion echo signal.
对应地,在采用距离能量Esd表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d时,可以为各距离范围设置对应的运动成分能量范围,即距离能量范围,然后将距离能量范围与前述的发射音量范围建立对应关系,从而将回波信号计算得到的距离能量Esd所处的距离能量范围所对应的发射音量范围,作为距离d所处的距离范围所对应的发射音量范围。Correspondingly, when the distance energy Esd is used to represent the distance d between the user and the smart TV, the corresponding motion component energy range can be set for each distance range, that is, the distance energy range, and then the distance energy range is established with the aforementioned emission volume range. Corresponding relationship, so that the emission volume range corresponding to the distance energy range where the calculated echo signal Esd is located is regarded as the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range where distance d is located.
例如,下表3示出了基于表1的关系,设置的距离范围、距离能量范围以及发射音量范围之间的对应关系。For example, Table 3 below shows the corresponding relationship between the set distance range, distance energy range and transmission volume range based on the relationship in Table 1.
表3
table 3
其中,d1、d2、d3、d4依次增大,Esd1、Esd2、Esd3、Esd4、Esd5依次减小。距离范围(如(d1,d2))的最小值(如d1)对应距离能量范围(如(Esd3,Esd2))的最大值(如Esd2),距离范围(如(d1,d2))的最大值(如d2)对应距离能量范围的最小值(如Esd3)。Among them, d1, d2, d3, and d4 increase in sequence, and Esd1, Esd2, Esd3, Esd4, and Esd5 decrease in sequence. The minimum value (such as d1) of the distance range (such as (d1, d2)) corresponds to the maximum value (such as Esd2) of the distance energy range (such as (Esd3, Esd2)), and the maximum value of the distance range (such as (d1, d2)) (such as d2) corresponds to the minimum value of the distance energy range (such as Esd3).
此外,由于回波信号的运动成分能量与发射音量的大小正相关,即发射音量越大,运动成分能量越大,发射音量越小,运动成分能量越小,故在一些实施例中,可以采用运动成分能量范围(下文称为音量能量范围)表示与各距离范围或者距离能量范围对应的发射音量范围。如此,无需预先测量好对应各距离范围的发射音量范围,在自适应调整发射音量的过程中,只要确定发射音量调整后接收到的运动回波信号的运动成分能量,是否位于对应的音量能量范围,即可确定调整后的发射音量是否位于距离范围对应的发射音量范围内。可以理解,在一些实施例中,如果为各距离范围设置的是对应的单个发射音量,则此处也可以对应单个的发射音量设置音量能量范围。In addition, since the energy of the motion component of the echo signal is positively related to the size of the transmission volume, that is, the greater the transmission volume, the greater the energy of the motion component, and the smaller the volume of the transmission, the smaller the energy of the motion component. Therefore, in some embodiments, it is possible to use The motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as the volume energy range) represents the emission volume range corresponding to each distance range or distance energy range. In this way, there is no need to pre-measure the transmission volume range corresponding to each distance range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmission volume, it is only necessary to determine whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the transmission volume is adjusted is within the corresponding volume energy range. , you can determine whether the adjusted emission volume is within the emission volume range corresponding to the distance range. It can be understood that in some embodiments, if a corresponding single transmission volume is set for each distance range, the volume energy range can also be set corresponding to a single transmission volume.
可以理解,虽然此处的音量能量范围和前文提到的距离能量范围所表示的数值均为回波信号的运动成分能量的大小,但是,音量能量范围与发射音量相关,用于采用运动成分能量替代发射音量范围,距离能量范围与距离d相关,用于采用运动成分能量替代距离能量范围,两者并不相同,没有必然关系。It can be understood that although the volume energy range here and the value represented by the distance energy range mentioned above are the magnitude of the motion component energy of the echo signal, the volume energy range is related to the emission volume and is used to use the motion component energy. To replace the emission volume range, the distance energy range is related to the distance d, and is used to replace the distance energy range with the motion component energy. The two are not the same and have no necessary relationship.
此外,可以理解,由于距离能量和音量能量本质上都是回波信号的运动成分能量,所以,距离能量和音量能量的计算方式可以参考前文提到的运动成分能量的计算方式。In addition, it can be understood that since the distance energy and the volume energy are essentially the motion component energy of the echo signal, the calculation method of the distance energy and the volume energy can refer to the calculation method of the motion component energy mentioned above.
例如,下表4示出了基于表1或者3,设置的音量能量范围与发射音量范围之间的对应关系。For example, Table 4 below shows the corresponding relationship between the set volume energy range and the transmission volume range based on Table 1 or 3.
表4
Table 4
其中,Esv1、Esv2、Esv3、Esv4依次增大。Among them, Esv1, Esv2, Esv3, and Esv4 increase in sequence.
如上文描述的,在一些实施例中,可以通过距离能量Esd表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d,各距离范围可以用对应的距离能量范围表示,而如上所述,发射音量范围可以用音量能量范围表示,故在一些实施例中,只需测量用户相对于智能电视运动过程中的距离能量Esd,便可基于距离能量范围确定对应的音量能量范围,然后基于音量能量范围调整智能电视的发射音量Vd。例如,下表5示出了基于表1、表3、表4确定的距离范围、距离能量范围、音量能量范围以及发射音量范围之间的对应关系。 As described above, in some embodiments, the distance d between the user and the smart TV can be represented by the distance energy Esd. Each distance range can be represented by a corresponding distance energy range. As mentioned above, the transmission volume range can be represented by the volume. Therefore, in some embodiments, only the distance energy Esd of the user during movement relative to the smart TV can be measured, the corresponding volume energy range can be determined based on the distance energy range, and then the emission of the smart TV can be adjusted based on the volume energy range. Volume Vd. For example, Table 5 below shows the correspondence between the distance range, distance energy range, volume energy range, and emission volume range determined based on Table 1, Table 3, and Table 4.
表5
table 5
下面结合图9详细介绍通过距离能量Esd表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d,用距离能量范围表示各距离范围,用音量能量范围表示发射音量范围,在用户相对于智能电视移动的过程中,自适应调整发射音量的一种技术方案。The following is a detailed introduction in conjunction with Figure 9. The distance energy Esd is used to represent the distance d between the user and the smart TV. The distance energy range is used to represent each distance range. The volume energy range is used to represent the emission volume range. When the user moves relative to the smart TV, A technical solution for adaptively adjusting transmit volume.
具体地,图9根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视根据发射音量对应的回波信号中的距离能量Esd自适应调整发射音量Vd的流程示意图,其中执行主体可以为智能电视10中的处理器110。Specifically, FIG. 9 shows a schematic flowchart of a smart TV adaptively adjusting the transmission volume Vd according to the distance energy Esd in the echo signal corresponding to the transmission volume, according to some embodiments of the present application, in which the execution subject may be the smart TV. Processor 110 in 10.
此外,可以理解,如下图9所示的调整过程,可以在用户运动的过程中随着距离d的变化多次进行,如持续进行或者每个预定时间间隔(如100ms)进行一次。In addition, it can be understood that the adjustment process as shown in Figure 9 below can be performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, such as continuously or once every predetermined time interval (such as 100ms).
具体地,如图9所示,该方法包括:Specifically, as shown in Figure 9, the method includes:
S901至S903,其中S901至S903与S801至S803相同,在此不再赘述。S901 to S903, where S901 to S903 are the same as S801 to S803, and will not be described again.
S904,基于接收到的回波信号,计算表示用户与智能电视之间的距离d的距离能量Esd。S904: Based on the received echo signal, calculate the distance energy Esd representing the distance d between the user and the smart TV.
距离能量Esd的计算方式可以采用S804中方式,在此不再赘述。The distance energy Esd can be calculated using the method in S804, which will not be described again here.
S905,获取距离能量Esd所处的距离能量范围所对应的音量能量范围。S905: Obtain the volume energy range corresponding to the distance energy range where the distance energy Esd is located.
例如,如上表5所示,假设基于回波信号计算出的距离能量Esd属于音量能量范围(Esd3,Esd2),则对应的音量能量范围为(Esv1,Esv2)。For example, as shown in Table 5 above, assuming that the distance energy Esd calculated based on the echo signal belongs to the volume energy range (Esd3, Esd2), the corresponding volume energy range is (Esv1, Esv2).
S906,判断当前距离能量是否在获取的音量能量范围之内。S906: Determine whether the current distance energy is within the acquired volume energy range.
具体地,如前所述,回波信号的运动成分能量,即距离能量Esd与发射音量Vd的大小正相关,所以可以判断当前计算出的距离能量Esd与获取的音量能量范围的关系,例如,在Esd属于距离能量范围(Esd3,Esd2),对应的音量能量范围为(Esv1,Esv2)的情况下,进入步骤S910,完成音量自适应调整;在Esd不属于距离能量范围(Esd3,Esd2),对应的音量能量范围为(Esv1,Esv2)的情况下,进入步骤S907,根据Esd是小于Esv1还是大于Esv2的情况,对发射音量Vd进行调整。Specifically, as mentioned above, the motion component energy of the echo signal, that is, the distance energy Esd, is positively correlated with the size of the emission volume Vd, so the relationship between the currently calculated distance energy Esd and the acquired volume energy range can be judged, for example, When Esd belongs to the distance energy range (Esd3, Esd2) and the corresponding volume energy range is (Esv1, Esv2), step S910 is entered to complete the volume adaptive adjustment; when Esd does not belong to the distance energy range (Esd3, Esd2), When the corresponding volume energy range is (Esv1, Esv2), step S907 is entered, and the transmission volume Vd is adjusted according to whether Esd is smaller than Esv1 or larger than Esv2.
S907,对发射音量Vd进行调整。S907, adjust the transmit volume Vd.
如果Esd是小于Esv1,而Vd与Esd正相关,则说明当前的发射音量Vd过低,需要提高发射音量Vd的大小;如果Esd是大于Esv2,则说明当前的发射音量Vd过高,需要降低发射音量Vd的大小。If Esd is less than Esv1, and Vd is positively related to Esd, it means that the current emission volume Vd is too low, and the emission volume Vd needs to be increased; if Esd is greater than Esv2, it means that the current emission volume Vd is too high, and the emission needs to be reduced. The size of the volume Vd.
S908,判断调整后的发射音量Vd的大小是否大于音量阈值Vt,并且以大于音量阈值Vt的发射音量Vd发射超声波的持续时间T是否大于时间阈值Tv。S908: Determine whether the adjusted emission volume Vd is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and whether the duration T for transmitting ultrasonic waves with a transmission volume Vd greater than the volume threshold Vt is greater than the time threshold Tv.
可以理解,当用户与智能电视之间的距离检测出现错误时,可能出现检测出的用户与智能电视之间的距离持续较大的情况,在这种情况下为了使得运动成分能量Es保持在对应距离范围的运动成分能量范围内,发射音量Vd可能被长时间调高或者保持在高音量,进而使得用户长时间保持在高能量的超声环境中,对用户身体造成伤害。故为了解决这一问题,在提高发射音量Vd的情况下,需要判断提高的音量Vd是否大于音量阈值Vt,并且以大于音量阈值Vt的音量Vd发射超声波的持续时间T是否大于时间阈值Tv。It can be understood that when an error occurs in the distance detection between the user and the smart TV, the detected distance between the user and the smart TV may continue to be large. In this case, in order to keep the motion component energy Es at the corresponding Within the energy range of the motion component within the distance range, the emission volume Vd may be increased or maintained at a high volume for a long time, thereby causing the user to remain in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time, causing harm to the user's body. Therefore, in order to solve this problem, when the emission volume Vd is increased, it is necessary to determine whether the increased volume Vd is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and whether the duration T for transmitting ultrasonic waves at a volume Vd greater than the volume threshold Vt is greater than the time threshold Tv.
例如,音量阈值Vt与用户与智能电视之间的距离d相关,用户与智能电视之间的距离d越大,音量阈值Vt越大。For example, the volume threshold Vt is related to the distance d between the user and the smart TV. The greater the distance d between the user and the smart TV, the greater the volume threshold Vt.
可以理解,在另外一些实施例中,也可以在调整发射音量Vd前执行S908,顺序不做限制。It can be understood that in other embodiments, S908 may also be executed before adjusting the transmission volume Vd, and the order is not limited.
如果判断出调整后的发射音量Vd大于音量阈值Vt,并且以大于音量阈值Vt的发射音量Vd发射超声波的持续时间T大于时间阈值Tv,则表明用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,进入S909,否则,返回S903,控制智能电视以当前设定的发射音量Vd发射超声波信号,并获取经用户反射后接收到的回波信号。If it is determined that the adjusted emission volume Vd is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and the duration T of ultrasonic waves emitted with a transmission volume Vd greater than the volume threshold Vt is greater than the time threshold Tv, it indicates that the user has been in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time and has entered S909, otherwise, return to S903 to control the smart TV to transmit the ultrasonic signal at the currently set transmission volume Vd, and obtain the echo signal received after reflection by the user.
S909,减少发出的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率。 S909, reduce the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal and reduce the detection frame rate.
可以理解的,可以通过减少发射的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率,来避免用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,即将原来发射超声波信号的一个信号周期中的通电时间减少。例如,可以将一个信号周期中的通电时间减少到50%,从而确保用户不会长时间暴露在高能量超声环境下,提高安全性。It is understandable that the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal. For example, the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
在S909之后,返回S903,判断调整后的发射音量Vd是否能够在调整发射音量Vd后,由回波信号计算出的距离能量Esd调整至对应音量能量范围内。After S909, return to S903 to determine whether the adjusted transmission volume Vd can be adjusted to the corresponding volume energy range by adjusting the distance energy Esd calculated from the echo signal after adjusting the transmission volume Vd.
S910,完成音量自适应调整。S910, completes adaptive volume adjustment.
可以理解的,上述S901至S910的执行顺序只是一种示例,在另一些实施例中,也可以采用其他执行顺序,还可以拆分或合并部分步骤,在此不做限定。It can be understood that the above execution sequence of S901 to S910 is only an example. In other embodiments, other execution sequences can also be adopted, and some steps can also be split or combined, which is not limited here.
此外,可以理解,由于上述流程S901至S910在用户运动的过程中随着距离d的变化多次进行,所以可以根据用户与智能电视之间的距离变化,实时地调整发射音量的大小,以在用户距离智能电视较远时,调高超声波的发射音量,在用户距离智能电视较近时,降低超声波的发射音量,实现发射音量的自适应调整。从而在确保用户反射回的回波信号的能量大小足以用于检测用户的运动的同时,避免用户、宠物的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。In addition, it can be understood that since the above-mentioned processes S901 to S910 are performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the change in the distance between the user and the smart TV. When the user is far away from the smart TV, the ultrasonic emission volume is increased. When the user is closer to the smart TV, the ultrasonic emission volume is reduced to achieve adaptive adjustment of the emission volume. This ensures that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the user is sufficient to detect the user's motion, while preventing the body of the user and pet from being harmed by the high-energy ultrasonic signal.
如前所述,超声波信号的传播具有辐射指向性,故智能电视通过扬声器播放超声波信号时,智能电视正前方传播的超声波信号的能量较强,足以用于用户存在的检测,而智能电视侧方传播的超声波信号的能量较弱,使得反射物体反射回的回波信号的能量较弱,无法用于用户存在的检测。因此,在一些实施例中,在智能电视利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测的过程中,可以测量用户相对于智能电视的方向,例如,可以通过前文提到的基于多个麦克风的波束形成的方式确定用户相对于智能电视的方向。然后根据用户相对于智能电视的方向来调整发射音量。具体地,图10根据本申请一些实施例,示出了根据用户相对于智能电视的方向,自适应调整发射音量的一种方法的流程示意图。As mentioned above, the propagation of ultrasonic signals has radiation directivity. Therefore, when the smart TV plays the ultrasonic signal through the speaker, the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated directly in front of the smart TV is strong enough to detect the user's presence, while the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated directly in front of the smart TV is strong enough to detect the presence of the user, while the energy of the ultrasonic signal propagated in the side of the smart TV is The energy of the propagated ultrasonic signal is weak, so that the energy of the echo signal reflected back by the reflecting object is weak and cannot be used for user presence detection. Therefore, in some embodiments, during the process of user presence detection by the smart TV using ultrasonic signals, the direction of the user relative to the smart TV can be measured. For example, it can be determined through the beamforming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above. The user's orientation relative to the smart TV. The transmit volume is then adjusted based on the user's orientation relative to the smart TV. Specifically, FIG. 10 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for adaptively adjusting the transmission volume according to the user's direction relative to the smart TV, according to some embodiments of the present application.
此外,可以理解,如下图10所示的调整过程,可以在用户运动的过程中随着距离d的变化多次进行,如持续进行或者每个预定时间间隔(如100ms)进行一次。In addition, it can be understood that the adjustment process as shown in Figure 10 below can be performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, such as continuously or once every predetermined time interval (such as 100ms).
具体地,如图10所示,包括:Specifically, as shown in Figure 10, it includes:
S1001和S1002,其中S1001和S1002与S801和S802相同,在此不再赘述。S1001 and S1002, where S1001 and S1002 are the same as S801 and S802, and will not be described again here.
S1003,确定用户相对于智能电视的方向。S1003. Determine the user's direction relative to the smart TV.
可以理解,可以采用现有的各种技术确定用户相对于智能电视的方向,例如,可以通过前文提到的基于多个麦克风的波束形成的方式确定用户相对于智能电视的方向。It can be understood that various existing technologies can be used to determine the user's direction relative to the smart TV. For example, the user's direction relative to the smart TV can be determined through the beam forming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above.
S1004,获取与用户与智能电视之间的相对方向R所属的方向范围相对应的音量范围。S1004: Obtain the volume range corresponding to the direction range to which the relative direction R between the user and the smart TV belongs.
具体地,可以预先设置为用户与智能电视之间的不同方向设置多个方向范围,并为各方向范围设置不同的适用的发射音量或者发射音量范围。可以理解,在用户相对于智能电视的方向r位于某一方向范围中时,将智能电视发射超声波信号的发射音量调整在与该方向范围对应的发射音量或者发射音量范围内时,可以确保接收到的回波信号能够满足检测需求,并对处于超声波环境中的用户不造成身体伤害。Specifically, multiple directional ranges can be preset for different directions between the user and the smart TV, and different applicable emission volumes or emission volume ranges can be set for each directional range. It can be understood that when the user is located in a certain direction range relative to the direction r of the smart TV, adjusting the transmission volume of the ultrasonic signal transmitted by the smart TV to the transmission volume corresponding to the direction range or within the transmission volume range can ensure that the received The echo signal can meet the detection needs and does not cause physical harm to users in the ultrasonic environment.
例如,可以设置两个方向范围,一个表示智能电视的正前方,即用户相对于智能电视的第一方向r1,与智能电视屏幕的垂直方向的夹角在(0,r1)范围内,一个表示智能电视的侧方,即用户相对于智能电视的第二方向r2,与智能电视屏幕的垂直方向的夹角在(r1,r2)的范围内。例如,r1可以是75°,r2可以是90°。下表6示出了方向范围与发射音量之间的对应关系:For example, two direction ranges can be set, one represents the front of the smart TV, that is, the user's first direction r1 relative to the smart TV, and the angle between the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the range (0, r1), and the other represents The angle between the side of the smart TV, that is, the user's second direction r2 relative to the smart TV, and the vertical direction of the smart TV screen is within the range of (r1, r2). For example, r1 can be 75° and r2 can be 90°. Table 6 below shows the correspondence between the directional range and the emission volume:
表6
Table 6
其中,Vr2大于Vr1,即用户位于智能电视的侧方时的发射音量大于用户位于智能电视正前方时的发射音量,以确保智能电视接收到的回波信号能够满足检测侧方用户的需求,同时,确保设置的音量不会对用户造成身体伤害。Among them, Vr2 is greater than Vr1, that is, the emission volume when the user is located to the side of the smart TV is greater than the emission volume when the user is directly in front of the smart TV, to ensure that the echo signal received by the smart TV can meet the needs of detecting side users, and at the same time , ensuring that the set volume does not cause physical harm to the user.
S1005,将下一次发射超声波信号的发射音量Vd的大小调整为获取的与方向范围对应的发射音量。S1005: Adjust the transmission volume Vd of the next ultrasonic signal transmission to the obtained transmission volume corresponding to the direction range.
例如,检测到用户相对于智能电视的方向r位于方向范围(r1,r2),即位于智能电视侧方,则将将下一次发射超声波信号的发射音量Vd调整为Vr2。 For example, if it is detected that the user's direction r relative to the smart TV is located in the direction range (r1, r2), that is, on the side of the smart TV, the transmission volume Vd of the next ultrasonic signal transmission will be adjusted to Vr2.
可以理解,由于上述流程S1001至S1005在用户运动的过程中随着方向r的变化多次进行,所以可以根据用户与智能电视之间的方向变化,实时地调整发射音量的大小,以在测量出用户位于智能电视的正前方时,采用较小的发射音量发射超声波信号,在测量出用户位于智能电视的侧方时,采用较大的发射音量发射超声波信号,以确保能够准确的检测到位于智能电视侧方的用户的运动情况。It can be understood that since the above processes S1001 to S1005 are performed multiple times with changes in the direction r during the movement of the user, the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the direction change between the user and the smart TV, so as to achieve the desired result when the user moves. When the user is located directly in front of the smart TV, a smaller emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals. When it is measured that the user is located to the side of the smart TV, a larger emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals to ensure that the ultrasonic signal located on the smart TV can be accurately detected. The movement of the user on the side of the TV.
此外,可以理解,在前文中提到,由于回波信号的运动成分能量与发射音量的大小正相关,即发射音量越大,运动成分能量越大,发射音量越小,运动成分能量越小,故在一些实施例中,可以采用运动成分能量范围(下文称为方向能量范围)表示与各角度范围对应的发射音量或者发射音量范围。如此,无需预先测量好对应各角度范围的发射音量或者发射音量范围,在自适应调整发射音量的过程中,只要确定发射音量调整后接收到的运动回波信号的运动成分能量,是否位于对应的方向能量范围内,即可确定调整后的反射音量是否位于角度范围对应的发射音量范围内。In addition, it can be understood that as mentioned above, since the energy of the motion component of the echo signal is positively related to the size of the emission volume, that is, the greater the emission volume, the greater the energy of the motion component, and the smaller the emission volume, the smaller the energy of the motion component. Therefore, in some embodiments, the motion component energy range (hereinafter referred to as the directional energy range) can be used to represent the emission volume or emission volume range corresponding to each angle range. In this way, there is no need to pre-measure the transmission volume or transmission volume range corresponding to each angle range. In the process of adaptively adjusting the transmission volume, it is only necessary to determine whether the motion component energy of the motion echo signal received after the transmission volume is adjusted is located in the corresponding Within the directional energy range, you can determine whether the adjusted reflection volume is within the emission volume range corresponding to the angle range.
此外,可以理解,由于角度能量本质上是回波信号的运动成分能量,所以,角度能量的计算方式可以参考前文提到的运动成分能量的计算方式。In addition, it can be understood that since the angular energy is essentially the motion component energy of the echo signal, the calculation method of the angular energy can refer to the calculation method of the motion component energy mentioned above.
例如,下表7示出了基于表6,设置的方向范围与、方向能量范围、发射音量之间的对应关系。For example, Table 7 below shows the corresponding relationship between the set direction range, the direction energy range, and the emission volume based on Table 6.
表7
Table 7
其中,Esr1、Esr2、Esr3、Esr4依次增大。由于方向能量范围与发射音量呈正相关,所以设置Esr1、Esr2、Esr3、Esr4依次增大,可以确保当用户的角度能量处于范围(Esr1,Esr2)时的发射音量小于处于范围(Esr3,Esr4)时的发射音量,即对应Vr1小于Vr2,用户在智能电视侧方的发射音量大于用户在智能电视正前方的发射音量。Among them, Esr1, Esr2, Esr3, and Esr4 increase in sequence. Since the directional energy range is positively related to the emission volume, setting Esr1, Esr2, Esr3, and Esr4 to increase in sequence can ensure that when the user's angular energy is in the range (Esr1, Esr2), the emission volume is smaller than when the user's angular energy is in the range (Esr3, Esr4). The emission volume corresponds to Vr1 being smaller than Vr2, and the user's emission volume on the side of the smart TV is greater than the user's emission volume directly in front of the smart TV.
下面结合图11详细介绍通过方向能量范围表示角度范围对应的发射音量,在用户相对于智能电视移动的过程中,自适应调整发射音量的一种技术方案。The following describes in detail a technical solution for adaptively adjusting the emission volume by using the directional energy range to represent the emission volume corresponding to the angular range in conjunction with Figure 11 as the user moves relative to the smart TV.
在一些实施例中,图11的执行主体可以为智能电视10中的处理器110。In some embodiments, the execution subject of FIG. 11 may be the processor 110 in the smart TV 10 .
此外,可以理解,如下图11所示的调整过程,可以在用户运动的过程中随着距离d的变化多次进行,如持续进行或者每个预定时间间隔(如100ms)进行一次。In addition, it can be understood that the adjustment process as shown in Figure 11 below can be performed multiple times as the distance d changes during the user's movement, such as continuously or once every predetermined time interval (such as 100ms).
具体地,如图11所示,该方法包括:Specifically, as shown in Figure 11, the method includes:
S1101和S1102,其中S1101和S1102与S801和S802相同,在此不再赘述。S1101 and S1102, where S1101 and S1102 are the same as S801 and S802, and will not be described again here.
S1103,确定用户相对于智能电视的方向r,并获取与方向r所处的方向范围对应的方向能量范围。S1103. Determine the user's direction r relative to the smart TV, and obtain the directional energy range corresponding to the direction range in which direction r is located.
可以理解,可以采用现有的各种技术确定用户相对于智能电视的方向,例如,可以通过前文提到的基于多个麦克风的波束形成的方式确定用户相对于智能电视的方向。并且,角度能量Esr的计算方式可以参考S804中运动成分能量的计算方式。It can be understood that various existing technologies can be used to determine the user's direction relative to the smart TV. For example, the user's direction relative to the smart TV can be determined through the beam forming method based on multiple microphones mentioned above. Moreover, the calculation method of the angular energy Esr can refer to the calculation method of the motion component energy in S804.
S1104,确定方向r所处的方向范围与上一次测量的方向r'所处的方向范围是否相同。S1104: Determine whether the direction range of the direction r is the same as the direction range of the last measured direction r'.
由于用户可能运动过程中有一段时间(如30min)是处于智能电视正前方或者侧方的,故需要先判断方向r所处的方向范围是否与前一次判断的相同。如果相同,则进入S1105,保持当前的发射音量Vr;如果不同,则进入S1106,调整发射音量。Since the user may be directly in front of or to the side of the smart TV for a period of time (such as 30 minutes) during movement, it is necessary to first determine whether the direction range of direction r is the same as the previous determination. If they are the same, go to S1105 and keep the current transmit volume Vr; if they are different, go to S1106 and adjust the transmit volume.
S1105,保持当前的发射音量Vr。S1105, maintain the current transmission volume Vr.
在S1105后,进入S1109,确定音量自适应调整完成。After S1105, enter S1109 to confirm that the volume adaptive adjustment is completed.
S1106,调整发射音量Vr的大小,并以调整后的发射音量发射超声波信号。S1106, adjust the transmission volume Vr, and transmit the ultrasonic signal with the adjusted transmission volume.
具体地,如果方向r所处的方向范围与上一次测量的方向r'所处的方向范围相比,方向增大,则说明用户从智能电视的正前方向侧方移动,需要调高发射音量Vr,如果方向减小,则说明用户从智能电视的侧方向正前方向移动,需要降低发射音量Vr。Specifically, if the direction range of the direction r is larger than the direction range of the last measured direction r', it means that the user moves from the front to the side of the smart TV and needs to increase the transmission volume. Vr, if the direction decreases, it means that the user moves from the side to the front of the smart TV and needs to reduce the emission volume Vr.
S1107,获取回波信号,并基于回波信号计算方向能量Esr。S1107: Obtain the echo signal and calculate the directional energy Esr based on the echo signal.
S1108,判断方向能量Esr是否属于获取的方向能量范围之内。S1108: Determine whether the directional energy Esr is within the obtained directional energy range.
如果判断方向能量Esr属于获取的方向能量范围之内,则进入S1109,确定音量自适应调整完成,如果判断方向能量Esr不属于获取的方向能量范围之内,则返回S1106继续调整发射音量Vr的大小。 If it is determined that the directional energy Esr is within the obtained directional energy range, then enter S1109 to confirm that the volume adaptive adjustment is completed. If it is determined that the directional energy Esr is not within the obtained directional energy range, then return to S1106 to continue adjusting the emission volume Vr. .
S1109,确定音量自适应调整完成。S1109: Confirm that the volume adaptive adjustment is completed.
可以理解,当用户与智能电视之间的方向检测出现错误时,发射音量Vd可能被长时间调高或者保持在高音量,进而使得用户长时间保持在高能量的超声环境中,对用户身体造成伤害。故为了解决这一问题,在一些实施例中,在上述步骤S1106中,在提高发射音量Vr的情况下,需要判断提高的音量Vr是否大于音量阈值Vt,并且以大于音量阈值Vt的音量Vr发射超声波的持续时间T是否大于时间阈值Tv。如果以大于音量阈值Vt的发射音量Vr发射超声波的持续时间T大于时间阈值Tv,表明用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,在以调整后的发射音量Vr发射超声波信号时,在减少发出的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率。It can be understood that when there is an error in the direction detection between the user and the smart TV, the emission volume Vd may be increased or maintained at a high volume for a long time, causing the user to remain in a high-energy ultrasound environment for a long time, causing harm to the user's body. harm. Therefore, in order to solve this problem, in some embodiments, in the above step S1106, when the transmission volume Vr is increased, it is necessary to determine whether the increased volume Vr is greater than the volume threshold Vt, and transmit with a volume Vr greater than the volume threshold Vt. Whether the duration T of the ultrasound is greater than the time threshold Tv. If the duration T of transmitting ultrasonic waves with a transmit volume Vr greater than the volume threshold Vt is greater than the time threshold Tv, it indicates that the user has been in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time. The ultrasonic signal duty cycle reduces the detection frame rate.
可以理解的,可以通过减少发射的超声波信号占空比,降低检测帧率,来避免用户长时间处于在高能量的超声环境中,即将原来发射超声波信号的一个信号周期中的通电时间减少。例如,可以将一个信号周期中的通电时间减少到50%,从而确保用户不会长时间暴露在高能量超声环境下,提高安全性。It is understandable that the user can be prevented from being in a high-energy ultrasonic environment for a long time by reducing the duty cycle of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and lowering the detection frame rate, that is, reducing the power-on time in one signal cycle of the originally transmitted ultrasonic signal. For example, the power-on time in one signal cycle can be reduced to 50%, thereby ensuring that users are not exposed to high-energy ultrasound environments for long periods of time and improving safety.
可以理解的,上述S1101至S1109的执行顺序只是一种示例,在另一些实施例中,也可以采用其他执行顺序,还可以拆分或合并部分步骤,在此不做限定。It can be understood that the above execution order of S1101 to S1109 is only an example. In other embodiments, other execution orders can also be adopted, and some steps can also be split or combined, which is not limited here.
可以理解,由于上述流程S1101至S1109在用户运动的过程中随着方向r的变化多次进行,所以可以根据用户与智能电视之间的方向变化,实时地调整发射音量的大小,以在测量出用户位于智能电视的正前方时,采用较小的发射音量发射超声波信号,在测量出用户位于智能电视的侧方时,采用较大的发射音量发射超声波信号,以确保能够准确的检测到位于智能电视侧方的用户的运动情况。It can be understood that since the above processes S1101 to S1109 are performed multiple times with changes in the direction r during the movement of the user, the emission volume can be adjusted in real time according to the direction change between the user and the smart TV, so as to achieve the desired result when the user moves. When the user is located directly in front of the smart TV, a smaller emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals. When it is measured that the user is located to the side of the smart TV, a larger emission volume is used to emit ultrasonic signals to ensure that the ultrasonic signal located on the smart TV can be accurately detected. The movement of the user on the side of the TV.
如前所述,儿童和宠物对超声波信号能量的耐受度小于成人,如果在进行用户检测的过程中,以固定的音量发射超声波信号,该音量可能适用于成人,但是可能会对小孩和宠物造成危害。故本申请一些实施例公开了一种音量自适应调整方法,在智能电视利用超声波信号进行用户存在检测的过程中,当检测到存在相对于智能电视运动的用户时,可以通过智能电视的相机拍摄用户的照片,并通过图像识别技术识别照片中的用户是是成人还是儿童,用户身边是否存在宠物。如果确定用户是儿童或者用户身边存在宠物,则可以采用比用户是成人的发射音量更小的发射音量来发射超声波信号。具体地,如图12所示,包括:As mentioned before, children and pets are less tolerant to ultrasonic signal energy than adults. If an ultrasonic signal is emitted at a fixed volume during user detection, the volume may be suitable for adults, but it may be harmful to children and pets. cause harm. Therefore, some embodiments of the present application disclose a volume adaptive adjustment method. In the process of user presence detection using ultrasonic signals on a smart TV, when a user moving relative to the smart TV is detected, the user can be photographed by the camera of the smart TV. The user's photos are taken, and image recognition technology is used to identify whether the user in the photo is an adult or a child, and whether there are pets around the user. If it is determined that the user is a child or there is a pet around the user, the ultrasonic signal can be transmitted using a smaller transmission volume than if the user is an adult. Specifically, as shown in Figure 12, it includes:
S1201和S1102,其中S1201和S1202与S801和S802相同,在此不再赘述。S1201 and S1102, where S1201 and S1202 are the same as S801 and S802, and will not be described again.
S1203,确定反射超声波信号的物体中是否存在目标反射物体。S1203. Determine whether there is a target reflective object among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal.
例如,目标反射物体可以为儿童或者宠物。智能电视默认的超声波发射音量一般设置为适用于成人,故如果识别出照片中存在儿童或者宠物,则说明需要调低超声波的发射音量,进入S1204,否则,进入S1205,保持当前的发射音量。For example, the target reflective object can be a child or a pet. The default ultrasonic emission volume of smart TVs is generally set to be suitable for adults. Therefore, if children or pets are recognized in the photo, it means that the ultrasonic emission volume needs to be lowered and enter S1204. Otherwise, enter S1205 and maintain the current emission volume.
S1204,调低超声波的发射音量至对应目标反射物体的发射音量大小。S1204, lower the emission volume of the ultrasonic wave to the emission volume corresponding to the target reflecting object.
可以理解,适用于儿童和宠物的发射音量的大小不仅要小于成人的发射音量的大小,还要保证接收到的回波信号能够满足检测需求。当调低超声波的发射音量至对应儿童或者宠物的发射音量大小,进入S1202。It can be understood that the emission volume suitable for children and pets must not only be smaller than the emission volume for adults, but also ensure that the received echo signal can meet the detection requirements. When the ultrasonic emission volume is lowered to a level corresponding to that of a child or pet, enter S1202.
S1205,保持当前的发射音量。S1205, maintain the current transmit volume.
可以理解,由于上述流程S1201至S1202在用户运动的过程中可以每个一定时间(如每隔1min)多次进行,所以可以根据用户类型的变化,实时地调整发射音量的大小,以在智能电视前出现儿童和宠物时,避免儿童、宠物的身体遭受强能量超声波信号的危害。It can be understood that since the above processes S1201 to S1202 can be performed multiple times at a certain time (such as every 1 minute) during the user's movement, the transmission volume can be adjusted in real time according to changes in the user type to adjust the transmission volume on the smart TV. When children and pets are present, prevent the bodies of children and pets from being harmed by high-energy ultrasonic signals.
S1206,完成音量自适应调整。S1206, complete adaptive volume adjustment.
此外,在另一些实施例中,智能电视10可以通过提取接收到的环境中的超声波信号的运动成分能量Es,判断环境中是否存在大于安全门限的超声波信号,并在检测到超过安全门限的超声波信号后,通过显示提示信息或者语音提醒等方式,向用户提醒当前环境中存在对身体有危害的超声波污染。例如,可以在智能电视的屏幕上显示提示信息“当前环境中存在对身体有危害的超声波信号,请检测超声波污染源”。In addition, in other embodiments, the smart TV 10 can determine whether there is an ultrasonic signal greater than a safety threshold in the environment by extracting the motion component energy Es of the received ultrasonic signal in the environment, and detect the ultrasonic wave exceeding the safety threshold. After receiving the signal, the user is reminded that there is ultrasonic pollution in the current environment that is harmful to the body by displaying prompt information or voice reminders. For example, the prompt message "There are ultrasonic signals that are harmful to the body in the current environment, please detect the source of ultrasonic pollution" can be displayed on the screen of a smart TV.
此外,如前文提到的,基于连续超声波信号的相位偏移量的变化确定出智能电视前是否存在运动的反射物体的技术方案,除了控制待机画面的显示,还可以应用于其他应用场景中。例如,用于智能电视的运动类APP。例如,在一些实施例中,当智能电视的用户在智能电视前跟随运动类APP(如健身APP、虚拟现实互动类游戏APP)运动的时候,可以根据发射的连续超声波被用户返回后接收到的回波信号 的相位偏移量,计算出用户的运动速度,然后根据用户的运动速度反馈对应的画面或者给用户给出运动的建议。In addition, as mentioned above, the technical solution of determining whether there is a moving reflective object in front of a smart TV based on changes in the phase offset of continuous ultrasonic signals can be used in other application scenarios in addition to controlling the display of the standby screen. For example, sports apps for smart TVs. For example, in some embodiments, when a user of a smart TV follows a sports APP (such as a fitness APP, a virtual reality interactive game APP) in front of the smart TV, the continuous ultrasonic waves emitted are returned by the user and received. echo signal The phase offset is used to calculate the user's movement speed, and then the corresponding screen is fed back or exercise suggestions are given to the user based on the user's movement speed.
进一步,为便于更深入理解本申请实施例提供的技术方案,图13根据本申请的一些实施例,示出了一种智能电视10的软件结构示意图。如图13所示,智能电视10的软件结构是一个多层结构,从上到下依次为应用程序层91、应用程序框架层92、系统库93和内核层94。Furthermore, in order to facilitate a deeper understanding of the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, Figure 13 shows a schematic software structure diagram of a smart TV 10 according to some embodiments of the present application. As shown in Figure 13, the software structure of the smart TV 10 is a multi-layer structure, which includes an application layer 91, an application framework layer 92, a system library 93 and a kernel layer 94 from top to bottom.
其中,应用程序层91可以包括一系列应用程序包。如图13中所示,应用程序层91包括蓝牙910、音乐911、图库912、待机显示913和日历914等应用程序。其中,在本申请的一些实施例中,待机显示913可以为用户20提供设置屏幕显示控制功能的开关,待机显示913接收用户20触发的打开智能显示程序指令,开启屏幕显示控制功能,并向应用程序框架层92发送调用检测用户是否存在的服务指令。Among them, the application layer 91 may include a series of application packages. As shown in Figure 13, the application layer 91 includes applications such as Bluetooth 910, music 911, gallery 912, standby display 913, and calendar 914. Among them, in some embodiments of the present application, the standby display 913 can provide the user 20 with a switch for setting the screen display control function. The standby display 913 receives the instruction triggered by the user 20 to open the smart display program, turns on the screen display control function, and sends a message to the application. The program framework layer 92 sends a service instruction to call and detect whether the user exists.
应用程序框架层92为应用程序层91的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架,应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。应用程序框架层92包括通知管理器920、视图系统921、内容提供器922、存在感知模块923、资源管理器924等。其中,在本申请的一些实施例中,存在感知模块923对待机显示913发送的调用检测用户是否存在的服务指令进行指令响应,向系统库93发送启用超声信号处理库933和监听用户存在检测结果的指令。其中,超声信号处理库933能够获取麦克风录入的回波信号,并根据回波信号,执行上文提到的确定用户是否存在的技术方案。The application framework layer 92 provides an application programming interface (API) and programming framework for applications in the application layer 91. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions. The application framework layer 92 includes a notification manager 920, a view system 921, a content provider 922, a presence awareness module 923, a resource manager 924, and so on. Among them, in some embodiments of the present application, the presence sensing module 923 responds to the service instruction sent by the standby display 913 to detect the presence of the user, sends the enabling ultrasonic signal processing library 933 and monitors the user presence detection results to the system library 93 instructions. Among them, the ultrasonic signal processing library 933 can obtain the echo signal recorded by the microphone, and execute the above-mentioned technical solution of determining whether the user exists based on the echo signal.
系统库93是智能电视10软件系统的核心,可以通过应用程序框架层92对应用程序层91的应用程序提供服务。系统服务层93媒体库930、图形处理器931、表面管理库932、超声信号处理库933、语音唤醒库934等。其中,在本申请的一些实施例中,超声信号处理库933对存在感知模块923发送的启用超声信号处理库933和监听用户存在检测结果的指令响应,并向内核层94发送调用音频录音流和播放流指令。The system library 93 is the core of the smart TV 10 software system and can provide services to applications in the application layer 91 through the application framework layer 92 . The system service layer 93 media library 930, graphics processor 931, surface management library 932, ultrasonic signal processing library 933, voice wake-up library 934, etc. In some embodiments of the present application, the ultrasonic signal processing library 933 responds to the instruction sent by the presence sensing module 923 to enable the ultrasonic signal processing library 933 and monitor the user presence detection results, and sends a call to the audio recording stream and Play stream command.
内核层94包括显示驱动940、摄像头驱动941、网卡驱动942、音频驱动943和传感器驱动944等。其中,在本申请的一些实施例中,音频驱动943对超声信号处理库933发送的调用音频录音流和播放流响应,进而驱动麦克风进行录音,如录入回波信号,并启动喇叭进行超声播放,如播放连续超声波信号。The kernel layer 94 includes a display driver 940, a camera driver 941, a network card driver 942, an audio driver 943, a sensor driver 944, etc. Among them, in some embodiments of the present application, the audio driver 943 responds to the calling audio recording stream and playback stream sent by the ultrasonic signal processing library 933, and then drives the microphone to record, such as recording echo signals, and starts the speaker for ultrasonic playback. Such as playing continuous ultrasonic signal.
可以理解,图13示出了智能电视10的软件结构中只是一种示例,在另一些实施例中,智能电视10也可以采用其他形式的软件结构,例如安卓TM、iOSTM、HarmonyOSTM、TizenTM等,本申请实施例不做限定。It can be understood that the software structure of the smart TV 10 shown in FIG. 13 is only an example. In other embodiments, the smart TV 10 can also adopt other forms of software structures, such as Android TM , iOS TM , HarmonyOS TM , Tizen TM , etc., are not limited by the embodiments of this application.
本申请实施例一公开了一种屏幕显示控制方法,应用于电子设备,包括:Embodiment 1 of the present application discloses a screen display control method, which is applied to electronic devices, including:
发射超声波信号;emit ultrasonic signals;
获取在第一时间段内接收到的经由物体反射所述超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Obtaining a plurality of echo signals generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the object and received within a first time period;
当反射所述超声波信号的物体中存在相对于所述电子设备运动的用户时,在所述多个回波信号满足指示是否存在所述用户的第一条件的情况下,执行第一屏幕显示方式;When there is a user moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, and the plurality of echo signals satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user is present, the first screen display mode is executed. ;
当反射所述超声波信号的物体中不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的用户时,在所述多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在所述用户的所述第一条件的情况下,执行第二屏幕显示方式;When there is no user moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, in the case where the plurality of echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user is present, a second condition is performed. Two screen display mode;
其中,所述第一条件包括:所述多个回波信号中,存在相对于所述发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号。Wherein, the first condition includes: among the plurality of echo signals, there are a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal changes with time.
本申请实施例二为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述运动包括用户的位移不发生变化的肢体运动。Embodiment 2 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the movement includes body movement in which the displacement of the user does not change.
本申请实施例三为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述超声波信号包括连续超声波信号。The third embodiment of the present application is the screen display control method according to the first embodiment, wherein the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例四为根据实施例三的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述发射超声波信号包括:Embodiment 4 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 3, wherein the emitting ultrasonic signal includes:
同时发射多个连续超声波信号,其中各连续超声波信号的发射频率不同。Multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at the same time, and the emission frequencies of each continuous ultrasonic signal are different.
本申请实施例五为根据实施例四的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述多个连续超声波信号包括第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号,并且Embodiment 5 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的初始发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽;或者The difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal; or
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的最大发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽。 The difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例六为根据实施例四的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述发射超声波信号包括:Embodiment 6 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the transmitting an ultrasonic signal includes:
采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射所述多个连续超声波信号。The same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
本申请实施例七为根据实施例四的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一条件还包括:Embodiment 7 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 4, wherein the first condition further includes:
所述用户相对于所述电子设备运动的等效速度属于第一速度范围,并且所述第一速度范围不包括0。The equivalent speed of the user's movement relative to the electronic device belongs to a first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
本申请实施例八为根据实施例七的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述等效速度通过以下方式得到:Embodiment 8 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 7, wherein the equivalent speed is obtained in the following manner:
从所述多个连续超声波信号分别对应的回波信号中,选择出相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;Select a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time from the echo signals respectively corresponding to the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals;
基于各连续超声波信号分别对应的多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算出对应各连续超声波信号的多个运动速度,其中,所述相位偏移量与所述运动回波信号的回波路径相关;Based on the phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, wherein the phase offset and the echo of the motion echo signal are calculated. Wave path dependent;
采用预设算法对所述多个运动速度进行处理,得到用户的等效速度。A preset algorithm is used to process the multiple movement speeds to obtain the user's equivalent speed.
本申请实施例九为根据实施例八的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述预设算法包括下列中的至少一项:Embodiment 9 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 8, wherein the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
计算所述多个运动速度的平均值;Calculate the average of the plurality of movement speeds;
计算所述多个运动速度的最小二乘法拟合值。Calculate least squares fitting values for the plurality of motion velocities.
本申请实施例十为根据实施例七的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一速度范围为0m/s-5m/s。Embodiment 10 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 7, wherein the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
本申请实施例十一为根据实施例三的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述连续超声波信号包括下列中的任一项:Embodiment 11 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 3, wherein the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
正弦超声波信号、调频连续超声波信号。Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例十二为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一条件还包括:Embodiment 12 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first condition further includes:
所述电子设备采集的反射所述超声波信号的物体的图像中存在人类。There is a human being in the image of the object that reflects the ultrasonic signal collected by the electronic device.
本申请实施例十三为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一屏幕显示方式包括下列中的至少一种:Embodiment 13 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
将所述电子设备的屏幕从黑屏状态转换为显示待机画面;Convert the screen of the electronic device from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen;
将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态并显示上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面;Convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state and display the screen displayed before the last time it entered the standby screen or black screen state;
将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态,并播放用户已经暂停的节目。Convert the screen of the electronic device from a standby screen or a black screen state to a bright screen state, and play the program that the user has paused.
本申请实施例十四为根据实施例十三的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面包括下列中的至少一种:Embodiment 14 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 13, wherein the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time includes at least one of the following:
开机画面;startup screen;
用户所观看的节目的暂停画面;The pause screen of the program watched by the user;
用户所浏览的应用界面。The application interface that the user browses.
本申请实施例十五为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第二屏幕显示方式包括:Embodiment 15 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the second screen display method includes:
保持黑屏状态或者保持显示待机画面。Keep the screen black or keep the standby screen displayed.
本申请实施例十六为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述在所述多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在所述用户的所述第一条件的情况下,执行第二屏幕显示方式,包括:Embodiment 16 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein in the case where the plurality of echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user is present, executing a second Screen display methods, including:
对应于所述多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在所述用户的所述第一条件,并且在第一预设历史时长内接收到的历史回波信号均不满足所述第一条件,执行下列中的至少一种屏幕显示方式:Corresponding to the fact that the plurality of echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user exists, and that none of the historical echo signals received within the first preset historical duration satisfies the first condition, execute At least one of the following screen displays:
将所述电子设备的屏幕从亮屏状态转换为待机画面或者黑屏状态,Convert the screen of the electronic device from a bright screen state to a standby screen or a black screen state,
将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面转换为黑屏状态,Convert the screen of the electronic device from a standby screen to a black screen state,
将所述电子设备屏幕上正在播放的节目暂停。Pause the program being played on the screen of the electronic device.
本申请实施例十七为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一屏幕显示方式还包括:Embodiment 17 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first screen display method further includes:
对应于所述用户逐渐靠近所述电子设备并且电子设备处于黑屏状态,逐渐亮起所述电子设备的屏幕并显示待机画面或者上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面;并且Corresponding to the user gradually approaching the electronic device and the electronic device is in a black screen state, gradually light up the screen of the electronic device and display the standby screen or the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time; and
所述第二屏幕显示方式还包括:The second screen display method also includes:
对应于所述用户逐渐远离所述电子设备,并且所述电子设备处于亮屏状态或者显示待机画面,将所述电子设备的屏幕逐渐变暗。In response to the user gradually moving away from the electronic device and the electronic device being in a bright screen state or displaying a standby screen, the screen of the electronic device is gradually dimmed.
本申请实施例十八为根据实施例十七的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述用户靠近所述电子设备的 速度越快,所述屏幕逐渐亮起的速度越快;Embodiment 18 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 17, wherein the user is close to the electronic device The faster the speed, the faster the screen gradually lights up;
所述用户远离所述电子设备的速度越快,所述屏幕逐渐变暗的速度越快。The faster the user moves away from the electronic device, the faster the screen gradually dims.
本申请实施例十九为根据实施例十七的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,通过以下方式判断所述用户是否逐渐靠近或者远离所述电子设备:Embodiment 19 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 17, wherein it is determined whether the user is gradually approaching or moving away from the electronic device in the following manner:
计算先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率,其中所述等效频率与回波信号的回波路径相关,并且回波路径越小,所述等效频率越大;Calculate the equivalent frequency of multiple echo signals acquired successively, wherein the equivalent frequency is related to the echo path of the echo signal, and the smaller the echo path, the greater the equivalent frequency;
对应于先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率依次增大,判断出所述用户逐渐靠近所述电子设备;Corresponding to the equivalent frequencies of multiple echo signals acquired successively, it is determined that the user is gradually approaching the electronic device;
对应于先后获取的多个回波信号的等效频率依次减小,判断出所述用户逐渐远离所述电子设备。The equivalent frequencies corresponding to the multiple echo signals acquired successively decrease in sequence, and it is determined that the user is gradually moving away from the electronic device.
本申请实施例二十为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一屏幕显示方式包括下列中的至少一种:Embodiment 20 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the first screen display method includes at least one of the following:
对应于所述用户相对于所述电子设备的方向处于第一方向范围,将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态并显示上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面,或者将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态,并播放用户已经暂停的节目;Corresponding to the user's direction relative to the electronic device being in the first direction range, converting the screen of the electronic device from a standby screen or a black screen state to a bright screen state and displaying the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time. screen, or convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state, and play the program that the user has paused;
对应于所述用户相对于所述电子设备的方向处于第二方向范围,将所述电子设备的屏幕从黑屏状态转换为显示待机画面。Corresponding to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device being in the second direction range, the screen of the electronic device is converted from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen.
本申请实施例二十一为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,通过以下方式计算所述回波信号的相位偏移量:Embodiment 21 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following manner:
对接收到的所述回波信号的时域数据进行傅立叶变换,得到对应的频域数据;Perform Fourier transform on the time domain data of the received echo signal to obtain corresponding frequency domain data;
基于发射的超声波信号的频域数据和所述回波信号的频域数据,分别得到发射的超声波信号的第一相位和回波信号的第二相位;Based on the frequency domain data of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the frequency domain data of the echo signal, obtain the first phase of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the second phase of the echo signal respectively;
将所述第二相位和第一相位的差值作为所述回波信号的相位偏移量。The difference between the second phase and the first phase is used as the phase offset of the echo signal.
本申请实施例二十二为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 22 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, which further includes:
对应于不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的用户,先后以多个设定音量发射超声波信号,从中选择出回波信号的回波能量与基准回波能量的差值在第一能量差值范围内的设定音量作为所述电子设备的发射所述超声波信号的预定发射音量。Corresponding to a user who does not move relative to the electronic device, ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes successively, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected to be within the first energy difference range. The set volume within is used as the predetermined transmission volume of the electronic device for transmitting the ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例二十三为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述超声波信号通过所述电子设备的扬声器发射,并且所述回波信号通过所述电子设备的麦克风接收。Embodiment 23 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the ultrasonic signal is emitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
本申请实施例二十四为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述电子设备包括智能电视。Embodiment 24 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the electronic device includes a smart TV.
本申请实施例二十五为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 25 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, which further includes:
在所述多个回波信号满足指示是否存在所述用户的第一条件的情况下,以第一发射音量发射第一超声波信号;If the plurality of echo signals satisfy a first condition indicating whether the user is present, transmitting a first ultrasonic signal at a first transmission volume;
在所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第一相对位置处于第一位置范围的情况下,下一次以所述第一位置范围对应的第二发射音量发射第二超声波信号,When the first relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the first position range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second transmission volume corresponding to the first position range next time,
在所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第一相对位置处于第二位置范围的情况下,下一次以所述第二位置范围对应的第三发射音量发射第二超声波信号。When the first relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the second position range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at a third transmission volume corresponding to the second position range next time.
本申请实施例二十六为根据实施例二十五的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述第一位置范围包括第一距离范围,第二位置范围包括第二距离范围;并且Embodiment 26 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 25, wherein the first position range includes a first distance range, and the second position range includes a second distance range; and
所述第一相对位置处于第一位置范围包括:所述第一相对位置对应的所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第一距离位于所述第一位置范围,The first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the first relative position being in the first position range,
所述第二相对位置处于第二位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第二距离位于所述第二位置范围;并且The second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the second position range; and
所述第一距离范围的最小值大于所述第二距离范围的最大值,所述第二发射音量大于所述第三发射音量。The minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
本申请实施例二十七为根据实施例二十六的屏幕显示控制方法,还包括,The twenty-seventh embodiment of the present application is the screen display control method according to the twenty-sixth embodiment, and further includes:
通过所述多个回波信号的运动成分能量表示所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离,并且设置与所述第一距离范围和第二距离范围分别对应的第一运动成分能量范围和第二运动成分能量范围,The first distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of echo signals, and a first motion component energy range corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range is set respectively and the energy range of the second motion component,
其中,所述运动成分能量越大,所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离越小,所述第一运动成 分能量范围的最大值对应第一距离范围的最小值,所述第一运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第一距离范围的最大值,所述第二运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第二距离范围的最小值,所述第二运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第二距离范围的最大值。Wherein, the greater the energy of the motion component, the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and the first motion component The maximum value of the component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range, the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the first distance range, and the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the The minimum value of the second distance range, the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
本申请实施例二十八为根据实施例二十七的屏幕显示控制方法,通过以下方式确定所述第一距离所处的距离范围:The twenty-eighth embodiment of the present application is a screen display control method according to the twenty-seventh embodiment, and the distance range of the first distance is determined in the following manner:
在所述运动成分能量处于所述第一运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定所述第一距离处于所述第一距离范围;When the motion component energy is within the first motion component energy range, determining that the first distance is within the first distance range;
在所述运动成分能量处于所述第二运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定所述第一距离处于所述第二距离范围。When the motion component energy is within the second motion component energy range, it is determined that the first distance is within the second distance range.
本申请实施例二十九为根据实施例二十七的屏幕显示控制方法,通过以下方式计算所述多个回波信号的运动成分能量:Embodiment 29 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 27, which calculates the motion component energy of the multiple echo signals in the following manner:
对所述多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,得到所述多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。The amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals.
本申请实施例三十为根据实施例二十五的屏幕显示控制方法,所述第一位置范围包括第三方向范围,第二位置范围包括第四方向范围;并且Embodiment 30 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 25, the first position range includes a third direction range, the second position range includes a fourth direction range; and
所述第一相对位置处于第一位置范围包括:所述第一相对位置对应的所述用户相对于所述电子设备的第一方向位于所述第三方向范围,The first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first direction of the user corresponding to the first relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the third direction range,
所述第二相对位置处于第二位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户相对于所述电子设备的第二方向位于所述第四方向范围;并且The second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second direction of the user corresponding to the second relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the fourth direction range; and
所述第三方向范围的最小值大于所述第四方向范围的最大值,所述第二发射音量大于所述第三发射音量。The minimum value of the third direction range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth direction range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
本申请实施例三十一为根据实施例二十五的屏幕显示控制方法,还包括:Embodiment 31 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 25, and further includes:
在所述第二发射音量或者第三发射音量大于音量阈值,并且第一历史时间段内发射超声波信号的历史音量持续大于所述音量阈值的情况下,在下一次以所述第二发射音量或者第三发射音量发射超声波信号时,减少发出的超声波信号的占空比,并降低检测帧率。In the case where the second transmitting volume or the third transmitting volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, the second transmitting volume or the third transmitting volume will be used next time. When transmitting ultrasonic signals at three transmit volumes, reduce the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signals and reduce the detection frame rate.
本申请实施例三十二为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 32 of the present application is a screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, which further includes:
在所述多个回波信号满足指示是否存在所述用户的第一条件的情况下,获取拍摄的所述用户的用户图像;In the case where the plurality of echo signals satisfy a first condition indicating whether the user is present, obtaining a captured user image of the user;
在所述用户图像中存在目标对象的情况下,采用第四发射音量发射超声波信号;If there is a target object in the user image, transmit the ultrasonic signal using a fourth transmission volume;
在所述用户图像中不存在目标对象的情况下,采用第五发射音量发射超声波信号,其中,第五发射音量大于第四发射音量。When there is no target object in the user image, the ultrasonic signal is transmitted using a fifth transmission volume, where the fifth transmission volume is greater than the fourth transmission volume.
本申请实施例三十三为根据实施例一的屏幕显示控制方法,其中,所述目标对象包括儿童、宠物。Embodiment 33 of the present application is the screen display control method according to Embodiment 1, wherein the target objects include children and pets.
本申请实施例三十四公开了一种物体运动检测方法,应用于电子设备,包括::Embodiment 34 of the present application discloses an object motion detection method, which is applied to electronic equipment, including:
发射超声波信号;emit ultrasonic signals;
获取在不同时刻接收到的经由物体反射所述超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Obtaining multiple echo signals generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the object and received at different times;
对应于所述多个回波信号满足第一条件,反射所述超声波信号的物体中存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体;Corresponding to the plurality of echo signals satisfying the first condition, among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, there is an object that moves relative to the electronic device;
对应于所述多个回波信号不满足第一条件,反射所述超声波信号的物体中不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体;Corresponding to the plurality of echo signals not satisfying the first condition, there is no object that moves relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal;
其中,所述第一条件包括:所述多个回波信号中,存在相对于所述发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号。Wherein, the first condition includes: among the plurality of echo signals, there are a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal changes with time.
本申请实施例三十五为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述运动包括物体的位移不发生变化的肢体运动。Embodiment 35 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the motion includes limb motion in which the displacement of the object does not change.
本申请实施例三十六为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述超声波信号包括连续超声波信号。Embodiment 36 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例三十七为根据实施例三十六的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述发射超声波信号包括:Embodiment 37 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 36, wherein the emitting ultrasonic signal includes:
同时发射多个连续超声波信号,其中各连续超声波信号的发射频率不同。 Multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at the same time, and the emission frequencies of each continuous ultrasonic signal are different.
本申请实施例三十八为根据实施例三十七的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述多个连续超声波信号包括第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号,并且Embodiment 38 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 37, wherein the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的初始发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽;或者The difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal; or
第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的最大发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽。The difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例三十九为根据实施例三十七的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述发射超声波信号包括:Embodiment 39 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 37, wherein the emitting ultrasonic signal includes:
采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射所述多个连续超声波信号。The same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
本申请实施例四十为根据实施例三十七的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述第一条件还包括:Embodiment 40 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 37, wherein the first condition further includes:
所述相对于所述电子设备运动的物体的等效速度属于第一速度范围,并且所述第一速度范围不包括0。The equivalent speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device belongs to a first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
本申请实施例四十一为根据实施例四十的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述等效速度通过以下方式得到:Embodiment 41 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 40, wherein the equivalent speed is obtained in the following manner:
从所述多个连续超声波信号分别对应的回波信号中,选择出相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;Select a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time from the echo signals respectively corresponding to the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals;
基于各连续超声波信号分别对应的多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算出对应各连续超声波信号的多个运动速度,其中,所述相位偏移量与所述运动回波信号的回波路径相关;Based on the phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, wherein the phase offset and the echo of the motion echo signal are calculated. Wave path dependent;
采用预设算法对所述多个运动速度进行处理,得到相对于所述电子设备运动的物体的等效速度。The plurality of movement speeds are processed using a preset algorithm to obtain the equivalent speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device.
本申请实施例四十二为根据实施例四十一的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述预设算法包括下列中的至少一项:Embodiment 42 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 41, wherein the preset algorithm includes at least one of the following:
计算所述多个运动速度的平均值;Calculate the average of the plurality of movement speeds;
计算所述多个运动速度的最小二乘法拟合值。Calculate least squares fitting values for the plurality of motion velocities.
本申请实施例四十三为根据实施例四十的物体运动检测方法,其中,其特征在于,所述第一速度范围为0m/s-5m/s。Embodiment 43 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 40, wherein the characteristic is that the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
本申请实施例四十四为根据实施例三十六的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述连续超声波信号包括下列中的任一项:Embodiment 44 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 36, wherein the continuous ultrasonic signal includes any of the following:
正弦超声波信号、调频连续超声波信号。Sinusoidal ultrasonic signal, frequency modulated continuous ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例四十五为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,通过以下方式计算所述回波信号的相位偏移量:Embodiment 45 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the phase offset of the echo signal is calculated in the following manner:
对接收到的所述回波信号的时域数据进行傅立叶变换,得到对应的频域数据;Perform Fourier transform on the time domain data of the received echo signal to obtain corresponding frequency domain data;
基于发射的超声波信号的频域数据和所述回波信号的频域数据,分别得到发射的超声波信号的第一相位和回波信号的第二相位;Based on the frequency domain data of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the frequency domain data of the echo signal, obtain the first phase of the transmitted ultrasonic signal and the second phase of the echo signal respectively;
将所述第二相位和第一相位的差值作为所述回波信号的相位偏移量。The difference between the second phase and the first phase is used as the phase offset of the echo signal.
本申请实施例四十六为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 46 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, which further includes:
对应于不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体,先后以多个设定音量发射超声波信号,从中选择出回波信号的回波能量与基准回波能量的差值在第一能量差值范围内的设定音量作为所述电子设备的发射所述超声波信号的预定发射音量。Corresponding to the fact that there is no object moving relative to the electronic device, ultrasonic signals are successively emitted at multiple set volumes, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected to be within the first energy difference range. The set volume within is used as the predetermined transmission volume of the electronic device for transmitting the ultrasonic signal.
本申请实施例四十七为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 47 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, which further includes:
以第一发射音量发射第一超声波信号,并获取在第二时间段内接收到的经由物体反射所述第一超声波信号后产生的多个第一回波信号;Transmitting a first ultrasonic signal at a first transmission volume, and acquiring a plurality of first echo signals generated after the first ultrasonic signal is reflected by an object and received within a second time period;
在所述多个第一回波信号满足第二条件的情况下,存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体;In the case where the plurality of first echo signals satisfy the second condition, there is an object moving relative to the electronic device;
在所述运动物体与所述电子设备之间的第一距离处于第一距离范围内的情况下,下一次以所述第一距离范围对应的第二发射音量发射第二超声波信号,When the first distance between the moving object and the electronic device is within the first distance range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second emission volume corresponding to the first distance range next time,
在所述运动物体与所述电子设备之间的第一距离处于第二距离范围内的情况下,下一次以所述第二距离范围对应的第三发射音量发射第二超声波信号;When the first distance between the moving object and the electronic device is within the second distance range, transmit the second ultrasonic signal at the third transmission volume corresponding to the second distance range next time;
其中,所述第一距离范围的最小值大于所述第二距离范围的最大值,所述第二发射音量大于所述第三发射音量。 Wherein, the minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
本申请实施例四十八为根据实施例四十七的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述第二条件包括:Embodiment 48 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 47, wherein the second condition includes:
所述多个第一回波信号中,存在相对于所述第一超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个第一运动回波信号。Among the plurality of first echo signals, there are a plurality of first motion echo signals whose phase offsets relative to the first ultrasonic signal change with time.
本申请实施例五十为根据实施例四十九的物体运动检测方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 50 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, which further includes:
通过所述多个第一运动回波信号的第一运动成分能量表示所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离,并且设置与所述第一距离范围和第二距离范围分别对应的第一运动成分能量范围和第二运动成分能量范围,The first motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals represents the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and a first distance range corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range is set. a first motion component energy range and a second motion component energy range,
其中,所述第一运动成分能量越大,所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离越小,所述第一运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第一距离范围的最小值,所述第一运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第一距离范围的最大值,所述第二运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第二距离范围的最小值,所述第二运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第二距离范围的最大值。Wherein, the greater the energy of the first motion component, the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, the maximum value of the energy range of the first motion component corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range, and the The minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the first distance range, the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the second distance range, and the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the second motion component energy range. The value corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
本申请实施例五十为根据实施例四十九的物体运动检测方法,其中,通过以下方式确定所述第一距离所处的距离范围:Embodiment 50 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, wherein the distance range of the first distance is determined in the following manner:
在所述第一成分能量处于所述第一运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定所述第一距离处于所述第一距离范围;When the first component energy is within the first motion component energy range, determining that the first distance is within the first distance range;
在所述第一成分能量处于所述第二运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定所述第一距离处于所述第二距离范围。When the first component energy is within the second motion component energy range, it is determined that the first distance is within the second distance range.
本申请实施例五十一为根据实施例四十九的物体运动检测方法,其中,通过以下方式计算所述多个第一运动回波信号的运动成分能量:Embodiment 51 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, wherein the motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals is calculated in the following manner:
对所述多个第一运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,得到所述多个第一运动回波信号的运动成分能量。The amplitudes of the plurality of first motion echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the plurality of first motion echo signals.
本申请实施例五十二为根据实施例四十九的物体运动检测方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 52 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 49, which further includes:
在所述第二发射大于音量阈值,并且第一历史时间段内发射超声波信号的历史音量持续大于所述音量阈值的情况下,在下一次以所述第二发射音量发射超声波信号时,减少发出的超声波信号的占空比,并降低检测帧率。In the case that the second emission is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the ultrasonic signal transmitted in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, when the ultrasonic signal is transmitted at the second transmission volume next time, the emitted ultrasonic signal is reduced. The duty cycle of the ultrasonic signal and reduces the detection frame rate.
本申请实施例五十三为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述超声波信号通过所述电子设备的扬声器发射,并且所述回波信号通过所述电子设备的麦克风接收。Embodiment 53 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein the ultrasonic signal is emitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
本申请实施例五十四为根据实施例三十四的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述电子设备上安装有运动类应用程序,并且所述方法还包括:Embodiment 54 of the present application is an object motion detection method according to Embodiment 34, wherein a sports application is installed on the electronic device, and the method further includes:
基于所述多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算相对于所述电子设备运动的物体的运动速度;Calculate the movement speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device based on the phase offsets of the plurality of motion echo signals;
根据计算出的所述物体的运动速度,执行所述运动类应用程序的预设操作。According to the calculated movement speed of the object, a preset operation of the sports application is executed.
本申请实施例五十五公开了一种物体运动检测方法,应用于电子设备,包括:一种物体运动检测方法,其特征在于,包括:Embodiment 55 of the present application discloses an object motion detection method, which is applied to electronic equipment and includes: an object motion detection method, which is characterized by including:
以第六发射音量发射超声波信号,并获取在第二时间段内接收到的经由物体反射所述超声波信号Transmit an ultrasonic signal at a sixth transmission volume, and obtain the ultrasonic signal received during a second time period and reflected by the object
后产生的多个回波信号;Multiple echo signals generated later;
在所述多个回波信号满足第一条件的情况下,反射所述超声波信号的物体中存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体,其中,所述第一条件包括:所述多个回波信号中,存在相对于所述发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;In the case where the multiple echo signals satisfy a first condition, among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, there is an object that moves relative to the electronic device, wherein the first condition includes: the multiple echo signals In the signal, there are multiple motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal;
在所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第二相对位置处于第三位置范围的情况下,下一次以所述第三位置范围对应的第六发射音量发射超声波信号,When the second relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the third position range, the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the sixth transmit volume corresponding to the third position range next time,
在所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第二相对位置处于第四位置范围内的情况下,下一次以所述第四位置范围对应的第七发射音量发射超声波信号。When the second relative position between the user and the electronic device is within the fourth position range, the ultrasonic signal is emitted at the seventh transmission volume corresponding to the fourth position range next time.
本申请实施例五十六为根据实施例五十五的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述第三位置范围包括第三距离范围,第四位置范围包括第四距离范围;并且Embodiment 56 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 55, wherein the third position range includes a third distance range, and the fourth position range includes a fourth distance range; and
所述第二相对位置处于第三位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第二距离位于所述第三位置范围,The second relative position being in the third position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the third position range,
所述第二相对位置处于第四位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第二距离位于所述第四位置范围;并且 The second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the fourth position range; and
所述第三距离范围的最小值大于所述第四距离范围的最大值,所述第六发射音量大于所述第七发射音量。The minimum value of the third distance range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth distance range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
本申请实施例五十七为根据实施例五十六的物体运动检测方法,其中,还包括,Embodiment 57 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 56, which further includes:
通过所述多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量表示所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第二距离,并且设置与所述第三距离范围和第四距离范围分别对应的第三运动成分能量范围和第四运动成分能量范围,The motion component energy of the plurality of motion echo signals represents the second distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and a third motion component energy respectively corresponding to the third distance range and the fourth distance range is set. range and fourth motion component energy range,
其中,所述运动成分能量越大,所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第二距离越小,所述第三运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第三距离范围的最小值,所述第三运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第三距离范围的最大值,所述第四运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第四距离范围的最小值,所述第四运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第四距离范围的最大值。Wherein, the greater the energy of the motion component, the smaller the second distance of the object relative to the electronic device, the maximum value of the third motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the third distance range, and the third The minimum value of the motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the third distance range, the maximum value of the fourth motion component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the fourth distance range, and the minimum value of the fourth motion component energy range corresponds to The maximum value of the fourth distance range.
本申请实施例五十八为根据实施例五十七的物体运动检测方法,其中,通过以下方式确定所述第二距离所处的距离范围:Embodiment 58 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 57, wherein the distance range of the second distance is determined in the following manner:
在所述运动成分能量处于所述第三运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定所述第二距离处于所述第三距离范围;When the motion component energy is within the third motion component energy range, determining that the second distance is within the third distance range;
在所述运动成分能量处于所述第四运动成分能量范围的情况下,确定所述第二距离处于所述第四距离范围。When the motion component energy is within the fourth motion component energy range, it is determined that the second distance is within the fourth distance range.
本申请实施例五十九为根据实施例五十六的物体运动检测方法,其中,通过以下方式计算所述多个回波信号的运动成分能量:Embodiment 59 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 56, wherein the motion component energy of the multiple echo signals is calculated in the following manner:
对所述多个回波信号中的运动回波信号的振幅进行积分,得到所述多个运动回波信号的运动成分能量。The amplitudes of the motion echo signals among the multiple echo signals are integrated to obtain the motion component energy of the multiple motion echo signals.
本申请实施例六十为根据实施例五十五的物体运动检测方法,其中,所述第三位置范围包括第五方向范围,第四位置范围包括第六方向范围;并且Embodiment 60 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 55, wherein the third position range includes a fifth direction range, and the fourth position range includes a sixth direction range; and
所述第二相对位置处于第三位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户相对于所述电子设备的第三方向位于所述第五方向范围,The second relative position being in the third position range includes: the third direction of the user corresponding to the second relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the fifth direction range,
所述第二相对位置处于第四位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户相对于所述电子设备的第四方向位于所述第六方向范围;并且The second relative position being in the fourth position range includes: the user corresponding to the second relative position being in the sixth direction range relative to the fourth direction of the electronic device; and
所述第五方向范围的最小值大于所述第六方向范围的最大值,所述第六发射音量大于所述第七发射音量。The minimum value of the fifth direction range is greater than the maximum value of the sixth direction range, and the sixth emission volume is greater than the seventh emission volume.
本申请实施例六十一为根据实施例五十五的物体运动检测方法,其中,还包括:Embodiment 61 of the present application is the object motion detection method according to Embodiment 55, which further includes:
在所述第六发射音量或者七发射音量大于音量阈值,并且第一历史时间段内发射超声波信号的历史音量持续大于所述音量阈值的情况下,在下一次以所述第六发射音量或者第七发射音量发射超声波信号时,减少发出的超声波信号的占空比,并降低检测帧率。In the case where the sixth or seventh transmission volume is greater than the volume threshold, and the historical volume of the transmitted ultrasonic signal in the first historical time period continues to be greater than the volume threshold, the sixth or seventh transmission volume will be used next time. When transmitting an ultrasonic signal, reduce the duty cycle of the emitted ultrasonic signal and reduce the detection frame rate.
本申请实施例六十二公开了一种电子设备,包括:Embodiment 62 of the present application discloses an electronic device, including:
一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
一个或多个存储器;所述一个或多个存储器存储有一个或多个程序,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行实施例一至实施例三十三中任一项所述屏幕显示控制方法、执行实施例三十四至实施例五十四中任一项物体运动检测方法,或者执行实施例五十五至实施例六十一中任一项物体运动检测方法。One or more memories; the one or more memories store one or more programs. When the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors, the electronic device executes Embodiments 1 to 1. The screen display control method described in any one of Embodiment 33, the object motion detection method of any one of Embodiment 34 to Embodiment 54, or the method of executing Embodiment 55 to 61 Any object motion detection method.
本申请实施例六十三公开了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述存储介质上存储有指令,所述指令在计算机上执行时使所述计算机执行实施例一至实施例三十三中任一项所述屏幕显示控制方法、执行实施例三十四至实施例五十四中任一项物体运动检测方法,或者执行实施例五十五至实施例六十一中任一项物体运动检测方法。Embodiment 63 of the present application discloses a computer-readable storage medium. Instructions are stored on the storage medium. When the instructions are executed on a computer, they cause the computer to execute any one of Embodiments 1 to 33. The screen display control method described in the item, performs any one of the object motion detection methods in Embodiments 34 to 54, or performs any one of the object motion detection methods in Embodiments 55 to 61 .
本申请实施例六十四公开了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,该指令在执行时使计算机执行实施例一至实施例三十三中任一项所述屏幕显示控制方法、执行实施例三十四至实施例五十四中任一项物体运动检测方法,或者执行实施例五十五至实施例六十一中任一项物体运动检测方法。Embodiment 64 of the present application discloses a computer program product. The computer program product includes instructions. When executed, the instructions cause the computer to execute the screen display control method described in any one of Embodiments 1 to 33. Perform any object motion detection method in Embodiment 34 to Embodiment 54, or perform any object motion detection method in Embodiment 55 to Embodiment 61.
本申请公开的机制的各实施例可以被实现在硬件、软件、固件或这些实现方法的组合中。本申请的实施例可实现为在可编程系统上执行的计算机程序或程序代码,该可编程系统包括至少一个处理器、存储系统(包括易失性和非易失性存储器和/或存储元件)、至少一个输入设备以及至少一个输出设备。 Various embodiments of the mechanisms disclosed in this application may be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, or a combination of these implementation methods. Embodiments of the present application may be implemented as a computer program or program code executing on a programmable system including at least one processor, a storage system (including volatile and non-volatile memory and/or storage elements) , at least one input device and at least one output device.
可将程序代码应用于输入指令,以执行本申请描述的各功能并生成输出信息。可以按已知方式将输出信息应用于一个或多个输出设备。为了本申请的目的,处理系统包括具有诸如例如数字信号处理器(DSP)、微控制器、专用集成电路(ASIC)或微处理器之类的处理器的任何系统。Program code may be applied to input instructions to perform the functions described herein and to generate output information. Output information can be applied to one or more output devices in a known manner. For the purposes of this application, a processing system includes any system having a processor such as, for example, a digital signal processor (DSP), a microcontroller, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or a microprocessor.
程序代码可以用高级程序化语言或面向对象的编程语言来实现,以便与处理系统通信。在需要时,也可用汇编语言或机器语言来实现程序代码。事实上,本申请中描述的机制不限于任何特定编程语言的范围。在任一情形下,该语言可以是编译语言或解释语言。Program code may be implemented in a high-level procedural language or an object-oriented programming language to communicate with the processing system. When necessary, assembly language or machine language can also be used to implement program code. In fact, the mechanisms described in this application are not limited to the scope of any particular programming language. In either case, the language may be a compiled or interpreted language.
在一些情况下,所公开的实施例可以以硬件、固件、软件或其任何组合来实现。所公开的实施例还可以被实现为由一个或多个暂时或非暂时性机器可读(例如,计算机可读)存储介质承载或存储在其上的指令,其可以由一个或多个处理器读取和执行。例如,指令可以通过网络或通过其他计算机可读介质分发。因此,机器可读介质可以包括用于以机器(例如,计算机)可读的形式存储或传输信息的任何机制,包括但不限于,软盘、光盘、光碟、只读存储器(CD-ROMs)、磁光盘、只读存储器(ROM)、随机存取存储器(RAM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(EEPROM)、磁卡或光卡、闪存、或用于利用因特网以电、光、声或其他形式的传播信号来传输信息(例如,载波、红外信号数字信号等)的有形的机器可读存储器。因此,机器可读介质包括适合于以机器(例如,计算机)可读的形式存储或传输电子指令或信息的任何类型的机器可读介质。In some cases, the disclosed embodiments may be implemented in hardware, firmware, software, or any combination thereof. The disclosed embodiments may also be implemented as instructions carried on or stored on one or more transitory or non-transitory machine-readable (e.g., computer-readable) storage media, which may be operated by one or more processors Read and execute. For example, instructions may be distributed over a network or through other computer-readable media. Thus, machine-readable media may include any mechanism for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a computer), including, but not limited to, floppy disks, optical disks, optical disks, read-only memories (CD-ROMs), magnetic Optical disk, read-only memory (ROM), random-access memory (RAM), erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), magnetic or optical card, flash memory, or Tangible machine-readable storage used to transmit information (e.g., carrier waves, infrared signals, digital signals, etc.) using electrical, optical, acoustic, or other forms of propagated signals over the Internet. Thus, machine-readable media includes any type of machine-readable media suitable for storing or transmitting electronic instructions or information in a form readable by a machine (eg, computer).
在附图中,可以以特定布置和/或顺序示出一些结构或方法特征。然而,应该理解,可能不需要这样的特定布置和/或排序。而是,在一些实施例中,这些特征可以以不同于说明性附图中所示的方式和/或顺序来布置。另外,在特定图中包括结构或方法特征并不意味着暗示在所有实施例中都需要这样的特征,并且在一些实施例中,可以不包括这些特征或者可以与其他特征组合。In the drawings, some structural or methodological features may be shown in specific arrangements and/or orders. However, it should be understood that such specific arrangement and/or ordering may not be required. Rather, in some embodiments, the features may be arranged in a different manner and/or order than shown in the illustrative figures. Additionally, the inclusion of structural or methodological features in a particular figure is not meant to imply that such features are required in all embodiments, and in some embodiments these features may not be included or may be combined with other features.
需要说明的是,本申请各设备实施例中提到的各单元/模块都是逻辑单元/模块,在物理上,一个逻辑单元/模块可以是一个物理单元/模块,也可以是一个物理单元/模块的一部分,还可以以多个物理单元/模块的组合实现,这些逻辑单元/模块本身的物理实现方式并不是最重要的,这些逻辑单元/模块所实现的功能的组合才是解决本申请所提出的技术问题的关键。此外,为了突出本申请的创新部分,本申请上述各设备实施例并没有将与解决本申请所提出的技术问题关系不太密切的单元/模块引入,这并不表明上述设备实施例并不存在其它的单元/模块。It should be noted that each unit/module mentioned in each device embodiment of this application is a logical unit/module. Physically, a logical unit/module can be a physical unit/module, or it can be a physical unit/module. Part of the module can also be implemented as a combination of multiple physical units/modules. The physical implementation of these logical units/modules is not the most important. The combination of functions implemented by these logical units/modules is what solves the problem of this application. Key technical issues raised. In addition, in order to highlight the innovative part of this application, the above-mentioned equipment embodiments of this application do not introduce units/modules that are not closely related to solving the technical problems raised by this application. This does not mean that the above-mentioned equipment embodiments do not exist. Other units/modules.
以上实施例中所用,根据上下文,术语“当…时”或“当…后”可以被解释为意思是“如果…”或“在…后”或“响应于确定…”或“响应于检测到…”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“在确定…时”或“如果检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”可以被解释为意思是“如果确定…”或“响应于确定…”或“在检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测到(所陈述的条件或事件)”。另外,在上述实施例中,使用诸如第一、第二之类的关系术语来区份一个实体和另一个实体,而并不限制这些实体之间的任何实际的关系和顺序。As used in the above embodiments, depending on the context, the terms "when" or "after" may be interpreted to mean "if..." or "after" or "in response to determining..." or "in response to detecting …”. Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "when determining..." or "if (stated condition or event) is detected" may be interpreted to mean "if it is determined..." or "in response to determining..." or "on detecting (stated condition or event)” or “in response to detecting (stated condition or event)”. In addition, in the above embodiments, relational terms such as first and second are used to distinguish one entity from another entity, without limiting any actual relationship and order between these entities.
需要说明的是,在本专利的示例和说明书中,诸如第一和第二等之类的关系术语仅仅用来将一个实体或者操作与另一个实体或操作区分开来,而不一定要求或者暗示这些实体或操作之间存在任何这种实际的关系或者顺序。而且,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者设备所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个”限定的要素,并不排除在包括所述要素的过程、方法、物品或者设备中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that in the examples and descriptions of this patent, relational terms such as first and second are only used to distinguish one entity or operation from another entity or operation, and do not necessarily require or imply There is no such actual relationship or sequence between these entities or operations. Furthermore, the terms "comprises," "comprises," or any other variations thereof are intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article, or apparatus that includes a list of elements includes not only those elements, but also those not expressly listed other elements, or elements inherent to the process, method, article or equipment. Without further limitation, an element defined by the statement "comprises a" does not exclude the presence of additional identical elements in a process, method, article, or device that includes the stated element.
虽然通过参照本申请的某些优选实施例,已经对本申请进行了图示和描述,但本领域的普通技术人员应该明白,可以在形式上和细节上对其作各种改变,而不偏离本申请的精神和范围。 Although the present application has been illustrated and described with reference to certain preferred embodiments thereof, it will be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art that various changes may be made in form and detail without departing from the present invention. The spirit and scope of the application.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种屏幕显示控制方法,应用于电子设备,其特征在于,包括:A screen display control method, applied to electronic equipment, is characterized by including:
    发射超声波信号;emit ultrasonic signals;
    获取在第一时间段内接收到的经由物体反射所述超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Obtaining a plurality of echo signals generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the object and received within a first time period;
    当反射所述超声波信号的物体中存在相对于所述电子设备运动的用户时,在所述多个回波信号满足指示是否存在所述用户的第一条件的情况下,执行第一屏幕显示方式;When there is a user moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, and the plurality of echo signals satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user is present, the first screen display mode is executed. ;
    当反射所述超声波信号的物体中不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的用户时,在所述多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在所述用户的所述第一条件的情况下,执行第二屏幕显示方式;When there is no user moving relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, in the case where the plurality of echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user is present, a second condition is performed. Two screen display mode;
    其中,所述第一条件包括:所述多个回波信号中,存在相对于所述发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号。Wherein, the first condition includes: among the plurality of echo signals, there are a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal changes with time.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述运动包括用户的位移不发生变化的肢体运动。The method of claim 1, wherein the movement includes limb movement in which the user's displacement does not change.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述超声波信号包括连续超声波信号。The method of claim 1, wherein the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射超声波信号包括:The method according to claim 3, characterized in that said transmitting ultrasonic signals includes:
    同时发射多个连续超声波信号,其中各连续超声波信号的发射频率不同。Multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at the same time, and the emission frequencies of each continuous ultrasonic signal are different.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个连续超声波信号包括第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号,并且The method of claim 4, wherein the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
    第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的初始发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽;或者The difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal; or
    第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的最大发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽。The difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发射超声波信号包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that said transmitting ultrasonic signals includes:
    采用同一超声波发声器同时以多个不同的发射频率发射所述多个连续超声波信号。The same ultrasonic sounder is used to transmit the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals at multiple different transmitting frequencies at the same time.
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件还包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the first condition further includes:
    所述用户相对于所述电子设备运动的等效速度属于第一速度范围,并且所述第一速度范围不包括0。The equivalent speed of the user's movement relative to the electronic device belongs to a first speed range, and the first speed range does not include 0.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述等效速度通过以下方式得到:The method according to claim 7, characterized in that the equivalent speed is obtained in the following manner:
    从所述多个连续超声波信号分别对应的回波信号中,选择出相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号;Select a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset changes with time from the echo signals respectively corresponding to the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals;
    基于各连续超声波信号分别对应的多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算出对应各连续超声波信号的多个运动速度,其中,所述相位偏移量与所述运动回波信号的回波路径相关;Based on the phase offsets of multiple motion echo signals corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal, multiple motion speeds corresponding to each continuous ultrasonic signal are calculated, wherein the phase offset and the echo of the motion echo signal are calculated. Wave path dependent;
    采用预设算法对所述多个运动速度进行处理,得到用户的等效速度。A preset algorithm is used to process the multiple movement speeds to obtain the user's equivalent speed.
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一速度范围为0m/s-5m/s。The method according to claim 7, characterized in that the first speed range is 0m/s-5m/s.
  10. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一条件还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first condition further includes:
    所述电子设备采集的反射所述超声波信号的物体的图像中存在人类。There is a human being in the image of the object that reflects the ultrasonic signal collected by the electronic device.
  11. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一屏幕显示方式包括下列中的至少一种:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first screen display mode includes at least one of the following:
    将所述电子设备的屏幕从黑屏状态转换为显示待机画面;Convert the screen of the electronic device from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen;
    将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态并显示上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面;Convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state and display the screen displayed before the last time it entered the standby screen or black screen state;
    将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态,并播放用户已经暂停的节目。Convert the screen of the electronic device from a standby screen or a black screen state to a bright screen state, and play the program that the user has paused.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面包括下列中的至少一种:The method according to claim 11, characterized in that the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time includes at least one of the following:
    开机画面;startup screen;
    用户所观看的节目的暂停画面;The pause screen of the program watched by the user;
    用户所浏览的应用界面。The application interface that the user browses.
  13. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二屏幕显示方式包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the second screen display method includes:
    保持黑屏状态或者保持显示待机画面。Keep the screen black or keep the standby screen displayed.
  14. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述在所述多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在所述 用户的所述第一条件的情况下,执行第二屏幕显示方式,包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the failure of the plurality of echo signals to indicate whether there is the In the case of the user's first condition, the second screen display method is executed, including:
    对应于所述多个回波信号不满足指示是否存在所述用户的所述第一条件,并且在第一预设历史时长内接收到的历史回波信号均不满足所述第一条件,执行下列中的至少一种屏幕显示方式:Corresponding to the fact that the plurality of echo signals do not satisfy the first condition indicating whether the user exists, and that none of the historical echo signals received within the first preset historical duration satisfies the first condition, execute At least one of the following screen displays:
    将所述电子设备的屏幕从亮屏状态转换为待机画面或者黑屏状态,Convert the screen of the electronic device from a bright screen state to a standby screen or a black screen state,
    将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面转换为黑屏状态,Convert the screen of the electronic device from a standby screen to a black screen state,
    将所述电子设备屏幕上正在播放的节目暂停。Pause the program being played on the screen of the electronic device.
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一屏幕显示方式还包括:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first screen display method further includes:
    对应于所述用户逐渐靠近所述电子设备并且电子设备处于黑屏状态,逐渐亮起所述电子设备的屏幕并显示待机画面或者上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面;并且Corresponding to the user gradually approaching the electronic device and the electronic device is in a black screen state, gradually light up the screen of the electronic device and display the standby screen or the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time; and
    所述第二屏幕显示方式还包括:The second screen display method also includes:
    对应于所述用户逐渐远离所述电子设备,并且所述电子设备处于亮屏状态或者显示待机画面,将所述电子设备的屏幕逐渐变暗。In response to the user gradually moving away from the electronic device and the electronic device being in a bright screen state or displaying a standby screen, the screen of the electronic device is gradually dimmed.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,所述用户靠近所述电子设备的速度越快,所述屏幕逐渐亮起的速度越快;The method of claim 15, wherein the faster the user approaches the electronic device, the faster the screen gradually lights up;
    所述用户远离所述电子设备的速度越快,所述屏幕逐渐变暗的速度越快。The faster the user moves away from the electronic device, the faster the screen gradually dims.
  17. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一屏幕显示方式包括下列中的至少一种:The method according to claim 1, characterized in that the first screen display mode includes at least one of the following:
    对应于所述用户相对于所述电子设备的方向处于第一方向范围,将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态并显示上次进入待机画面或者黑屏状态前所显示的画面,或者将所述电子设备的屏幕从待机画面或者黑屏状态转换为亮屏状态,并播放用户已经暂停的节目;Corresponding to the user's direction relative to the electronic device being in the first direction range, converting the screen of the electronic device from a standby screen or a black screen state to a bright screen state and displaying the screen displayed before entering the standby screen or black screen state last time. screen, or convert the screen of the electronic device from the standby screen or black screen state to the bright screen state, and play the program that the user has paused;
    对应于所述用户相对于所述电子设备的方向处于第二方向范围,将所述电子设备的屏幕从黑屏状态转换为显示待机画面。Corresponding to the direction of the user relative to the electronic device being in the second direction range, the screen of the electronic device is converted from a black screen state to displaying a standby screen.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    对应于不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的用户,先后以多个设定音量发射超声波信号,从中选择出回波信号的回波能量与基准回波能量的差值在第一能量差值范围内的设定音量作为所述电子设备的发射所述超声波信号的预定发射音量。Corresponding to a user who does not move relative to the electronic device, ultrasonic signals are emitted at multiple set volumes successively, and the difference between the echo energy of the echo signal and the reference echo energy is selected to be within the first energy difference range. The set volume within is used as the predetermined transmission volume of the electronic device for transmitting the ultrasonic signal.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备包括智能电视;和/或The method of claim 1, wherein the electronic device includes a smart TV; and/or
    所述超声波信号通过所述电子设备的扬声器发射,并且所述回波信号通过所述电子设备的麦克风接收。The ultrasonic signal is transmitted through a speaker of the electronic device, and the echo signal is received through a microphone of the electronic device.
  20. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    在所述多个回波信号满足指示是否存在所述用户的第一条件的情况下,以第一发射音量发射第一超声波信号;If the plurality of echo signals satisfy a first condition indicating whether the user is present, transmitting a first ultrasonic signal at a first transmission volume;
    在所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第一相对位置处于第一位置范围的情况下,下一次以所述第一位置范围对应的第二发射音量发射第二超声波信号,When the first relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the first position range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at the second transmission volume corresponding to the first position range next time,
    在所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第一相对位置处于第二位置范围的情况下,下一次以所述第二位置范围对应的第三发射音量发射第二超声波信号。When the first relative position between the user and the electronic device is in the second position range, the second ultrasonic signal is emitted at a third transmission volume corresponding to the second position range next time.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一位置范围包括第一距离范围,第二位置范围包括第二距离范围;并且The method of claim 20, wherein the first location range includes a first distance range, and the second location range includes a second distance range; and
    所述第一相对位置处于第一位置范围包括:所述第一相对位置对应的所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第一距离位于所述第一位置范围,The first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the first relative position being in the first position range,
    所述第二相对位置处于第二位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户与所述电子设备之间的第二距离位于所述第二位置范围;并且The second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second distance between the user and the electronic device corresponding to the second relative position being in the second position range; and
    所述第一距离范围的最小值大于所述第二距离范围的最大值,所述第二发射音量大于所述第三发射音量。The minimum value of the first distance range is greater than the maximum value of the second distance range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括,The method of claim 21, further comprising:
    通过所述多个回波信号的运动成分能量表示所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离,并且设置与所述第一距离范围和第二距离范围分别对应的第一运动成分能量范围和第二运动成分能量范围,The first distance of the object relative to the electronic device is represented by the motion component energy of the plurality of echo signals, and a first motion component energy range corresponding to the first distance range and the second distance range is set respectively and the energy range of the second motion component,
    其中,所述运动成分能量越大,所述物体相对于所述电子设备的第一距离越小,所述第一运动成 分能量范围的最大值对应第一距离范围的最小值,所述第一运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第一距离范围的最大值,所述第二运动成分能量范围的最大值对应第二距离范围的最小值,所述第二运动成分能量范围的最小值对应所述第二距离范围的最大值。Wherein, the greater the energy of the motion component, the smaller the first distance of the object relative to the electronic device, and the first motion component The maximum value of the component energy range corresponds to the minimum value of the first distance range, the minimum value of the first motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the first distance range, and the maximum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the The minimum value of the second distance range, the minimum value of the second motion component energy range corresponds to the maximum value of the second distance range.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一位置范围包括第三方向范围,第二位置范围包括第四方向范围;并且The method of claim 20, wherein the first position range includes a third direction range, and the second position range includes a fourth direction range; and
    所述第一相对位置处于第一位置范围包括:所述第一相对位置对应的所述用户相对于所述电子设备的第一方向位于所述第三方向范围,The first relative position being in the first position range includes: the first direction of the user corresponding to the first relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the third direction range,
    所述第二相对位置处于第二位置范围包括:所述第二相对位置对应的所述用户相对于所述电子设备的第二方向位于所述第四方向范围;并且The second relative position being in the second position range includes: the second direction of the user corresponding to the second relative position relative to the electronic device is located in the fourth direction range; and
    所述第三方向范围的最小值大于所述第四方向范围的最大值,所述第二发射音量大于所述第三发射音量。The minimum value of the third direction range is greater than the maximum value of the fourth direction range, and the second emission volume is greater than the third emission volume.
  24. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method according to claim 1, further comprising:
    在所述多个回波信号满足指示是否存在所述用户的第一条件的情况下,获取拍摄的所述用户的用户图像;In the case where the plurality of echo signals satisfy a first condition indicating whether the user is present, obtaining a captured user image of the user;
    在所述用户图像中存在目标对象的情况下,采用第四发射音量发射超声波信号,其中,When there is a target object in the user image, the fourth transmission volume is used to transmit the ultrasonic signal, where,
    所述目标对象包括儿童、宠物;The target objects include children and pets;
    在所述用户图像中不存在目标对象的情况下,采用第五发射音量发射超声波信号,其中,第五发射音量大于第四发射音量。When there is no target object in the user image, the ultrasonic signal is transmitted using a fifth transmission volume, where the fifth transmission volume is greater than the fourth transmission volume.
  25. 一种物体运动检测方法,应用于电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An object motion detection method, applied to electronic equipment, is characterized by including:
    发射超声波信号;emit ultrasonic signals;
    获取在不同时刻接收到的经由物体反射所述超声波信号后产生的多个回波信号;Obtaining multiple echo signals generated after the ultrasonic signal is reflected by the object and received at different times;
    对应于所述多个回波信号满足第一条件,反射所述超声波信号的物体中存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体;Corresponding to the plurality of echo signals satisfying the first condition, among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal, there is an object that moves relative to the electronic device;
    对应于所述多个回波信号不满足第一条件,反射所述超声波信号的物体中不存在相对于所述电子设备运动的物体;Corresponding to the plurality of echo signals not satisfying the first condition, there is no object that moves relative to the electronic device among the objects that reflect the ultrasonic signal;
    其中,所述第一条件包括:所述多个回波信号中,存在相对于所述发射的超声波信号的相位偏移量随时间变化的多个运动回波信号。Wherein, the first condition includes: among the plurality of echo signals, there are a plurality of motion echo signals whose phase offset relative to the transmitted ultrasonic signal changes with time.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述运动包括物体的位移不发生变化的肢体运动。The method of claim 25, wherein the movement includes limb movement in which the displacement of the object does not change.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述超声波信号包括连续超声波信号;并且,所述发射超声波信号包括:The method of claim 25, wherein the ultrasonic signal includes a continuous ultrasonic signal; and the transmitting the ultrasonic signal includes:
    同时发射多个连续超声波信号,其中各连续超声波信号的发射频率不同。Multiple continuous ultrasonic signals are emitted at the same time, and the emission frequencies of each continuous ultrasonic signal are different.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述多个连续超声波信号包括第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号,并且The method of claim 27, wherein the plurality of continuous ultrasonic signals include a first continuous ultrasonic signal and a second continuous ultrasonic signal, and
    第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的初始发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽;或者The difference between the initial transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal; or
    第一连续超声波信号和第二连续超声波信号的最大发射频率之差,大于第一连续超声波信号的频率带宽和第二连续超声波信号的频率带宽。The difference between the maximum transmission frequencies of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the second continuous ultrasonic signal is greater than the frequency bandwidth of the first continuous ultrasonic signal and the frequency bandwidth of the second continuous ultrasonic signal.
  29. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备上安装有运动类应用程序,并且所述方法还包括:The method of claim 25, wherein a sports application is installed on the electronic device, and the method further includes:
    基于所述多个运动回波信号的相位偏移量,计算相对于所述电子设备运动的物体的运动速度;Calculate the movement speed of the object moving relative to the electronic device based on the phase offsets of the plurality of motion echo signals;
    根据计算出的所述物体的运动速度,执行所述运动类应用程序的预设操作。According to the calculated movement speed of the object, a preset operation of the sports application is executed.
  30. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:An electronic device, characterized by including:
    一个或多个处理器;one or more processors;
    一个或多个存储器;所述一个或多个存储器存储有一个或多个程序,当所述一个或者多个程序被所述一个或多个处理器执行时,使得所述电子设备执行权利要求1-24中任一项所述屏幕显示控制方法或者执行权利要求25-29中任一项物体运动检测方法。One or more memories; the one or more memories store one or more programs, which when the one or more programs are executed by the one or more processors, cause the electronic device to execute claim 1 - The screen display control method in any one of claims 24 or the object motion detection method in any one of claims 25-29.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述存储介质上存储有指令,所述指令在计算机上执 行时使所述计算机执行权利要求1-24中任一项所述屏幕显示控制方法或者执行权利要求25-29中任一项物体运动检测方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored on the storage medium, and the instructions are executed on a computer. When executed, the computer is caused to execute the screen display control method in any one of claims 1-24 or the object motion detection method in any one of claims 25-29.
  32. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括指令,该指令在执行时使计算机执行权利要求1-24中任一项所述屏幕显示控制方法或者执行权利要求25-29中任一项物体运动检测方法。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes instructions, which when executed, cause the computer to execute the screen display control method of any one of claims 1-24 or to execute any one of claims 25-29. An object motion detection method.
PCT/CN2023/112671 2022-08-16 2023-08-11 Screen display control method, and medium and electronic device WO2024037460A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210983298.7A CN117631803A (en) 2022-08-16 2022-08-16 Screen display control method, medium and electronic equipment
CN202210983298.7 2022-08-16

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024037460A1 true WO2024037460A1 (en) 2024-02-22

Family

ID=89940769

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/112671 WO2024037460A1 (en) 2022-08-16 2023-08-11 Screen display control method, and medium and electronic device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117631803A (en)
WO (1) WO2024037460A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110121996A1 (en) * 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Method and System for Detecting an Occupant Using Reflected Signals
CN108877606A (en) * 2017-05-09 2018-11-23 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Control method, the control system of display screen of display screen
WO2020239451A1 (en) * 2019-05-28 2020-12-03 Valeo Schalter Und Sensoren Gmbh Method for determining the speed of an object using an ultrasonic sensor, by dividing a sensor signal into sub-signals, computing device and ultrasonic sensor device
WO2021017859A1 (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Screen state control method and apparatus, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN113534062A (en) * 2021-05-27 2021-10-22 四川九洲防控科技有限责任公司 Radar, method for transmitting radar signal, and computer-readable storage medium
CN113986034A (en) * 2019-11-26 2022-01-28 华为技术有限公司 Electronic equipment and display screen control method thereof

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110121996A1 (en) * 2009-11-23 2011-05-26 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Method and System for Detecting an Occupant Using Reflected Signals
CN108877606A (en) * 2017-05-09 2018-11-23 京东方科技集团股份有限公司 Control method, the control system of display screen of display screen
WO2020239451A1 (en) * 2019-05-28 2020-12-03 Valeo Schalter Und Sensoren Gmbh Method for determining the speed of an object using an ultrasonic sensor, by dividing a sensor signal into sub-signals, computing device and ultrasonic sensor device
WO2021017859A1 (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-04 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Screen state control method and apparatus, mobile terminal and storage medium
CN113986034A (en) * 2019-11-26 2022-01-28 华为技术有限公司 Electronic equipment and display screen control method thereof
CN113534062A (en) * 2021-05-27 2021-10-22 四川九洲防控科技有限责任公司 Radar, method for transmitting radar signal, and computer-readable storage medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117631803A (en) 2024-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20230336695A1 (en) Apparatus and Method of Location Determination in a Thermal Imaging System
CN108022590B (en) Focused session at a voice interface device
TW202009684A (en) Radar-based gesture enhancement for voice interfaces
CN112166350B (en) System and method for ultrasonic sensing in smart devices
JP2017524216A (en) Interactive mirror
US20180232571A1 (en) Intelligent assistant device communicating non-verbal cues
Mrazovac et al. Smart audio/video playback control based on presence detection and user localization in home environment
US10976432B2 (en) Acoustic locationing for smart environments
US11533414B2 (en) Imaging apparatuses and enclosures
US9996738B2 (en) System and method for controlling a terminal device
US20210072378A1 (en) Systems and methods of ultrasonic sensing in smart devices
KR102633176B1 (en) Methods for reducing errors in environmental noise compensation systems
CN114207715A (en) Acoustic echo cancellation control for distributed audio devices
WO2024037460A1 (en) Screen display control method, and medium and electronic device
US20190332250A1 (en) Electronic device and operating method thereof
CN110290576A (en) Control method of electronic device and device
KR102578695B1 (en) Method and electronic device for managing multiple devices
US9794724B1 (en) Ultrasonic speaker assembly using variable carrier frequency to establish third dimension sound locating
US11375275B2 (en) Method and system for using lip sequences to control operations of a device
US9915528B1 (en) Object concealment by inverse time of flight
KR20210155505A (en) Movable electronic apparatus and the method thereof
EP3884625B1 (en) Selecting a destination for a sensor signal in dependence on an active light setting
WO2023120044A1 (en) Display device, display method, and display program
CN113055638B (en) Visitor information processing method, intelligent refrigerator, control system and storage medium
WO2019239902A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23854361

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1